Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2014

Registration No. 333-195687

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

MARKIT LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Bermuda    7370        N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
   (Primary Standard Industrial
     Classification Code Number)      
   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street London, England

EC2Y 9LY +44 20 7260 2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Adam J. Kansler

Chief Administrative Officer

c/o Markit North America, Inc.

620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10018

(212) 931-4900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to :

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

212-450-4000

  

David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

4 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

212-735-3000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered   Amount to be
registered(1)
    Proposed maximum
offering price per share(2)
   

Proposed maximum aggregate

offering price(2)

    Amount of registration
fee(3)
 

Common shares, par value $0.01 per share

    52,564,160        $25.00        $1,314,104,000        $169,256.60   
  (1) Includes additional shares, if any, that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments.
  (2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
  (3) Filing fees in the amount of $96,600 were previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

Dated June 3, 2014

PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

45,707,965 Common Shares

This is an initial public offering of Markit Ltd. The selling shareholders, including certain employees and members of our management, are offering all of the common shares being offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $23.00 and $25.00 per common share. We have applied to list the common shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MRKT.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in the common shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

        Price to public        Underwriting
discounts and
commissions(1)
       Proceeds, before
expenses, to selling
shareholders
 

Per share

       $                                 $                                 $                                    

Total

       $                                 $                                 $                                    
(1) See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

Certain selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional 6,856,195 common shares from such selling shareholders identified in this prospectus on the same terms as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Consent under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) has been obtained from the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issue and transfer of the common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the Nasdaq Global Select Market. In granting such consent, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accepts any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays   Citigroup   Credit Suisse
Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   HSBC

J.P. Morgan

  Morgan Stanley  

UBS Investment Bank

BNP PARIBAS   Jefferies  

RBC Capital Markets

  RBS   TD Securities

 

 

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page

Presentation of Financial Information

    ii   

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

    ii   

Prospectus Summary

    1   

Risk Factors

    12   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    36   

Use of Proceeds

    38   

Dividends and Dividend Policy

    38   

Corporate Reorganization

    39   

Capitalization

    41   

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

    42   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    46   

Business

    71   

Management

    84   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

    97   

Related Party Transactions

    108   

Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    112   

Description of Share Capital

    114   

Bermuda Company Considerations

    121   

Taxation

    127   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

    133   

Legal Matters

    144   

Experts

    144   

Where You Can Find More Information

    144   

Expenses of the Offering

    145   

Enforcement of Judgments

    145   

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1   

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Markit” or the “company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, and Markit Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of the completion of our corporate reorganization and thereafter. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We and the selling shareholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the common shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this

 

i


Table of Contents

prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

Presentation of Financial Information

We prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”). None of our financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars.

We have historically conducted our business through Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, and therefore our historical financial statements present the results of operations of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will engage in a corporate reorganization described under “Corporate Reorganization” pursuant to which Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd., a newly formed holding company with nominal assets and liabilities, which will not have conducted any operations prior to this offering. Markit Ltd.’s financial statements will be the same as Markit Group Holdings Limited’s financial statements prior to this offering, as adjusted for the corporate reorganization. Following the corporate reorganization and this offering, our financial statements will present the results of operations of Markit Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars.

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

Certain market data and industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, reports of governmental and international agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and reports generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We believe the data from third-party sources to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, but have not independently verified such data. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and the consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited and the notes to those statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in the common shares.

MARKIT

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services.

We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 49.9% of our revenue came from customers in the United States, 40.3% from the European Union and 9.8% from other geographic areas. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated 51.7% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 43.3% from recurring variable fees.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated revenue of $762.5 million, $860.6 million, $947.9 million and $259.4 million, respectively. We generated profit attributable to equity holders of $125.8 million, $125.0 million, $139.4 million and $39.8 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $305.0 million, $358.2 million, $421.3 million and $116.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 45.6%, reflecting the operating leverage inherent in our business model and our culture of cost management. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Our business is organized in three divisions: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information: Our Information division, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Processing: Our Processing division, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions: Our Solutions division, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Demonstrated Ability to Innovate and Develop New Products. We work closely with our customers to develop and introduce new offerings that are designed to enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. In recent years, we have launched new products addressing a wide array of customer needs, such as managing credit exposure, meeting regulatory reporting requirements, increasing efficiency in trade confirmation, enhancing industry communication and improving bond market transparency. We offer a distribution model that enables our customers to receive our data either through our own proprietary distribution channels or through third-party applications.

Trusted Partner for Diversified, Global Customer Base and Strong Brand Recognition. We believe that our customers trust and rely on us for our consultative approach to product development, dedication to customer support and proven ability to execute and deliver effective solutions. Our industry expertise allows us to understand our customers’ needs, provide effective solutions and grow our product and service offerings. Our global footprint allows us to serve our customers throughout the world and to introduce our products and services to customers in new markets. The Markit brand is well established and recognized throughout the financial services community—many of the major financial market participants use our products and services. We also own a number of well-known index brands, including the Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX.

Proven Ability to Acquire and Grow Complementary Businesses. We have a history of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate our growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities. We seek to acquire companies that allow us to consolidate existing businesses, diversify into related markets, and access technologies, products or expertise that enhance our product and service offerings. We have a proven track record of successfully integrating acquisitions into our business, including our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model.

Attractive Financial Model. We believe we have an attractive financial model due to high recurring revenue, strong organic growth and high cash generation.

 

High Recurring Revenue : We offer our products and services primarily through recurring fixed fee and variable fee agreements, and this business model has historically delivered stable revenue and predictable cash flows. Many of the capabilities that we provide are core to our customers’ business operations, deeply embedded in their existing workflows and difficult to replace.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We calculate a renewal rate to assess how successful we have been in maintaining our existing business for products and services that fall due for renewal. This renewal rate compares the dollar value of renewals during the period to the total dollar value of all contracts that fall due for renewal during the period. This population of renewals is largely contracts that are recurring fixed fee in nature. The value of the contracts renewed includes situations where customers have renewed but downgraded the contract price, reduced the number of products and services they purchase from us and decided not to renew all products and services. It does not include the benefit of price increases on these existing products or services, or upgrades to existing contracted products or services. Using this definition, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our renewal rate of recurring fixed fee contracts was approximately 90%.

 

Strong Organic Growth : The breadth of our offerings in conjunction with our large, global customer base allows us to cross-sell our products and services. We have also developed new products and services and substantially expanded our customer base.

 

High Cash Generation : Our business has low capital requirements for product maintenance and development, allowing us to generate strong cash flow.

Experienced Management Team Incentivized by Ownership Culture. On average, our 35 most senior managers have worked in the financial industry for 22 years. This experience has provided our management team with a strong network of relationships and an extensive understanding of market participants within the financial services industry. We have attracted a highly-qualified and motivated employee base through significant employee ownership which creates a culture of innovation and an organization that quickly adapts to change.

Our Market Opportunity

 

 

We believe we are well-positioned to embrace changes in the financial services industry:

Focus on Efficiency in the Financial Services Industry. Financial institutions are focused on rationalizing costs and increasingly view third-party products and services as effective means of achieving cost efficiencies. In addition, as financial institutions look to optimize vendor management, they are exhibiting a preference for companies with scale that offer a broad array of products and services. We believe our scale and broad portfolio of solutions position us well as customers seek to consolidate vendors. We also work actively with our customers to find opportunities to reduce their costs and improve services through industry solutions, most notably in managed services.

Changing Regulatory Landscape. New global regulations are driving higher capital requirements, enhanced risk management, and increased electronic trading and reporting and compliance requirements. In addition, regulations are driving market participants to gather more timely, relevant and complete data to improve transparency. With these new regulations and as regulatory authorities globally continue to establish stricter standards, we believe our customers will continue to strengthen their compliance capabilities, manage greater volumes of data and improve their risk management functions.

Evolving Technology and Communication Networks. Technology and information services are migrating toward cloud-based solutions and open architecture platforms. This trend creates challenges for securities firms and institutional investors, which have typically employed technology that is designed, built and administered in-house, a model that has limited flexibility and results in increased costs. In addition, instant messaging and social networks challenge the current closed, point-to-point communication networks used in financial services. These trends present an opportunity to create new services based on flexible technologies in a secure and compliant manner by moving away from high-cost, single-provider platforms.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Growth Shifting to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. Emerging markets and developing economies are experiencing more rapid economic and population growth relative to developed economies in Western Europe and the United States. As financial markets in emerging markets and developing economies continue to mature, we expect increased demand in these countries for our products and services.

Shifting Investment Styles. Investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to passive investment products and are seeking exposure beyond equities to a wider range of asset classes, including bonds, loans and commodities. Passive investment products have proliferated due to investor demand for transparency, lower costs and greater liquidity. We believe these trends will persist, generating significant growth opportunities for our multi-asset class offerings.

Our Growth Strategies

 

 

The key components of our growth strategy include:

Deliver Products and Services to Drive Customer Cost-Efficiency. The financial services industry’s regulatory and operating environment is putting pressure on our customers’ profits, driving them to rationalize costs and operate more efficiently. We believe there is a significant opportunity to reshape the cost structure of the industry by replacing services that have historically been duplicated across institutions. Our experience, reputation as a trusted partner and strong relationships with major financial institutions have allowed us to respond to customer needs for centralized services such as reference data management, customer on-boarding, global corporate actions and document management, which we believe will generate substantial cost savings for our customers.

Capitalize on Evolving Regulatory and Compliance Environment. Changing regulations are creating the need for new compliance and reporting processes, risk management protocols, disclosure requirements and analytics. We will continue to address these needs by providing auditable and compliant sources of risk and pricing data, multi-asset class global solutions, and integrated market and credit risk reporting. Our solutions are expected to support customers’ regulatory submissions, including stress testing and scenario analysis. In addition, we are re-positioning our trade processing business from a transaction-based confirmation service to a connectivity and regulatory reporting service; building out our know your customer (“KYC”) managed services capabilities; and enhancing our counterparty risk management and risk analytics offerings to meet the growing requirements of regulation and compliance. We expect our index business to benefit from the increased regulatory scrutiny imposed on administrators of benchmarks, which larger, well established providers such as ourselves are best positioned to address.

Introduce Innovative Offerings and Enhancements. To maintain and enhance our leadership position, we continuously strive to introduce enhancements to our existing products and services as well as new products and services. We maintain an active dialogue with our customers and partners to allow us to understand their needs and anticipate market developments.

Increase in Geographic, Product and Customer Penetration. We believe there are significant opportunities to increase the number of users of our products and services at existing institutional customers, increase the number of locations where our products and services are used with existing customers and increase our cross-selling of products and services. We plan to add new customers by responding to the changing demands of the financial services community and by leveraging our brand strength, broad portfolio of solutions, global footprint and strong industry knowledge. We have developed significant penetration into large sell-side and buy-side firms in North America and Western Europe and have established a presence in select emerging markets and developing economies, and there is potential for further penetration and growth in emerging markets and developing economies, particularly in Asia.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We selectively evaluate technologies and businesses that we believe have potential to enhance, complement or expand our product and service offerings and strengthen our value proposition to customers. We target acquisitions that can be efficiently integrated into our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model to drive value. We believe we are an acquirer of choice among prospective acquisition targets due to our entrepreneurial culture, growth, global scale, strong brand and market position.

Corporate Information

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited was formed on May 9, 2007 pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, as a successor company to Markit Group Limited. Markit Ltd. was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on January 16, 2014 to become a holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. Our telephone number at this address is +44 20 7260 2000. Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. We maintain a website at www.markit.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is +1 441 295 5950.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References in this prospectus to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with that term in the JOBS Act.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

Common shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering

177,108,500 common shares.

 

 

 

Common shares offered by the selling shareholders

45,707,965 common shares.

 

 

 

Voting rights

The common shares have one vote per share.

 

 

 

Over-allotment option

Certain selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 6,856,195 common shares within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

 

 

 

Common shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering 

178,868,020 common shares (including the issuance of 1,759,520 common shares to certain selling shareholders upon exercise of outstanding options in connection with the consummation of this offering, which shares will be sold by such selling shareholders in this offering).

 

 

 

Use of proceeds

The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the common shares offered under this prospectus. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

 

Dividend policy

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future dividends, and we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Description of Share Capital.”

 

 

 

Lock-up agreements

We and the selling shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Members of our Board of Directors and our executive officers, as well as most of our other existing shareholders, have agreed to substantially similar lock-up provisions, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” See also “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of a registration rights and lock-up agreement to be entered into among us, certain of our existing shareholders and, if the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPPIB”) purchases shares in this offering, CPPIB upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in the common shares.

 

 

 

Conflicts of Interest

Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and RBS Securities Inc. and/or their affiliates will be receiving more than 5% of the net offering proceeds resulting in a “conflict of interest” pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C) due to their roles as selling shareholders. Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires that these underwriters with a conflict of interest not make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written consent of the account holder and that a qualified independent underwriter (“QIU”), as defined in Rule 5121, participates in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and performs its usual standard of due diligence with respect thereto. Jefferies LLC has agreed to act as QIU for this offering.

 

 

 

Listing

We have applied to list the common shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “MRKT.”

 

 

 

CPPIB has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $450 million of our common shares at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to CPPIB, and CPPIB could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. If CPPIB purchases common shares in this offering, it will have the right to nominate, in consultation with our Nominating and Governance Committee, one director for appointment to our Board of Directors. We expect CPPIB’s nominee to join our Board of Directors after the completion of our initial public offering. This right will expire if CPPIB’s beneficial ownership of our common shares falls below 100% of the number of common shares, if any, CPPIB purchased in our initial public offering.

The number of common shares issued and outstanding prior to, and to be issued and outstanding after, this offering excludes:

 

68,297,390 common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of April 30, 2014 (which gives effect to the issuance of 1,759,520 common shares to certain selling shareholders upon exercise of outstanding options in connection with the consummation of this offering, which shares will be sold by such selling shareholders in this offering), at a weighted-average exercise price of $23.207 per share;

 

1,398,970 restricted shares issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2014;

 

6,220,000 common shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of the consummation of this offering; and

 

25,210,690 common shares held by the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “EBT”), which is a discretionary trust through which shares may be delivered to Markit’s existing and former employees in satisfaction of their rights under any share incentive arrangements established by Markit. Unless Markit directs otherwise, the trustee of the EBT may not vote any of the shares held by the EBT and is also generally obliged to forgo dividends. See “Management—Employee Benefit Trust.”

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes the completion, prior to the closing of this offering, of our corporate reorganization pursuant to which (i) all of the voting ordinary shares and non-voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will be exchanged for common shares and non-voting common shares, respectively, in Markit Ltd., in each case on a one for one basis; and (ii) the holders of the common shares and non-voting common shares will agree to the reclassification and variation of the rights of their shares and the adoption of bye-laws, resulting in a single class of common shares of Markit Ltd. with the rights as further described in this prospectus. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus also reflects and assumes:

 

the issuance of 1,759,520 shares to certain selling shareholders upon exercise of outstanding options in connection with the consummation of this offering, which shares will be sold by such selling shareholders in this offering;

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 6,856,195 common shares to cover over-allotments, if any; and

 

a 10-for-1 share split of our common shares that will be effected prior to the closing of this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

The following summary consolidated historical and pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Corporate Reorganization,” “Presentation of Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The summary consolidated historical financial information presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period. The summary consolidated historical financial information presented as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus, which, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial condition at the date and for the periods presented. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that you should expect for the entire year ending December 31, 2014 or any other period.

The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below is derived from Markit Group Holdings Limited’s audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is based on assumptions as explained in the notes to the tables.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

All our operations are continuing operations and we have not proposed or paid dividends in any of the periods presented.

 

   

As of and for the

year ended

December 31,

   

As of and for the

three months

ended March 31,

 
($ in millions other than per
share data)
  2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Income statement data:

                                       

Revenue

    762.5        860.6        947.9        227.4        259.4   

Operating expenses

    (403.0     (454.0     (515.1     (125.1     (142.7

Operating profit

    229.7        224.7        230.1        84.1        59.8   

Profit for the period

    156.2        153.1        147.0        58.3        39.8   

Profit attributable to equity holders

    125.8        125.0        139.4        50.7        39.8   

Earnings per share – basic

    7.0     7.0     8.0     2.96        2.25   

Earnings per share – diluted

    6.9     6.9     7.9     2.93        2.22   

Pro forma earnings(1):

                                       

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic

    0.70        0.70        0.80        0.30        0.23   

Pro forma earnings per common share, diluted

    0.69        0.69        0.79        0.29        0.22   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, basic(2)

    178,929,210        177,716,240        173,875,980        171,097,780        176,728,360   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, diluted(2)

    181,730,830        180,020,120        175,550,760        172,817,230        178,719,390   

Balance sheet data:

                                       

Total assets

    2,648.3        3,151.3        3,199.9        —          3,271.2   

Total equity/net assets

    2,031.4        1,929.7        2,055.9        —          2,112.3   

Cash flow data:

                                       

Net cash generated from operating activities

    322.2        340.6        339.8        45.6        41.4   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (137.8     (479.6     (170.6     (34.1     (119.9

Net cash (used in) / generated from financing activities

    (163.3     99.4        (203.9     (47.7     41.2   

Net (decrease) / increase in cash

    21.1        (39.6     (34.7     (36.2     (37.3

Other financial data:

                                       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

    305.0        358.2        421.3        90.8        116.7   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

    45.8     47.0     45.6     44.7     45.0

Adjusted Earnings(5)

    184.8        218.4        248.4        47.5        72.9   

 

 

10


Table of Contents
    

As of and for the

year ended

December 31,

   

As of and for the

three months

ended March 31,

 
($ in millions other than per share data)    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted(6)

     10.17        12.13        14.15        2.75        4.08   

Segmental data:

                                        

Revenue

                                        

Information

     373.4        431.3        459.6        111.6        117.7   

Processing

     227.3        238.8        265.3        65.2        72.2   

Solutions

     161.8        190.5        223.0        50.6        69.5   

Total revenue

     762.5        860.6        947.9        227.4        259.4   

Adjusted EBITDA

                                        

Information

     174.5        214.5        217.2        51.4        55.2   

Processing

     128.8        124.5        138.1        34.7        39.2   

Solutions

     56.2        67.6        77.5        16.2        22.3   

Less non-controlling interests

     (54.5     (48.4     (11.5     (11.5     –     

Total Adjusted EBITDA

     305.0        358.2        421.3        90.8        116.7   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

                                        

Information

     46.7     49.7     47.3     46.1     46.9

Processing

     56.7     52.1     52.1     53.2     54.3

Solutions

     34.7     35.5     34.8     32.0     32.1

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

     45.8     47.0     45.6     44.7     45.0

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) The pro forma weighted average common shares issued and outstanding has been calculated as if the ownership structure resulting from the corporate reorganization was in place since inception, including the proposed share split.

 

(3) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

(5) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted Earnings, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(6) Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted, as disclosed in “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the material risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in the common shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of the common shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

 

 

We operate in highly competitive markets and may be adversely affected by this competition.

The markets for our products and services are highly competitive and are subject to rapid technological changes and evolving customer demands and needs. Many of our principal competitors are established companies that have substantial financial resources, recognized brands, technological expertise and vast market experience. These competitors sometimes have more established positions in certain product segments and geographic regions than we do. We also compete with smaller companies, some of which may be able to adopt new or emerging technologies or address customer requirements more quickly than we can.

Our competitors are also continuously improving their products and services (such as by adding new content and functionalities), developing new products and services, and investing in technology to better serve the needs of their existing customers and to attract new customers. Our competitors may also continue to acquire additional businesses in key sectors that will allow them to offer a broader array of products and services. Some of our competitors also market some of their products and services as lower cost alternatives to certain of our solutions, which may diminish the relative value of some of our products and services. We cannot assure you that our investments have been or will be sufficient to maintain or improve our competitive position or that the development of new or improved technologies, products and services by our competitors will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Some of our current or future products or services could also be rendered obsolete as a result of competitive offerings or changes in regulation or the financial markets. Competition may require us to reduce the price of some of our products and services or make additional capital investments that would adversely affect our profit margins or cash flows. If we are unable or unwilling to do so, we may lose market share and our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, barriers to entry to create a new product or offer a new service may be low in many cases. The Internet as a distribution channel has allowed free or relatively inexpensive access to information sources, which has reduced barriers to entry even further. Low barriers to entry could lead to the emergence of new competitors.

If we fail to compete effectively against current or future competitors, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

12


Table of Contents

If we are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm.

Our growth and success depend upon our ability to develop and sell new products and services. If we are unable to develop new products or services, or if we are not successful in introducing or obtaining any required regulatory approval or acceptance for new products or services, we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate.

Despite testing, products and services that we develop, license or distribute may contain errors or defects well after release. In addition, whether we release new products and services or migrate existing products and services to new systems, our software may contain design defects and errors when first introduced or when major new updates or enhancements are released despite testing. We have also experienced delays in the past while developing and introducing new products and services, primarily due to difficulties in acquiring data, developing new products or services and adapting to particular operating environments. Additionally, in our development of new products and services or updates and enhancements to our existing products and services, we may make a major design error that makes the product or service operate incorrectly or less effectively. Our customers may also use our products and services together with their own software, data or products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If design defects, errors or failures are discovered in our current or future products or services, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, if at all.

Our inability to develop and sell new products and services, our inability to successfully migrate existing products or services to new systems, or design defects, errors or delays in our products or services that are significant, or are perceived to be significant, could result in rejection or delay in market acceptance of our products or services, damage to our reputation, loss of revenue, a lower rate of license renewals or upgrades, diversion of development resources, product liability claims or regulatory actions, or increases in service and support costs. We may also need to expend significant capital resources to eliminate or work around design defects, errors, failures or delays. In each of these ways, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

Declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants could lower demand for our products and services and could affect our recurring variable fee revenue.

Our business is dependent upon the global financial markets as well as the financial health of the participants in those markets. Reduced activity by any of our customer segments may decrease demand for some of our products and services. This could adversely affect our financial results by reducing our revenue.

In addition, a significant proportion of our revenue is variable and depends upon transaction volumes, investment levels (i.e., assets under management) or the number of positions we value. Lower activity levels in the financial markets, including lower transaction volumes, assets under management or positions taken could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

We work on product development with and generate a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders, who are not contractually obligated to continue to maintain these relationships and who also have similar involvement with our competitors.

We have historically earned a substantial portion of our revenue from and have worked on new product and service offerings with financial institution customers that are also our shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 43.8%, 44.7% and 42.6% of our total revenue, respectively, was generated by payments from financial institutions or their affiliates that are also our shareholders, some of which are underwriters of this offering. Cooperation with these financial institution customers has also been important in the development of many of our products and services. In addition, as described above, these financial institutions that are our customers and shareholders also provide us with data, which is a critical input for our products and services. Additionally, some of these financial institution customers that are also our shareholders have had a right to appoint members of our Board of Directors, which right will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Our financial institution shareholders and our other customers have made, and may continue to make, investments in businesses that directly compete with us. Our customers also trade, and will continue to trade, on markets operated by our competitors. Reduced engagement from these financial institution customers after this offering due to their loss of a right to designate a member of our Board of Directors, or the reduction in the level of their equity ownership in us in connection with or following the completion of this offering, may cause them to reduce or discontinue their use of our products and services, their desire to work with us on new product developments or their willingness to supply data and information services to us. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, participation on our platform by these financial institution customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are dependent on third parties for data and information services.

We depend upon data and information services from external sources, including data received from certain competitors, customers and various government and public record services, for information used in certain of our products and services. In some cases, we do not own the information provided by these external sources, and the participating organizations could discontinue contributing information to the databases. Furthermore, our data sources could increase the price for or withdraw their data or information services for a variety of reasons, and we could also become subject to legislative, judicial or contractual restrictions on the use of data, in particular if such data is not collected by the third parties in a way which allows us to process the data or use it legally.

In addition, some of our customers are both significant shareholders of our company and data suppliers or information service providers. As of April 30, 2014, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and this offering, 37.4% of our issued and outstanding common shares were owned by financial institutions who are also our customers. These same parties provide us a significant amount of our data. There can be no assurance that those customers will continue to provide data to the same extent or on the same terms or continue to purchase our products and services.

In addition, our competitors could enter into exclusive contracts with our existing or other data sources or information service providers. If our competitors enter into such exclusive contracts, we may be precluded from receiving certain data or information services from these suppliers or restricted in our use of such data or information services, which may give our competitors an advantage. Such disruption of our data supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results if we were unable to arrange for substitute sources of information.

 

14


Table of Contents

Further, our competitors could revise the current terms on which they provide us with data or services or could cease providing us with data or services altogether for a variety of reasons, including cessation or interruption of their provision of such data or services generally or to us specifically (for instance, because they decline to support us given our competing positions). Such disruption of our data or services supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results if we are unable to compel supply of this data or services or suitably replace the data or services by sourcing alternatives internally or via another third-party provider.

If a substantial number of data sources or certain key sources were to withdraw or were unable to provide us with their data or information services, or if we were to lose access to data or information services due to government regulation or regulatory concerns of our suppliers or if the collection of data were to become uneconomical, our ability to provide products and services to our customers could be impacted. If any of these factors negatively impact our ability to provide products and services to our customers, our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flow could be materially adversely affected.

There may be consolidation in our end customer market, which would reduce the use of our products and services.

Mergers or consolidations among our customers could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. This could adversely affect our revenue even if these events do not reduce the activities of the consolidated entities. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or entities that use fewer of our products or services, such customers may discontinue or reduce their use of our products and services. For example, when Bank of America Corporation (together with its affiliates, “Bank of America”) acquired Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its affiliates (“Merrill Lynch”), several of our agreements with Merrill Lynch related to various products and services were terminated and consolidated under our historical contracts with Bank of America. Any such developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

The impact of cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve could lower demand for our products and services.

Our customers are focused on controlling or reducing spending as a result of the continued financial challenges and market uncertainty many of them face. For example, in 2012, many large financial institutions initiated reductions in their workforces and took other measures to control or contain operational spending. In 2013, many of these institutions were subject to substantial penalties from regulatory bodies. Customers within the financial services industry that strive to reduce their operating costs may seek to reduce their spending on our products and services. Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if a large number of smaller customers or a critical number of larger customers reduce their spending with us.

Alternatively, customers may use other strategies to reduce their overall spending on financial market products and services by consolidating their spending with fewer vendors, including by selecting other vendors with lower-cost offerings, or by self-sourcing their need for financial market products and services. If customers elect to consolidate their spending on financial market products and services with other vendors and not us, if we lose business to lower priced competitors, or if customers elect to self-source their financial market product and service needs, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our customers may become more self-sufficient, which may reduce demand for our products and services and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our customers may, as some have in the past, internally develop certain products and services as well as functionality contained in the products and services that they currently obtain from us, including through the formation of consortia. For example, some of our customers who currently license our valuations data and analytics tools to analyze their portfolios may develop their own tools to collect data and assess risk, making our products and services less useful to them. Furthermore, public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information, whether through the Internet, from governmental and regulatory agencies or from companies and other organizations, have become more readily available, and this trend is expected to continue. This greater availability of information could further assist our customers in independently developing certain products and services that we currently provide. To the extent that customers become more self-sufficient, demand for our products and services may be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from activities relating to credit default swaps, and may in the future become subject to further investigations and litigation. An adverse outcome in these investigations or litigation could result in substantial fines, damages or penalties and could change how we offer products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to antitrust and competition laws and regulations in the countries where we have operations. These laws and regulations seek to prevent and prohibit anticompetitive activity. We are currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related investigations and claims, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States. Certain of the underwriters in this offering are also the subject of those investigations and are defendants in the class action lawsuits. See “Business – Legal Proceedings” for a description of these matters. These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to significant uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. Therefore, we cannot estimate the probability of loss or the extent of our potential liability on a standalone basis or relative to the potential liability of the other parties to the investigations and lawsuits. Future investigations and lawsuits relating to credit default swaps are also possible.

Depending on the outcome of any pending or future claims or investigations, we may be required to change the way we offer particular products or services, which could result in material disruptions to and costs incurred by our business, and we may be subject to substantial fines, penalties, damages or injunction or other equitable remedies. The pending or future claims or investigations (regardless of outcome) may also affect how the Dealers (as defined in “Business – Legal Proceedings”) or other parties interact with us, including the manner or type of data provided to us and the manner or type of data products and services purchased from us. These pending antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, and any future claims and investigations, could also be costly to us in terms of time and expense incurred defending such claims or investigations. Any of the above impacts, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

For some of our products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure new contracts that requires significant resource commitments, resulting in a long lead time before we receive revenue.

For new products and services and for complex products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure each new contract, and there is generally a long preparation period before we commence providing products and services or delivering configurable software. For instance, our Analytics service provides a range of enterprise risk management software solutions, using the latest risk technology to deliver computation speed. The consultative nature of these projects requires our sales team to actively engage with potential customers through various procurement stages, often requiring many levels of internal approval, and including various milestone phases such as scoping, planning and proof of concept to reach deal closure, which typically takes 12 months or more. We typically incur significant business development expenses during the selling cycle and we may not succeed in winning a new customer’s business, in which case we receive no revenue and may receive no reimbursement for such expenses. Current selling cycle periods could lengthen, causing us to incur even higher business development expenses with no guarantee of winning a new customer’s business. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the selling cycle or in maintaining contractual commitments after the implementation cycle, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely heavily on network systems and the Internet and any failures or disruptions may adversely affect our ability to serve our customers.

Most of our products and services are delivered electronically, and our customers rely on our ability to process transactions rapidly and deliver substantial quantities of data on computer-based networks. Our customers also depend on the continued capacity, reliability and security of our electronic delivery systems, our websites and the Internet. Our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may be impaired due to infrastructure or network failures, malicious or defective software, human error, natural disasters, service outages at third-party Internet providers or increased government regulation. For example, as a result of Hurricane Sandy in 2012, one of our data centers in New Jersey and some of our office space in New York City were flooded and unavailable, resulting in several days of reduced operations and substantial costs associated with repairs, relocation and resource reallocation to ensure continued delivery of our products and services. Significant growth of our customer base may also strain our systems in the future. Delays in our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may harm our reputation and result in the loss of customers. In addition, a number of our customers entrust us with storing and securing their data and information on our servers. Although we have disaster recovery plans that include backup facilities for our primary data centers, our systems are not always fully redundant, and our disaster planning may not always be sufficient or effective. As such, these disruptions may affect our ability to store, handle and secure such data and information.

From time to time, the speed at which we are required to update market and customer data can increase. This can sometimes impact product and network performance. Factors that have significantly increased data update rates include high market volatility, new derivative instruments, increased automatically generated algorithmic and program trading and market fragmentation, resulting in an increased number of trading and clearing venues. Changes in legislation and regulation pertaining to market structure and dissemination of market information may also increase data flow rates. There can be no assurance that our company and our network providers will be able to accommodate accelerated growth of data volumes or avoid other failures or interruptions. We currently face significant increases in our use of power and data storage, and we may experience a shortage of capacity and increased costs associated with such usage. A significant delay or disruption of our network systems, servers or use of the Internet may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and our existing insurance coverage may not cover all of our losses.

 

17


Table of Contents

If embargoed data or non-public information relating to our indices, including the PMI series, is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We own and administer several indices, including the PMI series, which are monthly economic surveys of selected companies that provide advance insight into the private sector economy. Among others, central banks use the PMI series data to help make interest rate decisions and financial analysts use the PMI series data to forecast official economic data. If, prior to the date of intended release, we are unable to limit access to the PMI series or prevent its unauthorized disclosure, whether inadvertent or deliberate, our reputation may suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, we provide the PMI series data under embargo to certain financial and marketplace news providers. Part of the value to us from doing so is that these news providers are able to analyze and provide commentary on the data simultaneously with the public release of such data by us. If the embargoed data is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused prior to our authorization, financial markets could be negatively affected and any resulting need to change our procedures around the provision of embargoed data to any third parties may diminish the value of the PMI series to our business.

Fraudulent or unpermitted data access and other security or privacy breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.

Our products, services and systems and our customers’ systems may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and other similarly disruptive activity. Our existing resources and measures to maintain data and information security have not always in the past been, and may not always in the future be, effective. In the past, we have experienced security breaches and cyber incidents as well as occasional system interruptions that have made some of our services or websites unavailable for limited periods of time. Third-party contractors also may experience security breaches involving the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If users gain improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify our confidential information or that of a third-party stored or transmitted on our networks. Any significant failure, compromise, cyber-breach or interruption of our systems, including operational services, loss of service from third parties, sabotage, break-ins, war, terrorist activities, power or coding loss or computer viruses could slow, damage or destroy our systems and interrupt service for periods of time. Any breach of data or information security caused by one of these events could also result in unintentional disclosure of, or unauthorized access to, company, customer, vendor, employee or other confidential data or information that could be material.

Any such security or privacy breach may adversely affect us in the following ways:

 

losing sales;

 

deterring customers from using our products or services;

 

affecting our ability to meet customers’ expectations;

 

deterring data suppliers from supplying data to us;

 

harming our reputation;

 

disclosing valuable trade secrets, know-how or other confidential information;

 

exposing us to liability;

 

increasing operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach and to prevent future breaches of a similar nature;

 

18


Table of Contents
breaching terms of agreements;

 

violating certain data privacy or related legislation; or

 

causing inquiry or penalization from governmental authorities.

We rely on third-party software that may be difficult or costly to replace or could cause errors or failures in our products or services which could harm our customer relationships or our reputation.

Many of our systems rely on third-party software, such as software provided by SunGuard, Microsoft and Symantec, as key components. This software may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Should the companies providing such software cease supporting that software or significantly increase the cost of licensing such software, we may incur significant costs or product development delays until we either develop equivalent technology or, if available, identify, obtain and integrate alternative third-party technology into our systems. Moreover, our use of third-party software could cause errors or failures in our systems, products or services as a result of design defects in such software. Any such costs, delays, errors or failures could harm our business, customer relationships and reputation.

Our use of open source software and third-party software containing open source elements could result in litigation or impose unanticipated restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services.

We use open source software in our technology most often as small components within a larger product or service, to augment algorithms, functionalities or libraries created by Markit, and may use more open source software in the future. For example, Analytics and certain MarkitSERV foreign exchange products all use ANTLR, a standard, industry-known parser for reading, processing, executing or translating structured text or binary files, which is licensed pursuant to the permissive Berkeley Software Distribution license. Open source code is also contained in some third-party software we rely on. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming breach of the terms of the license for such open source software. The terms of many open source licenses are ambiguous and have not been interpreted by U.S. or other courts, and these licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to remove open source elements from or otherwise change our software. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary technology with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may also be required to re-engineer our software, license our software on unfavorable terms or at no cost, discontinue certain products and services or take other remedial actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may face liability for content contained in our products and services.

We may be subject to claims for breach of contract, defamation, libel, copyright or trademark infringement, fraud or negligence, or other theories of liability, in each case relating to the data, articles, commentary, ratings, information or other content we collect and distribute in the provision of our products and services. If such data or other content or information that we distribute has errors, is delayed or has design defects, we could be subject to liability or our reputation could suffer. We could also be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our corporate website or those

 

19


Table of Contents

websites that we own and operate through links to other websites. Costs to defend or liability arising as a result of such claims, or any resulting reputational harm, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.

The performance of our strategies depends on our ability to continue to recruit, motivate and retain our executive officers and other key management, sales, marketing, product development and operations personnel across our entire business. We compete with many businesses that are seeking skilled individuals, including those with advanced technical abilities. Competition for professionals in our Information, Solutions and Processing divisions can be intense as other companies seek to enhance their positions in our market segments.

A significant amount of the equity interests in our company that were granted to our employees prior to this offering will be fully vested at the time of this offering. As a result, some of our employees may be able to realize substantial financial gains in connection with the sales of their vested equity interests following the expiration of any lock-up period, which could result in a loss of these employees. We also intend to continue to use equity incentive awards as a means of retaining employees; if, however, our share price does not appreciate above the initial public offering price or there is a significant decline in our share price relative to the exercise price at which equity awards are granted in the future, the value of equity incentives as a retention tool would decline. In addition, any future organizational changes, including the integration of new acquisitions with our other business units, could cause our employee attrition rate to increase. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to otherwise recruit, motivate or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We generate a significant percentage of our revenue from recurring fixed fee agreements, and our ability to maintain existing revenue and to generate higher revenue is dependent in part on maintaining a high renewal rate.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated 50.6% and 51.7%, respectively, of our revenue from recurring fixed fees, which are typically subscription agreements. Although the initial term of our subscription agreements can range from one to five years and many of them include auto-renewal clauses, with appropriate notice, certain arrangements are cancelable. To maintain existing fixed revenue and to generate higher revenue, we rely on a significant number of our customers renewing their subscriptions with us or not canceling their subscriptions. Our revenue could also be adversely impacted if a significant number of our customers renewed their subscriptions with us but reduced the amount of their spending on those subscriptions.

Our growth and profitability may not continue at the same rate as we have experienced in the past, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have experienced significant growth during our operating history. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the levels of growth and profitability that we have experienced in the past. Among other things, there can be no assurance that we will be as successful in our expansion efforts as we have been in the past, or that such efforts will result in growth rates or profit margins comparable to those we have experienced in the past. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Any failure to continue to grow our business and

 

20


Table of Contents

maintain profitability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See, for example, “—If we are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm” and “—We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.”

Our brands and reputation are important company assets and are key to our ability to remain a trusted source of our products and services.

The integrity of our brands and reputation is key to our ability to remain a trusted source of products and services and to attract and retain customers. Negative publicity regarding Markit or actual, alleged or perceived issues regarding one of our products or services could harm our relationships with customers. Failure to protect our brands may adversely impact our credibility as a trusted supplier of content and may have a negative impact on our business.

We enter into redistribution arrangements that allow other firms to represent certain of our products and services. It is difficult to monitor whether such agents’ representation of our products and services is accurate. In the past, certain companies have used our products and services to attract customers without our permission to do so. Poor representation of our products and services by our partners or agents, or entities acting without our permission, could have an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Changes in legislation and regulation may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers.

Over the past few years, the United States, the European Union (the “EU”) and other jurisdictions have introduced new legislation and regulation of financial markets, including the OTC derivatives markets from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue. These legislative and regulatory efforts may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers, thereby adversely affecting our revenue.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in the United States, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) in the EU and other legislation and regulation in these jurisdictions and others mandate that many OTC derivatives be centrally cleared through regulated clearinghouses and reported to trade repositories (and, in many cases, also to the public) and subject market participants to business conduct, risk management, capital, margin and recordkeeping rules, among other requirements. New capital rules, including the Capital Requirements Directive IV (“CRD IV”) and Basel III require higher capital charges for non-cleared derivatives. President Obama’s proposed 2014 budget would subject all derivatives to mark-to-market taxation treatment, likely increasing derivatives customers’ tax burden. Some of these statutory and regulatory requirements are currently effective, while others, including significant revisions to MiFID, will become effective over the next several years. Additional legislation and regulation in this area, beyond what is currently contemplated, are also possible. Other legislation and regulatory actions and proposals could also impact non-derivative cash products that our products and services support, including, for example, bond pricing.

These legislative and regulatory efforts may significantly increase the cost of entering into OTC derivative contracts and reduce the variety of derivatives traded, thereby decreasing the use of such instruments by the market participants who are our customers. Legislative and regulatory changes may also lead to market participants terminating the derivatives activity for which they use our products and

 

21


Table of Contents

services, or moving that activity to other entities that do not use our products and services. If our customers reduce their use of our products and services relating to derivatives as a result of such legislation and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

These legislative and regulatory efforts could also cause some or all of our products or services to become obsolete, reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses of providing products or services to customers, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may not be as well equipped to respond to such changes as some of our competitors and may lose any existing first-mover advantage. Some of our larger, more established competitors may have the financial and human resources to adapt to such changes quickly. Other smaller competitors may be able to move quickly to adopt new technologies or create products or services to capitalize on such changes. Delays in adapting our products and services to legislative and regulatory changes could harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, our trade processing business could be negatively affected by a shift towards further standardization in the derivatives markets, resulting in part from the new regulatory regimes in the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions. Our processing business serves to facilitate confirmation and mutual agreement between parties to bespoke bilateral derivatives transactions. Due to the regulatory efforts outlined above and a movement towards centralized clearing and exchange or exchange-like trading, many of these products may become increasingly standardized, lessening the need for our services. Similarly, as a result of regulatory requirements or incentives, some of our customers may seek to achieve economically equivalent positions and exposures through futures products, rather than OTC derivatives. This trend towards “futurization” may diminish customer demand for our processing services.

Demand for our Information division services may also decline as a result of new derivatives regulations. For example, new U.S. rules promulgated by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and proposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) require public dissemination of certain information about OTC derivative transactions reported to trade repositories, with the effect that customers may have more access to free, publicly available information about pricing and other salient trade terms. Additional transparency in the market may also be facilitated by other types of market intermediaries, including central counterparties and electronic trading platforms. To the extent customers are able to process, interpret and rationalize this information without the help of third parties, demand for our services may decline. Similar trade reporting regimes are expected for OTC derivatives in non-U.S. jurisdictions, where we would expect the impact on customer demands to be similar to those anticipated in the United States, and for other instruments, for example bonds in Europe.

We may become subject to increased regulation of our services, including our benchmarking, pricing and processing services.

As part of global regulatory reform efforts, including those discussed above, we may become subject to increased regulation of our services, which could increase our costs and decrease our profitability. For example, on September 13, 2013, the European Commission proposed draft legislation to establish regulation of benchmarks, including LIBOR and commodity benchmarks. The draft would require benchmark administrators to be authorized and subject to ongoing supervision by EU regulators, and supervised entities in the EU may only use benchmarks as a reference in a financial instrument if the benchmark is provided by an entity authorized in the EU or a third country deemed equivalent. Although we already intend to comply with the benchmark principles established by the International Organization of Securities Commissions, because of the nature of our operations, we may be deemed to be a “benchmark administrator” and subject to additional direct regulation under the authority of the

 

22


Table of Contents

European Commission. We are subject to limited direct regulation currently (primarily around our processing, compression and transaction reporting businesses which are subject to supervision by the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority), and therefore direct regulation would impose new compliance burdens, which could negatively impact our profitability.

We could also become subject to further direct regulation as a result of the “matching” services that we provide for the confirmation of OTC derivatives transactions. For example, under the SEC’s proposed standards for clearing agency operation and governance, intermediating organizations such as ours that capture trade information and perform an independent comparison of that information in order to confirm each party’s terms could be considered clearing agencies and required to register with the SEC, rendering them subject to direct regulation as clearing agencies. If we were required to register as a clearing agency with the SEC it would bring with it significant new regulatory compliance burdens; such burdens could negatively impact our profitability. As derivatives regulations in Europe and Asia continue to evolve, similar oversight may come into effect, creating additional compliance costs.

Similarly, existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts, may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information and our ability to communicate such information effectively to our customers. Laws relating to e-commerce, electronic and mobile communications, privacy and data protection, anti-money laundering, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have also become more prevalent in recent years. It is difficult to predict the substance of new international laws and regulations in this area, how they will be construed by the relevant courts or the extent to which any changes may adversely affect us, either directly or via regulation of our customers. Existing and proposed legislation and regulation, some of which may be conflicting on a global basis (such as U.S. Data Privacy regulation, the EU Privacy directives and similar laws or U.S. derivatives regulations and their cross-border application, as compared to similar regulations and possible cross-border applications in non-U.S. jurisdictions), may also increase our cost of doing business or require us to change some of our existing business practices. We could be subject to fines or penalties as well as reputational harm for any violations.

Acquisitions that we have completed and any future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances may be difficult to integrate or identify, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our financial results, including impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Acquisitions have been an important part of our growth strategy. We have acquired, and in the future may acquire or make strategic investments in, complementary businesses, technologies or services or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties to enhance our business. These types of transactions involve numerous risks, including:

 

making incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired businesses, technologies or services or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring businesses, technologies or services;

 

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, accounting and personnel;

 

difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers of our acquired companies or strategic partners;

 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

entering new markets;

 

23


Table of Contents
potential loss of key team members;

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset transaction costs;

 

unanticipated liabilities;

 

failure to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at acquired companies that prior to the acquisition lacked such controls, procedures and policies; and

 

payment of more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets.

If any of the above risks are realized, we might fail to achieve the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition we undertake. Any such failure to integrate an acquired company or impairment of all or a portion of goodwill and other intangible assets of any such company could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of income.

It is also possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or partnership or alliance candidates, or if we do identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, if at all. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or strategic investments, partners or alliances, or our inability to complete such transactions, may negatively affect our competitiveness and growth prospects. Moreover, if we fail to evaluate acquisitions, alliances, partnerships or investments adequately, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such transaction and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.

We may also incur earn-out and contingent consideration payments in connection with future acquisitions, which could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings. In addition, we may finance future transactions through debt financing, including significant draws on our revolving credit facility, the issuance of our equity securities, the use of existing cash, cash equivalents or investments or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments and could subject us to restrictive covenants. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities would be dilutive, which could affect the market price of our common shares. Future acquisitions financed with our own cash could deplete the cash and working capital available to fund our operations adequately. Difficulty borrowing funds, selling securities or generating sufficient cash from operations to finance our activities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our relationships with third-party service providers, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants, may not be successful or may change, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have commercial relationships with third-party service providers whose capabilities complement our own, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants. In some cases, these providers are also our competitors. A significant portion of our products and services are developed using third-party service providers’ data or services, or are made available to our customers or are integrated for our customers’ use through information and technology solutions provided by such third-party service providers. The priorities and objectives of these providers, particularly those that are our competitors, may differ from ours, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases and may cause some service providers not to renew certain agreements. Moreover, providers that are not currently our competitors, including one or more of our key providers, may become competitors or be acquired by or merge with a

 

24


Table of Contents

competitor in the future, any of which could reduce our access over time to the information and technology solutions provided by those companies. For example, as we expand our product and service offerings, whether through organic growth or acquisitions, we may launch products and services that compete with providers that are not currently our competitors, which could negatively impact our existing relationships. If we do not obtain the expected benefits from our relationships with third-party service providers or if a substantial number of our third-party service providers or any key service providers were to withdraw their services, we may be less competitive, our ability to offer products and services to our customers may be negatively affected, and our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

In addition, we rely on other third-party service providers for management of our data centers, telecommunications, data processing, software development and certain human resources functions. If we are unable to sustain commercially acceptable arrangements with these service providers or find substitutes or alternative sources of service, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Third parties may claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights.

We are significantly dependent on technology, processes, methodologies and information, as well as the intellectual property rights related to them. Companies in our industry, including our competitors and potential competitors, have in recent years increasingly pursued patent and other intellectual property protection for their data, technologies and business methods. If any third party owns a patent or other intellectual property covering any of our data, technologies or business methods, we could be sued for infringement. Furthermore, there is always a risk that third parties will sue us for infringement or misappropriation of trademarks, copyrights or trade secrets, or otherwise challenge our use of technology, processes, methodologies or information.

We do not actively monitor third-party patents and patent applications that may be relevant to our technologies or business methods, and it is not possible for us to detect all potentially relevant patents and patent applications. Since the patent application process can take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that cover our products and technologies. As a result, we may infringe existing and future third-party patents of which we are not aware.

From time to time, we may receive offers to license, notices of claims or threats from third parties alleging infringement or potential infringement of their intellectual property. The number of these claims may grow as our business expands. We have made and may make expenditures related to the use of certain intellectual property rights as part of our strategy to manage this risk.

Responding to claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, regardless of merit, can consume valuable time, result in costly litigation and delay certain operations of our business. We may be forced to settle such claims on unfavorable terms, and there can be no assurance that we would prevail in any litigation or proceeding arising from such claims if such claims are not settled. We may be required to pay damages and legal expenses, stop providing or using the affected technologies, processes, methodologies or information, redesign our products and services or enter into royalty and licensing agreements. There can be no assurance that any royalty or licensing agreements will be made, if at all, on terms that are commercially acceptable to us. Such litigation or proceedings could result in the loss or compromise of our intellectual property rights. We have in the past and may also be in the future called upon to defend partners, customers, suppliers or distributors against such third-party claims under indemnification clauses in our agreements. Any such outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Failure to protect our intellectual property and confidential information adequately, in the United States and abroad, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies and information. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, copyright, misappropriation and domain name laws and all other intellectual property laws to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in such technology, processes, methodologies and information. These laws are subject to change at any time and could further restrict our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In addition, the existing laws of certain countries in which we operate may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Even if we are able to obtain intellectual property rights, there is no guarantee that such rights will provide adequate protection of our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies or information, a competitive advantage to our business or deterrence against infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties. In addition, third parties may try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our rights and protections.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor, enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Despite such efforts, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Even if we attempt to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others through litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities or administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, it may require considerable cost, time and resources to do so, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful in such litigation or proceedings. In the past, we have sent cease and desist letters to third parties to enforce our trademark rights, but there can be no guarantee that such actions will be successful. If we fail to enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our competitive position could suffer. Furthermore, our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing or securing rights to products or services that are similar to or duplicative of ours, using trademarks that are similar to ours in different fields of goods and services, reverse engineering our technologies or designing around our patents. Even if we are able to enter into licensing or restricted use agreements with business partners, or coexistence agreements with third-party trademark owners, such parties may breach the terms of these agreements. Any failure to establish, maintain or protect our intellectual property or proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We further attempt to protect our confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and know-how by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties, such as customers and vendors, to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized use or disclosure.

Our results of operations could be materially adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Although we report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, a portion of our revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenue and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies will affect our revenue,

 

26


Table of Contents

operating profit and the value of balance sheet items originally denominated in other currencies. These changes cause our growth in consolidated earnings stated in U.S. dollars to be higher or lower than our growth in local currency when compared against other periods.

As we continue to leverage our global delivery model, more of our expenses will be incurred in currencies other than those in which we bill for the related services. An increase in the value of certain currencies against the U.S. dollar could increase costs for delivery of services at off-shore sites by increasing labor and other costs that are denominated in local currency. There can be no assurance that our contractual provisions will offset their impact, or that our currency hedging activities, which are designed to partially offset this impact, will be successful. Consequently, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our currency hedging activities are themselves subject to risk. These include risks related to counterparty performance under hedging contracts.

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violation of these regulations could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as anticorruption, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation, anti-competition, data privacy and labor relations. For example, our operations in the United States are subject to U.S. laws on these diverse matters, which are different in several respects from the laws of the United Kingdom and India where we have significant operations. We also have operations in emerging market jurisdictions where legal systems may be less developed or familiar to us. Compliance with diverse legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. Violations of one or more of these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our customers also could result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights.

In particular, in many parts of the world, including countries in which we operate or seek to expand, practices in the local business community may not conform to international business standards and could violate anticorruption laws or regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Our employees, subcontractors, agents, joint venture partners and other third parties with which we associate could take actions that violate policies or procedures designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance or applicable anticorruption laws or regulations. Violations of these laws or regulations by us, our employees or any of these third parties could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions (whether or not we participated or knew about the actions leading to the violations), including fines or penalties, disgorgement of profits and suspension or disqualification from work, including U.S. federal contracting, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, including our results of operations and our reputation.

Operating globally involves challenges that we may not be able to meet and that may adversely affect our ability to grow.

As of December 31, 2013, we had offices in 10 countries, and we expect the number of countries in which we operate to increase as we seek out growth opportunities in new geographic areas, including emerging markets and developing economies. There are certain risks inherent in doing business

 

27


Table of Contents

globally which may adversely affect our business and ability to grow. These risks include difficulties in penetrating new markets due to established and entrenched competitors, difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to the needs of local customers, lack of local acceptance or knowledge of our products and services, lack of recognition of our brands, unavailability of joint venture partners or local companies for acquisition, instability of international economies and governments, exposure to adverse government action in countries where we may conduct reporting activities, changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment in other jurisdictions, restrictions or limitations on outsourcing contracts or services abroad, and exposure to varying legal standards, including intellectual property protection laws. Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Expanding our business into emerging markets and developing economies may also present additional risks beyond those associated with more developed international markets. In any emerging markets and developing economies, we may face the risks of working in cash-based economies, dealing with inconsistent government policies and encountering sudden currency revaluations.

We may be required to take future impairment charges that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets comprise a substantial portion of our total assets. We are required under IFRS to test our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. We also are required by IFRS to perform an interim or periodic review of our goodwill and all identifiable intangible assets if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. Economic, legal, regulatory, competitive, contractual and other factors as well as changes in our share price and market capitalization may affect these assumptions. In 2013, we incurred a $53.5 million impairment charge related to our BOAT, Markit Hub and MOD cash generating units. If future testing indicates that impairment has occurred relative to current fair values, we may be required to record a non-cash impairment charge in the period the determination is made. Recognition of an impairment would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

International hostilities, terrorist activities, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions could prevent us from effectively serving our customers and thus adversely affect our results of operations.

Acts of terrorist violence, political unrest, armed regional and international hostilities and international responses to these hostilities, natural disasters, including hurricanes or floods, global health risks or pandemics or the threat of or perceived potential for these events could have a negative impact on us. These events could adversely affect our customers’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and our physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our third-party service providers or customers. By disrupting communications and travel and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly skilled and qualified personnel, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver products and services to our customers. Extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at our facilities or otherwise, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our customers. We may be unable to protect our people, facilities and systems against all such occurrences. We generally do not have insurance for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist attacks, conflicts and wars. If these disruptions prevent us from effectively serving our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

Changes in our rates of taxation, and audits, investigations and tax proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to direct and indirect taxes in numerous jurisdictions. We calculate and provide for such taxes in each tax jurisdiction in which we operate. The amount of tax we pay is subject to our interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file. We will seek to run Markit Ltd. in such a way that it is and remains tax resident in the United Kingdom. We have taken and will continue to take tax positions based on our interpretation of tax laws, but tax accounting often involves complex matters and judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for taxes and other tax liabilities. Although we believe that we have complied with all applicable tax laws, there can be no assurance that a taxing authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and assess us with additional taxes.

We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities have disagreed, and may in the future disagree, with our judgments. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits to determine the appropriateness of our tax liabilities. However, our judgments might not be sustained as a result of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid could be different from the amounts previously recorded. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic, political or other factors. Increases in the tax rate in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could have a negative impact on our profitability. In addition, changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable, particularly in less developed markets, and could become more stringent, which could materially adversely affect our tax position. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Certain Risks Relating to Our Common Shares and the Offering

 

 

There is no existing market for our common shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on Nasdaq, or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

regulatory or legal developments in the countries in which we operate;

 

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares after this offering;

 

29


Table of Contents
changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

changes in market valuation of similar companies;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

 

introduction of new products, services or technologies by our competitors;

 

significant lawsuits or disputes in which we are a party;

 

future sales of our shares by us or our shareholders;

 

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

investor perceptions of us and the financial services industry;

 

failure of any of our products or services to achieve or maintain market acceptance; and

 

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our shares.

Under our memorandum of association and bye-laws that will take effect upon completion of our corporate reorganization, we are authorized to issue up to 3,000,000,000 common shares, of which 178,868,020 common shares will be issued and outstanding immediately following this offering. We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Subject to limitations, approximately 35,965,560 shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. Although we have been advised that there is no present intent to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the common shares from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. In

 

30


Table of Contents

addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and restricted (unvested) shares vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of common shares by our shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our shares.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will also enter into a registration rights and lock-up agreement with certain of our existing shareholders and, if CPPIB purchases common shares in this offering, with CPPIB. See “Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of the terms of this agreement. Following the expiration of the lock-up periods set forth in that agreement, these shareholders will have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of their securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for as long as each holds unregistered securities. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our common shares.

We also intend to file a registration statement in respect of all common shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” section of this prospectus.

Transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

This offering will have a significant transformative effect on us. Our business historically has operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, tax (by virtue of U.K. National Insurance requirements), reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded common shares. We will also incur costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, increased directors and officers insurance, investor relations and various other costs of a public company.

We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some management and corporate governance activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to recruit and bring on a qualified Board of Directors.

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our business. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

 

31


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. This may be less favorable to holders of our common shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure and procedural requirements as domestic U.S. registrants under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For instance, we are not required to prepare and file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, we are not subject to the proxy requirements under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and we are not generally required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we will be permitted to disclose compensation information for our executive officers on an aggregate, rather than an individual, basis because individual disclosure is not required under Bermuda law. We do, however, intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors and to make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

We are also exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. For example, Rule 5605 of Nasdaq’s corporate governance listing rules (the “Nasdaq Rules”) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to follow Bermuda practice in lieu of the above requirements, under which there is no requirement that a majority of our directors be independent. See “Management — Corporate Governance Practices.”

We will lose our foreign private issuer status if we fail to meet the requirements under U.S. securities laws necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States rather than IFRS, and that transition would involve significant cost and time. We would also be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on Nasdaq that are available to foreign private issuers.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the requirement of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Information.”

 

32


Table of Contents

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After giving effect to our corporate reorganization and this offering, our shareholders who own more than 5% of our common shares (and entities affiliated with them) and our directors and executive officers will collectively own approximately 42.7% of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, these shareholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our bye-laws, the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, they could influence our dividend policy. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common shares.

Certain affiliates of the underwriters of this offering are also selling shareholders and, therefore, have interests in this offering beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

Certain affiliates of the underwriters of this offering are participating as selling shareholders in this offering. There may be a conflict of interest between their interests as selling shareholders (for example, to maximize the value of their investment) and their respective interests as underwriters (for example, in negotiating the initial public offering price) as well as your interest as a purchaser. As participants in this offering that are seeking to realize the value of their investment in us, these underwriters have interests beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We currently do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common shares. The payment of any future dividends will be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, business conditions, corporate law requirements and other factors. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Description of Share Capital.”

Volatility in our share price could subject us to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because financial services companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of

 

33


Table of Contents

shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our common shares.

We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of holders of our common shares and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.

Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions provide for:

 

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

directors only to be removed for cause;

 

34


Table of Contents
restrictions on the time period in which directors may be nominated;

 

our Board of Directors to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preference shares and to issue the preference shares without shareholder approval; and

 

an affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of our voting shares for certain “business combination” transactions which have not been approved by our Board of Directors.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of Share Capital” for a discussion of these provisions.

If we are, or were to become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. investors in our common shares would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. We do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, such investor would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, an additional interest charge on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. If we are characterized as a PFIC, a U.S. investor may be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares that would alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status. Although U.S. tax rules also permit a U.S. investor to make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to the shares of a foreign corporation that is a PFIC if the foreign corporation provides certain information to its investors, we do not currently intend to provide the information that would be necessary for a U.S. investor to make a valid “qualified electing fund” election with respect to our common shares. See “Taxation––U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

35


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” and “potential,” among others, or the negative of these words.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

 

our operation in highly competitive markets;

 

our inability to develop successful new products and services;

 

any design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services;

 

declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants;

 

our generation of a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders;

 

our dependence on third parties for data and information services;

 

consolidation in our end customer market;

 

the impact of cost-cutting pressures across the financial services industry;

 

our customers becoming more self-sufficient in terms of their needs for our products and services;

 

ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from our activities relating to credit default swaps;

 

long selling cycles to secure new contracts that require us to commit significant resources before we receive revenue;

 

our reliance on network systems and the Internet; and

 

other risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time as we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

36


Table of Contents

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

37


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

The selling shareholders, including certain employees and members of our management, will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the common shares offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future dividends, and we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Additionally, we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

 

38


Table of Contents

Corporate Reorganization

Markit Ltd. is a Bermuda exempted company that was formed for the purpose of making this offering. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. as described below, and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd. Therefore, investors in this offering will only acquire, and this prospectus only describes the offering of, common shares of Markit Ltd.

We refer to the reorganization pursuant to which Markit Ltd. will ultimately acquire all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited in exchange for common shares of Markit Ltd., the amendment of Markit Group Holdings Limited’s current articles of association and the adoption of Markit Ltd.’s new bye-laws as our “corporate reorganization.”

The Scheme

 

 

The corporate reorganization will be undertaken pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 (the “Scheme”) approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales (the “Court”) so that Markit Group Holdings Limited becomes a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd. and former Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders become shareholders of Markit Ltd. Pursuant to the Scheme, the overall ownership of the company held historically through shareholders’ interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will be replicated in the shares to be held by such shareholders in Markit Ltd. Holders of Markit Group Holdings Limited options will also have their interests replicated in corresponding interests in Markit Ltd.

The Scheme will be implemented by cancelling and extinguishing Markit Group Holdings Limited shares, capitalizing the reserve created by the cancellation and issuing new Markit Group Holdings Limited shares to Markit Ltd. In exchange for their Markit Group Holdings Limited shares, Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders will receive one share in Markit Ltd. for every share they hold in Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the Scheme, holders of voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will receive common shares in Markit Ltd. and holders of non-voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will receive non-voting common shares in Markit Ltd., in each case, that entitle them to the same economic and voting rights (to the extent permitted by Bermuda law) in Markit Ltd. as they had in Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the Scheme. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the non-voting common shares of Markit Ltd. will be reclassified as common shares in Markit Ltd. and the rights of all common shares will be varied such that all shareholders in Markit Ltd. will hold common shares with the rights as further described in this prospectus. See “The reclassification and variation of rights of shares in Markit Ltd.” below.

The Scheme will require the sanction of the Court as well as the approval of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders at meetings convened by the Court and at a separate general meeting of shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited convened to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme.

Necessary approvals

The implementation of the Scheme will be conditional upon the following:

 

certain matters in connection with the Scheme and this offering being approved by certain shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement described in “Related Party Transactions—Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”;

 

the Scheme being approved by a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of those Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders present and voting, either in person or by proxy at the

 

39


Table of Contents
  meetings convened by order of the Court pursuant to sections 895-899 of the English Companies Act 2006;

 

a special resolution to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme being duly passed at general meetings of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders by a majority of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast;

 

the Scheme being sanctioned and the reduction of capital of Markit Group Holdings Limited provided for by the Scheme being confirmed by the Court at a hearing convened for that purpose; and

 

an office copy of the Order of the Court sanctioning the Scheme under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 having been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales for registration and the order under section 648 of the English Companies Act 2006 confirming the reduction of capital pursuant to the Scheme and the statement of capital under section 649 of the English Companies Act 2006 having been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales.

The Scheme can only become effective if all conditions to the Scheme, including approvals at the shareholder meetings referred to above and the sanction of the Court, have been satisfied or, where appropriate, waived.

In addition, the directors of Markit Group Holdings Limited will not prior to or after the Court hearing referred to above take the steps necessary to enable the Scheme to become effective unless, at the relevant time, they consider that the Scheme continues to be in the best interests of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders as a whole.

If the Scheme is sanctioned by the Court and the conditions to the Scheme are satisfied or waived, it is expected that the Scheme will become effective on the date one business day prior to the date of this prospectus. This date is, however, subject to change.

If the Scheme becomes effective, it will be binding on all Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders, including any shareholders who did not vote to approve the Scheme or who voted against the Scheme.

Ancillary matters

Markit Group Holdings Limited will, subject to the special resolution to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme referred to under “—Necessary approvals” being duly passed and conditional upon the Scheme becoming effective, adopt new articles of association appropriate for a wholly-owned subsidiary company. Upon the completion of the reorganization, new bye-laws will be put in place for Markit Ltd.

The reclassification and variation of rights of shares in Markit Ltd.

Following the effective time of the Scheme and until the reclassification described below occurs, Markit Ltd. will have two classes of shares—common shares and non-voting common shares. These two classes of shares will entitle their holders to the same economic and voting rights (to the extent permitted by Bermuda law) in Markit Ltd. as they had in Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the Scheme.

Following the Scheme becoming effective and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the holders of the common shares and non-voting common shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will agree to the reclassification and variation of the rights of their shares and the adoption of bye-laws, which will result in a single class of common shares with the rights as further described in “Description of Share Capital.”

 

40


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of March 31, 2014, on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to our corporate reorganization.

Investors should read this table in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, and the related notes thereto, included in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2014  
($ in millions)    Actual      Pro forma to give effect to
our corporate
reorganization(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

     38.0         38.0   
                   

Current borrowings

     97.6         97.6   

Non-current borrowings

     519.1         519.1   

Total borrowings

     616.7         616.7   
                   

Share capital

     0.2         1.8   

Share premium

     374.3         —     

Other reserves

     24.8         397.5   

Retained earnings

     1,713.0         1,713.0   

Total equity

     2,112.3         2,112.3   
                   

Total capitalization(3)

     2,729.0         2,729.0   

 

(1) Gives effect to the exchange of all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) Cash and cash equivalents does not give effect to the exercise of 1,759,520 outstanding options and the resulting issuance of common shares to certain selling shareholders in connection with the consummation of this offering. In connection with such option exercises, the company expects to receive approximately $28.4 million of cash proceeds.

 

(3) Total capitalization consists of total borrowings plus total equity.

 

41


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

The following selected consolidated historical and pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Corporate Reorganization,” “Presentation of Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period. The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus, which, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial condition at the date and for the periods presented. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that you should expect for the entire year ending December 31, 2014 or any other period.

The selected consolidated historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, which has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, is derived from the unaudited accounting data records of Markit Group Holdings Limited and is not included in the financial statements or notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below is derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is based on assumptions as explained in the notes to the tables.

All our operations are continuing operations and we have not proposed or paid dividends in any of the periods presented.

 

42


Table of Contents
   

As of and for the

year ended

December 31,

   

As of and for the

three months

ended March 31,

 
($ in millions other than share and per share data)   2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Income statement data:

                                                       

Revenue

    478.1          668.4          762.5          860.6          947.9          227.4          259.4     

Operating profit

    153.8          213.2          229.7          224.7          230.1          84.1          59.8     

Profit for the period

    92.2          151.2          156.2          153.1         
147.0  
  
    58.3          39.8     

Profit attributable to equity holders

    79.0          102.1          125.8          125.0          139.4          50.7          39.8     

Earnings per share – basic

    4.54        5.72        7.03        7.03        8.02        2.96        2.25   

Earnings per share – diluted

    4.40        5.60        6.92        6.94        7.94        2.93        2.22   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic

    17,402,924        17,860,713        17,892,921        17,771,624        17,387,598       
17,109,778
  
    17,672,836   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted

    17,963,330        18,234,779        18,173,083        18,002,012        17,555,076        17,281,723        17,871,939   

Pro forma earnings(1):

                                                       

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic

    0.45        0.57        0.70        0.70        0.80        0.30        0.23   

Pro forma earnings per common share, diluted

    0.44        0.56        0.69        0.69        0.79        0.29        0.22   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, basic(2)

    174,029,240        178,607,130        178,929,210        177,716,240        173,875,980        171,097,780        176,728,360   

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, diluted(2)

    179,633,300        182,347,790        181,730,830        180,020,120        175,550,760        172,817,230        178,719,390   

Balance sheet data:

                                                       

Total assets

    2,275.1        2,526.6        2,648.3        3,151.3        3,199.9     

 

—  

  

 

 

3,271.2

  

Total equity/net assets

    1,752.9        1,907.3        2,031.4        1,929.7        2,055.9     

 

—  

  

 

 

2,112.3

  

Share capital

    0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2     

 

—  

  

 

 

0.2

  

Other financial data:

                                                       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

    208.4        261.0        305.0        358.2        421.3     

 

90.8

  

 

 

116.7

  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

    48.1     46.2     45.8     47.0     45.6     44.7     45.0

Adjusted Earnings(5)

    115.2        144.9        184.8        218.4        248.4       
47.5
  
   
72.9
  

Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted(6)

    6.41        7.95        10.17        12.13        14.15       
2.75
  
    4.08   

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) The pro forma weighted average common shares issued and outstanding has been calculated as if the ownership structure resulting from the corporate reorganization was in place since inception.

 

(3) In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyze the primary financial performance measure of Adjusted EBITDA in our business segments and at a company level. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortization on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation and net other gains or losses and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted EBITDA is our profit for the period from continuing operations.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. We believe that utilizing Adjusted EBITDA allows for a more meaningful comparison of operating fundamentals between companies within our industry by eliminating the impact of capital structure and taxation differences between the companies. We further adjust our profit for the following non-cash items: depreciation, amortization of intangible fixed assets, share-based compensation, and other gains and losses associated with foreign exchange variations.

 

43


Table of Contents

Since January 1, 2011 we acquired eight businesses for a total consideration of $640.2 million and have incurred significant acquisition-related expenses. These acquisition-related expenses include acquisition costs, fair-value adjustments to contingent consideration and amortization of intangible fixed assets. Adjusted EBITDA is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been without the impact of non-operational acquisition related expenses.

We also adjust for exceptional items which are determined to be those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, which includes non-cash items and items settled in cash. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of our operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    For the year ended December 31,       

For the three months  
ended March 31,  

 
($ in millions)   2009        2010        2011        2012        2013                2013               2014     

Profit for the period

    92.2           151.2           156.2           153.1           147.0           58.3          39.8     

Income tax expense

    44.4           43.8           50.6           42.7           63.7           20.8          15.6     

Finance costs – net

    17.2           18.2           22.9           28.9           19.4           5.0          4.4     

Depreciation and amortization – other

    32.4           48.2           62.7           66.7           86.0           19.8          23.3     

Amortization – acquisition

related

    5.7           28.5           34.4           46.2           50.1           12.5          14.2     

Acquisition related items

    5.1           (11.3)          4.8           0.9           (1.4)          _          2.8     

Exceptional items

    3.0           30.9           11.6           40.3           60.6           (3.1)         11.1     

Share-based compensation

    9.3           14.9           11.7           16.2           8.1           1.9          3.0     

Other losses/(gains) – net

    16.5           0.1           4.6           11.6           (0.7)          (12.9)         2.5     

Adjusted EBITDA attributable to

non-controlling interests

    (17.4)          (63.5)          (54.5)          (48.4)          (11.5)          (11.5)         _     

Adjusted EBITDA

        208.4               261.0               305.0               358.2           421.3            90.8          116.7     

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

(5) In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyze the performance measure of Adjusted Earnings. Adjusted Earnings is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before amortization of acquired intangibles, acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation, net other gains or losses and unwind of discount, less the tax effect of these adjustments and excluding Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted Earnings is our profit for the period from continuing operations.

We believe Adjusted Earnings, as defined above, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs.

Management uses Adjusted Earnings to (i) provide senior management a monthly report of our operating results that is prepared on an adjusted earnings basis; (ii) prepare strategic plans and annual budgets on an adjusted earnings basis; and (iii) review senior management’s annual compensation, in part, using adjusted performance measures.

 

44


Table of Contents

Adjusted Earnings is defined to exclude items which have less bearing on our core operating performance or are unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence and therefore are inherently difficult to budget for or control. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results.

In addition we use Adjusted Earnings for the purposes of calculating diluted Adjusted Earnings per share. Management uses diluted Adjusted Earnings per share to assess total company performance on a consistent basis at a per share level.

Adjusted Earnings has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted Earnings is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted Earnings is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted Earnings for the periods presented:

 

      

For the year ended December 31,   

   

For the three months   

ended March 31,   

 
($ in millions)      2009        2010        2011        2012        2013        2013        2014     

Profit for the period

       92.2           151.2           156.2           153.1           147.0           58.3           39.8      

Amortization – acquisition related

       5.7           28.5           34.4           46.2           50.1           12.5           14.2      

Acquisition related items

       5.1           (11.3)          4.8           0.9           (1.4)          –             2.8      

Exceptional items

       3.0           30.9           11.6           40.3           60.6           (3.1)          11.1      

Share-based compensation

       9.3           14.9           11.7           16.2           8.1           1.9           3.0      

Other losses/(gains) – net

       16.5           0.1           4.6           11.6           (0.7)          (12.9)          2.5      

Unwind of discount(a)

       0.7           3.4           8.9           9.3           12.4           3.5           2.5      

Tax effect of above adjustments

       (1.0)          (14.6)          (7.6)          (24.1)          (18.0)          (3.0)          (3.0)     

Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests

       (16.3)          (58.2)          (39.8)          (35.1)          (9.7)          (9.7)          –        

Adjusted Earnings

             115.2                  144.9                 184.8                 218.4                 248.4                  47.5                    72.9        

(a)    Unwind of discount represents the non-cash unwinding of discount, recorded through finance costs – net in the income statement, primarily in relation to our share buyback liability, described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

(6) Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted.

 

45


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is based principally on the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, of Markit Group Holdings Limited, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion is to be read in conjunction with “Corporate Reorganization,” “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Business” and the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements and the notes thereto, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. See in particular “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Business Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services. We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 offices in 10 countries.

Our Operating Segments

 

 

We organize our business in three segments: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information segment

Our Information segment, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information segment products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

 

46


Table of Contents

Processing segment

Our Processing segment, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions segment

Our Solutions segment, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

Key Performance Indicators

 

 

We believe that revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Earnings are key measures to assess our financial performance. These measures demonstrate our ability to grow while maintaining profitability and generating strong positive cash flows over time.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure is our profit from continuing operations for the relevant period. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly referenced measures used by other companies. As a result, investors should not consider these performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

Revenue growth

We view period-over-period revenue growth as a key measure of our financial success. We measure revenue growth in terms of organic revenue growth, acquisition related revenue growth and foreign currency impact on revenue growth.

We define these components as follows:

 

Organic – Revenue growth from continuing operations from factors other than acquisitions and foreign currency fluctuations. We derive organic revenue growth from the development of new products and services, increased penetration of existing products and services to new and existing customers, price changes for our products and services and market driven factors such as increased trading volumes or changes in customer assets under management.

 

Acquisition related – Revenue growth from acquired businesses through the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the acquisition was completed. This growth results from our strategy of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities.

 

Foreign currency – The impact on revenue growth resulting from the difference between current revenue at current exchange rates and current revenue at the corresponding prior period exchange rates.

 

47


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

We believe Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortization on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation and net other gains or losses and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Adjusted Earnings

We believe Adjusted Earnings, as defined below, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted Earnings is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before amortization of acquired intangibles, acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation, net other gains or losses and unwind of discount, less the tax effect of these adjustments and excluding Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Results

 

 

Global operations

We are a global company with operations, as of March 31, 2014, primarily in the United Kingdom, the United States, Germany, Netherlands, India, Singapore, Canada, Australia, Japan and Hong Kong. As a result, our consolidated revenue and results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate, primarily the U.S. dollar, pound sterling and euro. Our revenue is typically earned in these currencies, and our expenses across the company are typically incurred in these same currencies, providing a natural hedge to the exposure. Where this is not the case, we have implemented a strategy to hedge material, highly probable or committed foreign currency cash flows. We do not use financial derivatives for trading or other speculative purposes. We have not historically considered it necessary to, and we do not currently, hedge our balance sheet or capital exposures.

Product and service innovation

We plan to continue making investments to enhance our products, services and technical capabilities to create avenues for growth. The associated expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our developers and other employees engaged in research and development. These expenses may vary depending on the number and scale of development projects in a particular period.

 

48


Table of Contents

Business combinations

Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy, and we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future. From January 1, 2011 to March 31, 2014, we acquired eight businesses for aggregate consideration of $640.2 million. As a consequence of the contributions of these businesses and acquisition related expenses, our consolidated results of operations may not be comparable between periods.

Our three most significant acquisitions since January 1, 2011 were:

 

Our acquisition of the Data Explorers Group on April 2, 2012, a leading provider of global securities lending data, which is reported within our Information segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Securities Finance (“Securities Finance”).

 

Our acquisition of Cadis Software Limited on June 1, 2012, a leading provider of global enterprise data management, which is reported within our Solutions segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Enterprise Data Management (“EDM”).

 

Our acquisition of thinkFolio Limited on January 13, 2014, a leading portfolio management software company, which is reported within our Solutions segment.

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

On April 2, 2013, we acquired the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC, previously owned by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, increasing our holding to 100%. As a result of this transaction, our results of operations are no longer reduced by non-controlling interest.

Public company expenses

We expect to incur additional operating expenses related to operating as a public company. This will include increased accounting and legal expenses, the cost of an investor relations function, expenses related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased director and officer insurance premiums. We do not expect these expenses to materially affect our overall profitability or to impede our growth prospects.

Share-based compensation

We operate a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which we grant equity instruments (options and restricted shares) as consideration for services from our employees. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted. The options granted vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which, for the majority of awards, is satisfied over either three or five years. Restricted shares are granted to certain employees and become unrestricted typically over a period of three or five years. Most options granted prior to August 1, 2013 will vest in full upon the successful completion of this offering. In anticipation of this offering, an accelerated share based compensation charge of $4.9 million has been recognized as an exceptional item in the first quarter of 2014 with regard to these options.

On August 1, 2013, we granted options to purchase 2.6 million shares to certain key employees as part of an incentive based retention program. These options will vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which will be satisfied over a five-year period after the successful completion of this offering. Annual compensation expense related to this grant, which does not begin to be recognized until after the completion of this offering becomes probable, is approximately $2.6 million.

 

49


Table of Contents

In the first quarter of 2014, the successful completion of this offering was deemed probable, and as a consequence a total share based compensation charge of $1.9 million related to these options was recognized. This included an amount of $1.4 million which has been treated as an exceptional item and which relates to the acceleration of the amount which would have been recognized to this date, if the completion of this offering had been considered probable on the grant date.

In many of our locations globally, employer’s tax liabilities result from employees exercising share options. As a public company we anticipate that a greater number of employees may exercise options, increasing the level of tax which is payable by us, resulting in an increase in personnel costs. This is particularly relevant with regard to most options issued prior to August 1, 2013, which will vest in full upon the successful completion of this offering.

See Note 21 of the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed analysis of our share-based compensation plans.

Results of Operations

 

 

Description of key line items of the historical consolidated statements of income

Set forth below is a brief description of the composition of the key line items of our historical consolidated statements of income from continuing operations:

 

Revenue .  Represents the income recognized from our sale of pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. We classify our revenue in three groups as follows:

 

  Recurring fixed revenue – Revenue generated from contracts specifying a fixed fee for services delivered over the life of the contract. The fixed fee is typically paid annually, semiannually or quarterly in advance. These contracts are typically subscription contracts where the revenue is recognized across the life of the contract. The initial term of these contracts can range from one to five years and usually includes auto-renewal clauses.

 

  Recurring variable revenue – Revenue derived from contracts that specify a fee for services which is typically not fixed. The variable fee is typically paid monthly in arrears. Recurring variable revenue is based on, among other factors, the number of trades processed, assets under management or the number of positions we value. Many of these contracts do not have a maturity date while the remainder have an initial term ranging from one to five years.

 

  Non-recurring revenue – Revenue that relates to certain software license sales and the associated consulting revenue.

 

Operating expenses.   Includes personnel costs, operating lease payments, technology costs, subcontractor and professional fees and other expenses. Personnel costs are our most significant cost and include salaries, bonuses and benefits.

 

Exceptional items.   Items of income and expenses that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence. Exceptional items include certain legal advisory costs, platform migration costs, IFRS conversion costs, impairments of intangible assets, fair value gains or losses on disposals, profit/(loss) on the sale of available for sale financial assets, indirect taxes, restructuring costs and other charges related to the offering.

 

50


Table of Contents
Acquisition related items.   Primarily relates to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to acquisitions. In addition to these direct acquisition costs, we also include fair value adjustments to contingent consideration paid in relation to our completed acquisitions.

 

Amortization – acquisition related.   Amortization of the intangible assets associated with our acquisitions is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Depreciation and amortization - other.   Depreciation on tangible fixed assets and amortization of other intangible assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Share-based compensation.   Relates to equity compensation arrangements for our employees under which we grant equity instruments as consideration for services.

 

Other gains/(losses) – net .   Principally includes the net profit and loss impact of adjustments to the fair value of unrealized forward foreign exchange contracts used to manage our foreign exchange risk and the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

 

Finance costs – net .   Interest and similar expenses relate to interest on borrowings and on finance lease liabilities, issue costs on borrowings, dividends on redeemable preference shares and the unwinding of discounts. Interest income relates to interest earned on short-term bank deposits.

 

Income tax expense .   Represents the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit for the period in respect of current tax and deferred tax, predominantly paid in the United Kingdom and the United States.

 

51


Table of Contents

Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

       For the three months ended March 31,  
($ in millions and as a % of revenue, unless noted)      2013        2014  

Revenue

       227.4           100.0        259.4           100.0

Operating expenses

       (125.1        55.0        (142.7        55.0

Exceptional items

       3.1           (1.4 )%         (11.1        4.3

Acquisition related items

       –                        (2.8        1.1

Amortization – acquisition related

       (12.5        5.5        (14.2        5.5

Depreciation and amortization – other

       (19.8        8.7        (23.3        9.0

Share-based compensation

       (1.9        0.8        (3.0        1.2

Other gains/(losses) – net

       12.9           (5.7 )%         (2.5        1.0

Operating profit

       84.1           37.0        59.8           23.1

Finance costs – net

       (5.0        2.2        (4.4        1.7

Profit before income tax

       79.1           34.8        55.4           21.4

Income tax expense

       (20.8        9.1        (15.6        6.0

Profit after income tax

       58.3           25.6        39.8           15.3

Other financial data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

       90.8           –             116.7           –     

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       44.7        –             45.0        –     

Adjusted Earnings

       47.5           –             72.9           –     

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Revenue

Revenue increased by $32.0 million, or 14.1%, to $259.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $227.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 11.2%, or $25.4 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $18.8 million, or 8.3% of the 14.1% increase. This was driven by an $11.3 million increase in revenue in our Solutions segment, primarily associated with our Enterprise Software sub-division which saw continued new business wins and further product and service developments. In addition, we saw continued growth in our Processing segment, which accounted for $4.9 million of the increase, primarily associated with our derivatives processing product due to higher levels of activity within the market.

Acquisitions contributed $6.6 million to revenue growth, or 2.9% of the 14.1% increase in revenue, primarily in relation to revenue from Markit Corporate Actions and thinkFolio Limited, which were acquired in July 2013 and January 2014, respectively.

We experienced a favorable movement in the pound sterling, period-over-period, which increased our revenue growth by $6.6 million, or 2.9% of the 14.1% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 50.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, to 51.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Recurring fixed revenue increased from $114.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $134.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, as a result of new business wins in our Information and Solutions

 

52


Table of Contents

segments, and as a result of some customers moving from variable contracts to fixed term transactions in the Valuation and Trading Services sub-segment. Recurring variable revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 45.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, to 43.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Recurring variable revenue increased from $103.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $112.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, largely due to the previously mentioned growth of our derivatives processing product in the Processing segment, although this growth rate is not expected to continue throughout the year. We expect revenues within our Processing segment to be adversely impacted in future periods as a result of price erosion and decreased demand for certain of our processing products. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Changes in legislation and regulation may decrease the demand for our products and services from our customers.” Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 4.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, to 5.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, principally due to new business wins in our Enterprise Software sub-division.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $17.6 million, or 14.1%, to $142.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $125.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses remained constant at 55.0% in both periods.

Personnel costs contributed 60.8% and 61.0% of total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Personnel costs increased by $11.0 million, or 14.5%, to $87.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. This increase was driven by several factors, including the addition of employees due to acquisitions, continued investment in products to facilitate future growth, as well as increases in employee cash compensation levels. In 2013 we revised our discretionary compensation structure, which resulted in an increased cash award and a lower equity award, both in terms of annual pay increases and discretionary cash compensation.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were a net expense of $11.1 million, and principally consisted of initial public offering preparation costs and accelerated IFRS 2 charges. The initial public offering preparation costs of $3.7 million consisted of legal and professional fees associated with this offering. Accelerated IFRS 2 charges of $6.3 million included the acceleration of the accounting charge for options which will vest upon the successful completion of this offering, as well as an accelerated charge related to options which will only commence vesting following a successful offering. In addition, we incurred legal advisory fees of $1.1 million related to ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits.

Exceptional items were a net income of $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. A $4.2 million profit on the sale of an investment was offset by legal advisory costs of $1.1 million related to the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission.

Acquisition related items

Acquisition related items increased $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This included $1.0 million for legal and tax advisory costs on the acquisition of thinkFolio Limited. The thinkFolio acquisition included contingent consideration of $9.5 million, which is being accounted for as remuneration as it is contingent on the continued employment of key personnel within the business. Of that amount $1.8 million has been recognized as an acquisition related expense in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Amortization – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortization increased by $1.7 million, or 13.6%, to $14.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, reflecting the acquisition of thinkFolio Limited in the period and Markit Corporate Actions on July 2, 2013.

 

53


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization – other

Depreciation and amortization – other increased by $3.5 million, or 17.7%, to $23.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, principally due to a $2.3 million increase in the amortization of internally generated intangibles. This increase reflects the continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation increased by $1.1 million, or 57.9%, to $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase reflects an increase in the number of restricted shares granted as well as the commencement in the period of recognizing an expense associated with retention options granted in August 2013 which only commence vesting after the successful completion of this offering.

Other gains/(losses) – net

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had total net other losses of $2.5 million compared to total net other gains of $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The movement reflects, in part, net foreign exchange losses of $1.1 million recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared with net foreign exchange gains of $7.9 million recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2013, representing the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

A net loss on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.4 million was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared with a net gain of $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs decreased by $0.6 million, or 12.0%, to $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The movement principally reflects a $1.0 million reduction in the unwind of discounts following payments to reduce both the share buyback and contingent consideration liabilities.

Interest on bank borrowings increased $0.3 million, or 18.8%, to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting a higher level of average bank borrowings.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $15.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $20.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, a decrease of $5.2 million, or 25.0%. Our effective tax rate was 28.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 26.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, reflecting the impact of non-deductible exceptional expenses and the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $39.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $58.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, a decrease of $18.5 million, or 31.7%, which principally reflects the exceptional charges and the impact of gains recognized on the retranslation of monetary items in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA of $116.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 increased by $25.9 million, or 28.5%, from $90.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This was due to increases in Adjusted EBITDA across all of our segments, but most notably within our Solutions

 

54


Table of Contents

segment, which increased by $6.1 million, attributable mainly to growth in our Enterprise Software sub-division and in our Processing segment, which increased by $4.5 million due largely to our derivatives processing product which saw higher levels of activity within the market compared to the prior year, although this growth rate is not expected to continue throughout the year. We expect revenues within our Processing segment to be adversely impacted in future periods as a result of price erosion and decreased demand for certain of our processing products. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Changes in legislation and regulation may decrease the demand for our products and services from our customers.” The remainder of the increase in Adjusted EBITDA was largely attributable to an $11.5 million reduction in non-controlling interests following the acquisition of the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC.

Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 45.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the Adjusted EBITDA margin of 44.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings

Adjusted Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2014 increased $25.4 million, or 53.5%, to $72.9 million from $47.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

       For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions and as a % of revenue, unless noted)     

2012

       2013  

Revenue

       860.6           100.0 %          947.9           100.0

Operating expenses

       (454.0        52.8        (515.1        54.3

Exceptional items

       (40.3        4.7 %          (60.6        6.4

Acquisition related items

       (0.9        0.1        1.4           (0.1 )% 

Amortization – acquisition related

       (46.2        5.4        (50.1        5.3

Depreciation and amortization – other

       (66.7        7.8        (86.0        9.1

Share-based compensation

       (16.2        1.9        (8.1        0.9

Other gains/(losses) – net

       (11.6        1.3        0.7           (0.1 )% 

Operating profit

       224.7           26.1        230.1           24.3

Finance costs – net

       (28.9        3.4        (19.4        2.0

Profit before income tax

       195.8           22.8        210.7           22.2

Income tax expense

       (42.7        5.0        (63.7        6.7

Profit after income tax

       153.1           17.8        147.0           15.5

Other financial data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

       358.2           –             421.3           –     

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       47.0        –             45.6        –     

Adjusted Earnings

       218.4           –             248.4           –     

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

55


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue increased by $87.3 million, or 10.1%, to $947.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $860.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 10.5%, or $90.7 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $52.1 million, or 6.1% of the 10.1% increase. This was driven by a $28.1 million increase in our Processing segment revenue, primarily associated with our loans processing product due to increased trading volumes across primary, secondary and buy-side trades, with each having different unit charges. In addition, we saw continued growth in our Information segment, which accounted for $18.6 million of the increase, primarily attributable to continued new business wins and new product and service developments.

Acquisitions contributed $38.6 million to revenue growth, or 4.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue, primarily in relation to revenue from Securities Finance and EDM, which were acquired in April 2012 and July 2012, respectively.

We experienced an unfavorable movement in the pound sterling, period-over-period, which reduced our revenue growth by $3.4 million, or 0.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 50.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by revenue growth associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM, both of which have predominantly fixed fee subscription-based revenue models, as well as new business within our Information segment and Managed Services sub-division. Recurring variable revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 45.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to the previously mentioned increase in our Processing segment revenue. Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $61.1 million, or 13.5%, to $515.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $454.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses increased from 52.8% to 54.3% over the same period.

Personnel costs contributed 59.9% and 59.7% of total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Personnel costs increased $35.2 million, or 12.9%, to $307.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by several factors, including the addition of employees due to acquisitions, continued investment in products to facilitate future growth, as well as increases in employee cash compensation levels. In 2013 we revised our discretionary compensation structure, which resulted in an increased cash and lower equity award.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a net expense of $60.6 million, and principally consisted of a $53.5 million impairment charge related to goodwill and acquired intangibles. The impairments are associated with the following cash generating units (“CGU”): full impairment of the assets of our Markit Hub CGU associated with the commercial outlook for this product, a partial impairment of our Markit on Demand (“MOD”) goodwill due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, reducing the anticipated rate of profit growth, and full impairment of the assets associated with BOAT following our decision to cease the operation of this product.

In addition, we incurred legal advisory fees of $6.3 million related to ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits. A $5.0 million non-recurring charge associated with our review of our indirect tax compliance has been taken. These costs were partially offset by a $4.2 million profit on the sale of an investment.

 

56


Table of Contents

Exceptional items totaled $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $21.4 million of this expenditure related to one-time costs incurred in migrating customers to a fully integrated platform for our loan settlement business. Legal advisory costs of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of legal advisory fees associated with the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission relating to credit derivatives and related markets. An $8.9 million goodwill impairment charge arose during the year ended December 31, 2012, which was largely offset by a reduction in contingent consideration associated with the same asset in acquisition related items.

Acquisition related items

Acquisition related items decreased by $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012, to a gain of $1.4 million. This included a gain of $1.8 million on the re-assessment of the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions. The cost of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM.

Amortization – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortization increased by $3.9 million, or 8.4%, to $50.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting the impact of a full period of amortization of intangible assets acquired through our Securities Finance and EDM acquisitions in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization – other

Depreciation and amortization – other increased by $19.3 million, or 28.9%, to $86.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to a $16.4 million increase in the amortization of internally generated intangibles. This increase reflects the continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation decreased by $8.1 million, or 50.0%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease reflects a revision, in 2012, of the estimated number of options and restricted shares expected to vest.

Other gains/(losses) – net

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had total net other gains of $0.7 million compared to total net other losses of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The movement reflects, in part, net foreign exchange losses of $3.2 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with net foreign exchange losses of $10.1 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

A net gain on foreign exchange forward contracts of $3.9 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with a net loss of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs decreased by $9.5 million, or 32.9%, to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Interest on bank borrowings increased $1.4 million, or 27.5%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the higher average level of bank borrowings during the period.

Net finance costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $3.1 million increase in the unwinding of discounts associated with the share buyback liability created following a share repurchase of $495.1 million in August 2012. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more detail regarding this transaction.

 

57


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net finance costs included $5.2 million of interest cost related to $210.0 million of convertible notes, which were converted in full to equity on June 30, 2012.

In the year ended December 31, 2012, we entered into two new debt facilities. In March 2012, we entered into a $350.0 million debt facility with HSBC Bank plc. This facility was subsequently repaid during 2012 and cancelled. In July 2012, we entered into a $800.0 million debt facility with Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. Issue costs of $8.2 million were incurred in relation to these agreements in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $63.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $21.0 million, or 49.2%. Our effective tax rate was 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting the impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment costs and an increase in the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 4.0%, which principally reflects the charge associated with our goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairments and an increased tax charge.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA of $421.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $63.1 million, or 17.6%, from $358.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to increases in Adjusted EBITDA across all of our segments, but most notably within our Processing segment, which increased by $13.6 million attributable to increased volumes within our loans product, and within our Solutions segment, which increased by $9.9 million associated with continued growth of our Managed Services sub-division and the acquisition of EDM. The remainder of the increase in Adjusted EBITDA was largely attributable to a $36.9 million reduction in non-controlling interests following the acquisition of the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC.

The reduction in our Adjusted EBITDA margin to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 47.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to the above performance drivers, including the structural change to our compensation program. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings

Adjusted Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $30.0 million, or 13.7%, to $248.4 million from $218.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above, partially offset by increased non-acquisition related intangible amortization, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services and increased tax charges, reflecting the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

       For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions and as a % of revenue unless noted)      2011        2012  

Revenue

       762.5           100.0        860.6         100.0%       

Operating expenses

       (403.0        52.9        (454.0      52.8%       

Exceptional items

       (11.6        1.5        (40.3      4.7%       

Acquisition related items

       (4.8        0.6        (0.9      0.1%       

Amortization – acquisition related

       (34.4        4.5        (46.2      5.4%       

Depreciation and amortization – other

       (62.7        8.2        (66.7      7.8%       

Share-based compensation

       (11.7        1.5        (16.2      1.9%       

Other losses – net

       (4.6        0.6        (11.6      1.3%       

Operating profit

       229.7           30.1        224.7         26.1%       

Finance costs – net

       (22.9        3.0        (28.9      3.4%       

Profit before income tax

       206.8           27.1        195.8         22.8%       

Income tax expense

       (50.6        6.6        (42.7      5.0%       

Profit after income tax

       156.2           20.5        153.1         17.8%       

Other financial data:

                                         

Adjusted EBITDA

       305.0           –               358.2         –               

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       45.8        –               47.0      –               

Adjusted Earnings

       184.8           –               218.4         –               

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations increased by $98.1 million, or 12.9%, to $860.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $762.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 13.7%, or $104.4 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $45.0 million, or 5.9% of the 12.9% increase in revenue. This growth was attributed to an increase of $25.4 million in our Information segment due to continued new business wins and $12.5 million in our Processing segment, primarily associated with our loans processing product due to increased primary trade volumes and the introduction of buy-side trade fees.

Acquisitions contributed $59.4 million to revenue growth, or 7.8% of the 12.9% increase in revenue, of which $50.1 million was associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM made in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

We also experienced unfavorable movements in both euro and pounds sterling, period-over-period, which reduced our revenue growth by $6.3 million, or (0.8)% of the 12.9% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue increased as a percentage of total revenue from 45.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Recurring variable revenue decreased as a percentage of total revenue from 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in the relative contribution of these two revenue classifications was driven by the revenue growth associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM, both of which have predominantly subscription-based revenue models, as well as

 

59


Table of Contents

continued growth of our Information segment. Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, principally driven by consulting revenue from the acquisition of EDM.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $51.0 million, or 12.7%, to $454.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $403.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributable to a $30.0 million increase in personnel costs. The increase in personnel costs was driven by $15.7 million associated with the addition of employees due to acquisitions, as well as an increase in hiring to support organic growth and increases in employee compensation levels.

Technology costs increased by $12.9 million, or 19.3%, which included costs associated with the acquisition of Securities Finance and EDM, as well as additional technology costs within our Processing segment to support the provision of enhanced services to customers in light of regulatory changes in the derivatives market.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items totaled $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $21.4 million of this expenditure related to one-time costs incurred in migrating customers to a fully integrated platform for our loan settlement business. Legal advisory costs of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of legal advisory fees associated with the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission relating to credit derivatives and related markets. An $8.9 million goodwill impairment charge arose during the year ended December 31, 2012, which was largely offset by a reduction in contingent consideration associated with the same asset in acquisition related items.

Exceptional items of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $7.8 million of restructuring costs involving a rationalization of our premises and severance costs associated with a company-wide employee reduction program. Additionally, $6.1 million of legal advisory costs were incurred in relation to the antitrust investigations. Exceptional costs were partially offset by a gain on sale of assets of $2.3 million.

Acquisition related items

Total acquisition related items decreased by $3.9 million, or 81.3%, to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease can be attributed to adjustments to the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions. This was partially offset by a $1.0 million, or 38.5%, increase in acquisition costs, which represent legal, tax and other advisory fees.

Amortization – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortization increased by $11.8 million, or 34.3%, to $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the impact of the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization – other

Depreciation and amortization – other increased by $4.0 million, or 6.4%, to $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting our continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation increased by $4.5 million, or 38.5%, to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the impact of a revision of the number of options and restricted shares expected to vest in 2012.

 

60


Table of Contents

Other losses – net

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net other losses were $11.6 million, compared to net other losses of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The higher loss reflects, in part, a recorded net loss on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with a net gain of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other net foreign exchange losses of $10.1 million were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances. For the year ended December 31, 2011, a net foreign exchange loss of $5.6 million was recognized.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs increased by $6.0 million, or 26.2%, to $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net finance costs was primarily driven by the increase in interest on bank borrowings, which reflects the higher level of average bank debt held during the year, due in particular to the acquisitions made in April 2012 and June 2012 for a combined $387.2 million in cash. In addition, $8.2 million of issue costs were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to two multi-currency credit facilities agreed in the year, one of which has subsequently been repaid and cancelled.

These increases were partially offset by a $5.3 million, or 50.5%, decrease in interest on convertible notes year-over-year. This follows the conversion, in full, of the outstanding $210.0 million convertible notes to equity on June 30, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $50.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $7.9 million, or 15.6%. Our effective tax rate was 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 24.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 2012 effective tax rate was lower due to U.K. profits being subject to a lower U.K. statutory tax rate, and increased permanent tax deductible expenditures recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $156.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 2.0%.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA was $358.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $305.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $53.2 million, or 17.4%. Our Information segment contributed $40.0 million to the increase in Adjusted EBITDA, driven by the acquisition of Securities Finance and increased Adjusted EBITDA in our Valuation and Trading Services sub-division. Our Solutions segment also contributed $11.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA growth, primarily due to the acquisition of EDM and other growth within our Enterprise Software sub-division.

Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 47.0%, which increased from 45.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings

Adjusted Earnings of $218.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $33.6 million, or 18.2%, from $184.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above partially offset by increased non-acquisition related intangible

 

61


Table of Contents

amortization, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Segmental Analysis

 

 

 

      

    For the year ended December 31,

       For the three months
ended March 31,
 
($ in millions)      2011        2012        2013        2013        2014  

Segmental data:

                                                      

Information

       373.4           431.3           459.6           111.6           117.7   

Processing

       227.3           238.8           265.3           65.2           72.2   

Solutions

       161.8           190.5           223.0           50.6           69.5   

Total revenue

       762.5           860.6           947.9           227.4           259.4   

Information

       174.5           214.5           217.2           51.4           55.2   

Processing

       128.8           124.5           138.1           34.7           39.2   

Solutions

       56.2           67.6           77.5           16.2           22.3   

Less non-controlling interests

       (54.5        (48.4        (11.5        (11.5        –     

Total Adjusted EBITDA

       305.0           358.2           421.3           90.8           116.7   

Information

       46.7        49.7        47.3        46.1        46.9

Processing

       56.7        52.1        52.1        53.2        54.3

Solutions

       34.7        35.5        34.8        32.0        32.1

Adjusted EBITDA

margin(1)

       45.8        47.0        45.6        44.7        45.0

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is total Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Segmental analysis for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $6.1 million, or 5.5%, to $117.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $111.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This was largely driven by new product development and new business wins within the Pricing and Reference Data sub-division.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $3.8 million, or 7.4%, to $55.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $51.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase was largely attributable to the revenue growth within our Pricing and Reference Data sub-division. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 46.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 46.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $7.0 million, or 10.7%, to $72.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $65.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This revenue increase was the result of improved trading volumes in our derivatives processing product, associated with higher levels of activity within the market.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment increased by $4.5 million, or 13.0%, to $39.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $34.7 million for the three months ended March 31,

 

62


Table of Contents

2013. This increase was largely attributable to the performance of our derivatives processing product, which as highlighted above saw strong levels of revenue growth. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 54.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 53.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily driven by operating leverage across both our derivatives processing and loans processing products.

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $18.9 million, or 37.4%, to $69.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $50.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This growth was largely attributable to strong levels of organic growth within our Enterprise Software and Managed Services sub-divisions, in addition to the acquisitions of Markit Corporate Actions and thinkFolio Limited.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $6.1 million, or 37.7%, to $22.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $16.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase was largely driven by the above-mentioned organic and acquired revenue growth across our Enterprise Software and Managed Services sub-divisions. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 32.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 32.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Segmental analysis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $28.3 million, or 6.6%, to $459.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The acquisition of Securities Finance accounted for a significant amount of the increase, with the remaining growth attributable to new product development and new business wins, mainly within our Pricing and Reference Data and Indices sub-divisions.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $2.7 million, or 1.3%, to $217.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the acquisition of Securities Finance and growth within our Pricing and Reference Data sub-division, offset by lower Adjusted EBITDA within our Services sub-division associated with investment in the development of new products. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 47.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $26.5 million, or 11.1%, to $265.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $238.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our revenue increase was the result of continued growth of our loans processing product, which benefited from high levels of primary loan issuances and trading volume in loan markets.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment increased by $13.6 million, or 10.9%, to $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $124.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the performance of our loans processing product, which as highlighted above saw strong levels of revenue growth. This was partially offset by investment in our derivatives processing product associated with increased personnel costs as we continue to invest in product development opportunities created by the changing regulatory environment. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin remained consistent at 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

63


Table of Contents

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $32.5 million, or 17.1%, to $223.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This growth was largely attributable to the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth from new customer contracts within our Managed Services sub-division.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $9.9 million, or 14.6%, to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth within our Managed Services sub-division. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin reduced to 34.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, driven by lower non-recurring software license revenue in our Enterprise Software sub-division.

Segmental analysis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $57.9 million, or 15.5%, to $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $373.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily driven by acquisitions in the period, which contributed growth of $37.6 million. In addition to the acquisitions, the remainder of the growth was attributable to new business growth across each of our Pricing and Reference Data, Indices and Valuation and Trading Services sub-divisions.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $40.0 million, or 22.9%, to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $174.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase reflects the impact of acquisitions in the period, as well as operating leverage within our Valuation and Trading Services sub-division as revenue increased. This combination resulted in Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing to 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $11.5 million, or 5.1%, to $238.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $227.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our loans processing product increased revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012, as the number of loan issuances increased and because of the introduction of buy-side fees. Revenue within our derivatives processing product was flat, as growth in interest rates, foreign exchange and equity derivatives was largely offset by lower trade volumes within the credit markets.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment decreased by $4.3 million, or 3.3%, to $124.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $128.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Although our loans processing product saw an increase in Adjusted EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2012, this increase was more than offset by a decrease in Adjusted EBITDA attributable to our derivatives processing product due to an increase in personnel costs resulting from investment in product development opportunities created by a changing regulatory landscape. As a consequence, Adjusted EBITDA margins declined from 56.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $28.7 million, or 17.7%, to $190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $161.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM, as well as organic growth from our Enterprise Software sub-division due to new customers and the development of new products and services in response to regulatory change.

 

64


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $11.4 million, or 20.3%, to $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM and by the above mentioned organic growth within our Enterprise Software sub-division. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 34.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Quarterly Financial Information

The table below presents summary financial data for our quarterly unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of the quarters in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and reflects all necessary adjustments for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,         March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,         March31,  
($ in millions)   2012         2013         2014  

Information

    97.3        108.5        111.4        114.1          111.6        115.6        115.5        116.9          117.7   

Processing

    58.9        60.0        57.8        62.1          65.2        70.9        64.2        65.0          72.2   

Solutions

    41.4        41.5        53.6        54.0          50.6        51.8        58.7        61.9          69.5   

Revenue

    197.6        210.0        222.8        230.2          227.4        238.3        238.4        243.8          259.4   

Operating expenses

    (108.0     (114.8     (113.6     (117.6       (125.1     (126.9     (127.7     (135.4       (142.7

Exceptional items

    (1.0     (2.1     (25.5     (11.7       3.1        (1.1     (14.3     (48.3       (11.1

Acquisition related

items

    (0.1     (3.5     –          2.7          –          (0.1     (0.1     1.6          (2.8

Amortization –

acquisition related

    (8.7     (11.7     (12.9     (12.9       (12.5     (11.9     (12.6     (13.1       (14.2

Depreciation and

amortization – other

    (15.2     (16.1     (17.0     (18.4       (19.8     (20.7     (21.9     (23.6       (23.3

Share-based

compensation

    (3.9     (3.9     (4.2     (4.2       (1.9     (2.0     (2.0     (2.2       (3.0

Other (losses) / gains –

net

    (5.2     2.1        (6.3     (2.2       12.9        (2.1     (6.3     (3.9       (2.5

Operating profit

    55.5        60.0        43.3        65.9          84.1        73.5        53.5        18.9          59.8   

Finance

costs – net

    (5.8     (6.6     (9.7     (6.8       (5.0     (5.3     (4.7     (4.4       (4.4

Profit before income tax

    49.7        53.4        33.6        59.1          79.1        68.2        48.8        14.5          55.4   

Income tax expense

    (11.3     (13.1     (8.3     (10.0       (20.8     (14.8     (16.5     (11.6       (15.6

Profit for the period from continuing operations

    38.4        40.3        25.3        49.1          58.3        53.4        32.3        2.9          39.8   

Owners of the parent

    30.8        33.1        19.7        41.4          50.7        53.4        32.3        2.9          39.8   

Non-controlling

interests

    7.6        7.2        5.6        7.7          7.6        –          –          –            –     
      38.4        40.3        25.3        49.1          58.3        53.4        32.3        2.9          39.8   

Adjusted EBITDA(1):

                                                                           

Information

    45.5        50.8        56.5        61.7          51.4        55.0        54.4        56.4          55.2   

Processing

    30.7        32.4        30.4        31.0          34.7        39.0        34.6        29.8          39.2   

Solutions

    13.4        12.0        22.3        19.9          16.2        17.4        21.7        22.2          22.3   

Non-controlling interest

    (12.7     (13.0     (11.9     (10.8       (11.5     –          –          –            –     
      76.9        82.2        97.3        101.8          90.8        111.4        110.7        108.4          116.7   

Adjusted Earnings(2)

    46.2        48.3        55.7        68.2          47.5        70.8        64.7        65.4          72.9   

 

65


Table of Contents

 

(1) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(2) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted Earnings, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

 

We believe that cash flow from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and our access to our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. At March 31, 2014, we had $750.0 million of total liquidity, comprising $38.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $712.0 million of available borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit facility. In addition, we have historically generated strong cash flows from operations.

As of March 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents of $20.0 million and $12.6 million were held in the United Kingdom and United States, respectively. All material cash and cash equivalents are available for use in the United Kingdom if required and without ramification. All cash and cash equivalents are held with three independent financial institutions with a minimum credit rating of A as defined by the three main credit rating agencies. As of March 31, 2014, all cash and cash equivalents were held in accounts with banks such that the funds are immediately available or in fixed term deposits with a maximum maturity of three months.

In July 2012, we entered into a credit agreement under which we obtained an $800.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. At March 31, 2014, we were in material compliance with all covenants under the facility. See Note 25 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of the material terms of our revolving credit facility.

In March 2014, we amended and restated our existing credit agreement. The amended and restated agreement provided a $1,050.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility with accordion capacity to $1,450.0 million. The amended and restated facility is for a term of five years, through March 21, 2019, and carries interest at a margin of between 0.75% and 1.75% over LIBOR, or, for amounts drawn in euro, over EURIBOR, and a commitment fee of 35% of the margin on the undrawn balance.

In June 2012, $210.0 million of convertible notes issued in 2010 matured, and the entire balance of the loan was converted into equity.

In August 2012, we repurchased 2,193,948 shares for consideration of $495.1 million, payable in quarterly instalments through May 2017. Amounts outstanding under this arrangement carry no coupon but bear an accounting charge for the unwinding of discounts. For accounting purposes, the present value of this liability at December 31, 2013 amounted to $306.6 million. At March 31, 2014, the present value of this liability was $282.5 million.

We had total debt, excluding capital leases and certain other obligations, of $221.4 million, $653.7 million, $574.6 million and $620.6 million as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively. At March 31, 2014, our total debt principally included $338.0 million drawn under our long-term multi-currency revolving credit facility and $282.5 million related to our share repurchase in August 2012.

 

66


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

    

For the year ended December 31,

   

  For the three months
ended March 31,

 
($ in millions)    2011       2012      

2013  

   

2013  

   

2014  

 

Net cash provided by / (used) in:

                                        

Operating activities

     322.2        340.6        339.8        45.6       
41.4
  

Investing activities

     (137.8     (479.6     (170.6    
(34.1

    (119.9

Financing activities

     (163.3     99.4        (203.9     (47.7     41.2   

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     21.1        (39.6     (34.7     (36.2     (37.3

Net cash generated by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $4.2 million, to $41.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $45.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Cash generated for the three months ended March 31, 2014 reflected additional cash generated from operations during the period, offset by movements in working capital, principally reflecting increased bonus payments paid in the three months to March 31, 2014.

Net cash generated by operating activities decreased by $0.8 million, to $339.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $340.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected additional cash generated from operations during the period and a reduction in interest paid, offset by movements in working capital, reflecting business growth as well as an increase in income tax paid.

Net cash generated by operating activities increased by $18.4 million, to $340.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $322.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected additional cash generated from operations and positive net working capital movements. The working capital movement is principally related to an increase in liabilities, specifically related to a $21.4 million platform migration exceptional cost and growth in the deferred income liability due to the impact of acquisitions, in addition to the continued growth in the business. This was partially offset by an increase in interest paid, due predominantly to arrangement fees associated with two credit facilities, one of which was subsequently repaid and cancelled, and an increase in income tax paid reflecting the mitigation of tax liabilities in 2011 through the utilization of brought forward tax losses.

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $85.8 million to an outflow of $119.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from an outflow of $34.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily related to $85.9 million used primarily for the acquisition of thinkFolio Limited. We spent a further $34.1 million on capital expenditures, primarily relating to internal development costs.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily related to capital expenditures of $39.4 million as we continued to invest in our business to drive growth. This was partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of an available for sale asset for $5.2 million.

 

67


Table of Contents

The $5.3 million decrease in capital expenditures from the three months ended March 31, 2013 to the three months ended March 31, 2014 related to leasehold improvements and furniture, fittings, and equipment in the three months ended March 31, 2013 as we invested in new office space in London and Dallas.

Cash flows used in investing activities decreased by $309.0 million to an outflow of $170.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from an outflow of $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to the payment of $33.1 million of contingent consideration in relation to historic acquisitions and capital expenditures of $130.5 million as we continued to invest in our business to drive growth. This was partially offset by $5.2 million of proceeds from the sale of an investment.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to $380.8 million used for acquisitions. Acquisitions for the period included our acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM. Additionally, capital expenditures totaled $99.0 million during the period.

The $31.5 million increase in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013 related to product development costs and the impact of acquisitions. The increase also reflects further expenditure on computer equipment.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $341.8 million to an outflow of $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of $137.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to $66.7 million used for acquisitions and $75.0 million for capital expenditures. This was partially offset by $3.8 million of proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets.

The $24.0 million increase in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily a result of growth in the business, and in particular investment in a number of new offices in the second half of the year.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to an inflow of $41.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from an outflow of $47.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 principally reflected $100.0 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities partially offset by $30.0 million of repayments on our credit facility and $26.3 million related to transactions with shareholders.

Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflected $26.0 million related to transactions with shareholders and $22.0 million of borrowing repayments.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to an outflow of $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from an inflow of $99.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected $281.3 million related to transactions with shareholders and $157.0 million of borrowing repayments, partially offset by $177.0 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $57.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares. The proceeds from issuance of shares predominantly reflect the exercise price associated with options exercised by employees in connection with the investment by Temasek.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected $240.5 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $43.1 million of

 

68


Table of Contents

proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, primarily from the exercise of options, partially offset by $158.7 million used for the repurchase of ordinary shares and the payment of $25.5 million of dividends to non-controlling interests.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to an inflow of $99.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to $120.0 million used for repayment of bank borrowings, $31.8 million used for the repurchase of ordinary shares and the payment of $30.7 million of dividends to non-controlling interests.

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

 

 

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated material contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments at December 31, 2013, and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash:

 

                  Cash payments due by period  
($ in millions)      Total        Less than 1
year
       1-3 years        3-5 years        After 5 years  

Bank borrowings(1)

       282.2           4.0           8.0           270.2           –       

Other indebtedness(2)

       322.5           103.0           175.6           43.9           –       

Operating leases

       140.4           20.8           31.7           26.0           61.9   

Earn out and contingent consideration

       37.0           3.8           7.9           7.8           17.5   

Total

       782.1           131.6           223.2           347.9           79.4   

 

(1) Borrowings commitment includes estimates of future interest payable; the amount of interest payable will depend upon the timing of cash flows as well as fluctuations in the applicable interest rates. In respect of the interest presented in this table, we have assumed an interest rate of 1.49% as of December 31, 2013, which has been applied to the amount at that date. Of our estimated interest payments in respect of borrowings of $14.2 million, $4.0 million is payable in less than one year, $8.0 million is payable in one to three years and $2.2 million is payable in three to five years.

 

(2) As of March 31, 2014 other indebtedness reduced to $296.2 million following a repayment of $26.3 million.

 

(3) On March 21, 2014 we amended our existing credit agreement. If the amended credit facility had been in place at December 31, 2013, the assumed interest rate would have been 0.99%, and our estimated interest payable in less than one year would have been $2.7 million.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

 

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to a variety of financial risks, such as market risk (including foreign currency exchange, cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, and further information can be found in Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

69


Table of Contents

Principal Accounting Policies, Critical Accounting Estimates and Key Judgments

 

 

The preparation of our financial information requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Our accounting policies which drive critical accounting estimates and involve key judgments include business combinations, valuation of contingent consideration, valuation of intangible assets on acquisition, goodwill impairment testing, internally developed intangibles, revenue recognition, valuation of the company’s shares and income taxes, and are discussed in further detail in Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note 3 to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted are also disclosed in Note 2.25 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

JOBS Act

 

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, our common shares held by non-affiliates have a market value in excess of $700 million, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

 

70


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services.

We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 offices in 10 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 49.9% of our revenue came from customers in the United States, 40.3% from the European Union and 9.8% from other geographic areas, principally located in Asia Pacific. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated 51.7% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 43.3% from recurring variable fees.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated revenue of $762.5 million, $860.6 million, $947.9 million and $259.4 million, respectively. We generated profit attributable to equity holders of $125.8 million, $125.0 million, $139.4 million and $39.8 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $305.0 million, $358.2 million, $421.3 million and $116.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 45.6%, reflecting the operating leverage inherent in our business model and our culture of cost management.

Our business is organized in three divisions: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information: Our Information division, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets. We conduct more than 150,000 independent valuations and price more than two million corporate, municipal and securitized bonds on a daily basis.

Processing: Our Processing division, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services. On average, we process over 80,000 OTC derivatives trades daily, and we settle substantially all leveraged syndicated loans in the Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“LSTA”) and also support and settle loans trading in the Loan Market Association (“LMA”) market.

 

71


Table of Contents

Solutions: Our Solutions division, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. We manage documentation for over 60,000 unique entities, and our loans portfolio management platform is used to service over $850 billion of loans.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Demonstrated Ability to Innovate and Develop New Products. We work closely with our customers to develop and introduce new offerings that are designed to enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. In recent years, we have launched new products addressing a wide array of customer needs, such as managing credit exposure, meeting regulatory reporting requirements, increasing efficiency in trade confirmation, enhancing industry communication and improving bond market transparency. We offer a distribution model that enables our customers to receive our data either through our own proprietary distribution channels or through third-party applications. This flexible model allows customers to use our products efficiently.

Trusted Partner for Diversified, Global Customer Base and Strong Brand Recognition. We believe that our customers trust and rely on us for our consultative approach to product development, dedication to customer support and proven ability to execute and deliver effective solutions. Our industry expertise allows us to understand our customers’ needs, provide effective solutions and grow our product and service offerings. Our global footprint allows us to serve our customers throughout the world and to introduce our products and services to customers in new markets. The Markit brand is well established and recognized throughout the financial services community — many of the major financial market participants use our products and services. We also own a number of well-known index brands, including the Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX.

Proven Ability to Acquire and Grow Complementary Businesses. We have a history of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate our growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities. We seek to acquire companies that allow us to consolidate existing businesses, diversify into related markets, and access technologies, products or expertise that enhance our product and service offerings. We have a proven track record of successfully integrating acquisitions into our business, including our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model. With this strategy, we have driven strong growth in our acquired products, generating attractive returns on capital.

Attractive Financial Model. We believe we have an attractive financial model due to high recurring revenue, strong organic growth and high cash generation.

 

High Recurring Revenue : We offer our products and services primarily through recurring fixed fee and variable fee agreements. This business model has historically delivered stable revenue and predictable cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we generated 51.7% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 43.3% from recurring variable fees. Many of the capabilities that we provide are core to our customers’ business operations, deeply embedded in their existing workflows and difficult to replace.

We calculate a renewal rate to assess how successful we have been in maintaining our existing business for products and services that fall due for renewal. This renewal rate compares the dollar value of renewals during the period to the total dollar value of all contracts that fall due for renewal during the period. This population of renewals is largely contracts that are recurring fixed fee in

 

72


Table of Contents

nature. The value of the contracts renewed includes situations where customers have renewed but downgraded the contract price, reduced the number of products and services they purchase from us and decided not to renew all products and services. It does not include the benefit of price increases on these existing products or services, or upgrades to existing contracted products or services. Using this definition, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our renewal rate of recurring fixed fee contracts was approximately 90%.

 

Strong Organic Growth : The breadth of our offerings in conjunction with our large, global customer base allows us to cross-sell our products and services. We have also developed new products and services and substantially expanded our customer base. We have a demonstrated ability to drive organic growth with average organic revenue growth of 5.4% over the past three years.

 

High Cash Generation : Our business has low capital requirements for product maintenance and development, allowing us to generate strong cash flow. Our infrastructure and technology platforms allow us to accommodate additional product and service volumes with limited incremental operating costs or capital expenditures, further increasing cash generation.

Experienced Management Team Incentivized by Ownership Culture. On average, our 35 most senior managers have worked in the financial industry for 22 years. This experience has provided our management team with a strong network of relationships and an extensive understanding of market participants within the financial services industry. We have attracted a highly-qualified and motivated employee base through significant employee ownership which creates a culture of innovation and an organization that quickly adapts to change. As of April 30, 2014, as adjusted for this offering, our management team and employees collectively held equity and options representing 32.3% of the company. Our management team is further supported by a Board of Directors that also has significant experience in the financial services industry.

Our Market Opportunity

 

 

The financial services industry has experienced significant change from regulatory and market forces over the last several years. We believe we are well-positioned to embrace these changes, which include:

Focus on Efficiency in the Financial Services Industry. Financial institutions are focused on rationalizing costs and increasingly view third-party products and services as effective means of achieving cost efficiencies. In addition, as financial institutions look to optimize vendor management, they are exhibiting a preference for companies with scale that offer a broad array of products and services. We believe our scale and broad portfolio of solutions position us well as customers seek to consolidate vendors. We also work actively with our customers to find opportunities to reduce their costs and improve services through industry solutions, most notably in managed services.

Changing Regulatory Landscape. New global regulations are driving higher capital requirements, enhanced risk management, and increased electronic trading and reporting and compliance requirements. In addition, regulations are driving market participants to gather more timely, relevant and complete data to improve transparency. With these new regulations and as regulatory authorities globally continue to establish stricter standards, we believe our customers will continue to strengthen their compliance capabilities, manage greater volumes of data and improve their risk management functions.

Evolving Technology and Communication Networks. Technology and information services are migrating toward cloud-based solutions and open architecture platforms. This trend creates challenges for securities firms and institutional investors, which have typically employed technology that is designed, built and administered in-house, a model that has limited flexibility and results in increased

 

73


Table of Contents

costs. In addition, instant messaging and social networks challenge the current closed, point-to-point communication networks used in financial services. These trends present an opportunity to create new services based on flexible technologies in a secure and compliant manner by moving away from high-cost, single-provider platforms.

Growth Shifting to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. Emerging markets and developing economies are experiencing more rapid economic and population growth relative to developed economies in Western Europe and the United States. Emerging markets and developing economies are expected to account for 40.8% of nominal global gross domestic product by 2017 (up from 37.7% in 2012), according to the International Monetary Fund. As financial markets in emerging markets and developing economies continue to mature, we expect increased demand in these countries for our products and services.

Shifting Investment Styles. Investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to passive investment products and are seeking exposure beyond equities to a wider range of asset classes, including bonds, loans and commodities. Passive investment products have proliferated due to investor demand for transparency, lower costs and greater liquidity, as evidenced by the net assets held by ETFs increasing at a compound annual growth rate of 29% from 2002 to 2012, according to the Investment Company Institute. Furthermore, the share of ETF assets in fixed income and commodities has increased from 10% in 2007 to 27% in 2012, demonstrating investor appetite for a wider range of asset classes. We believe these trends will persist, generating significant growth opportunities for our multi-asset class offerings.

Our Growth Strategies

 

 

Our strong historical results reflect successful execution of our strategy of driving organic growth, through development of new products and services and increased customer penetration, and making targeted acquisitions. We believe we are well-positioned for future growth and have a multi-faceted growth strategy that builds on our strong customer relationships, diversified product and service offerings and investments in people and technology. The key components of our strategy include:

Deliver Products and Services to Drive Customer Cost-Efficiency. The financial services industry’s regulatory and operating environment is putting pressure on our customers’ profits, driving them to rationalize costs and operate more efficiently. We believe there is a significant opportunity to reshape the cost structure of the industry by replacing services that have historically been duplicated across institutions. Our experience, reputation as a trusted partner and strong relationships with major financial institutions have allowed us to respond to customer needs for centralized services such as reference data management, customer on-boarding, global corporate actions and document management, which we believe will generate substantial cost savings for our customers. We believe we are in a strong position to remain a provider of choice for these services to our customers. For example, in September 2013, Markit and Genpact announced a partnership, working alongside some of the world’s largest banks, to centralize non-proprietary processes for on-boarding new customers and to manage other know-your-customer (“KYC”) requirements for the financial services industry.

Capitalize on Evolving Regulatory and Compliance Environment. Changing regulations are creating the need for new compliance and reporting processes, risk management protocols, disclosure requirements and analytics. We will continue to address these needs by providing auditable and compliant sources of risk and pricing data, multi-asset class global solutions, and integrated market and credit risk reporting. Our solutions are expected to support customers’ regulatory submissions, including stress testing and scenario analysis. In addition, we are re-positioning our trade processing business from a transaction-based confirmation service to a connectivity and regulatory reporting service; building out our KYC managed services capabilities; and enhancing our counterparty risk management and risk analytics offerings to meet the growing requirements of regulation and

 

74


Table of Contents

compliance. We expect our index business to benefit from the increased regulatory scrutiny imposed on administrators of benchmarks, which larger, well established providers such as ourselves are best positioned to address.

Introduce Innovative Offerings and Enhancements. To maintain and enhance our leadership position, we continuously strive to introduce enhancements to our existing products and services as well as new products and services. We maintain an active dialogue with our customers and partners to allow us to understand their needs and anticipate market developments. For example, in October 2013, after extensive customer consultations, we launched an open messaging network that we believe will enable professionals in all parts of the global financial services industry to communicate and share information seamlessly in a secure and compliant manner.

Increase in Geographic, Product and Customer Penetration. We believe there are significant opportunities to increase the number of users of our products and services at existing institutional customers, increase the number of locations where our products and services are used with existing customers and increase our cross-selling of products and services. We plan to add new customers by responding to the changing demands of the financial services community and by leveraging our brand strength, broad portfolio of solutions, global footprint and strong industry knowledge. We have developed significant penetration into large sell-side and buy-side firms in North America and Western Europe and have established a presence in select emerging markets and developing economies, and there is potential for further penetration and growth in emerging markets and developing economies, particularly in Asia. Reflecting our commitment to these markets, in May 2013 Singapore-based Temasek made a significant equity investment in our company, which has strengthened our links in Asia. We also recently relocated key management to Singapore to support our growing presence in the Asian markets.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We selectively evaluate technologies and businesses that we believe have potential to enhance, complement or expand our product and service offerings and strengthen our value proposition to customers. We target acquisitions that can be efficiently integrated into our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model to drive value. We believe we are an acquirer of choice among prospective acquisition targets due to our entrepreneurial culture, growth, global scale, strong brand and market position. We have acquired 26 businesses since our inception to March 31, 2014, with aggregate consideration of approximately $1.9 billion funded principally from operating cash flow.

Business Divisions

 

 

Information

Our Information division (2013 revenue of $459.6 million) provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used throughout the financial services industry for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers to price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

The Information division serves over 2,700 customers including buy-side firms (mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, investment managers, insurance companies, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and wealth managers), sell-side firms (investment banks, commercial banks, prime brokers, retail banks and custodian banks), exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organizations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies, technology and service providers, and other corporations.

 

75


Table of Contents

The Information division comprises three sub-divisions:

 

Pricing and Reference Data : Our pricing and reference data sub-division provides our customers with independent pricing across major geographies and key asset classes as well as instrument, entity and reference data products. We price instruments spanning major asset classes, including fixed income, equities and credit. Our offering comprises several products that support the pricing and reference data needs of the credit derivative, bond and syndicated loan markets, most notably Reference Entity Database (“RED”) and Bond Reference Data. Customers use our pricing data primarily for independent valuations, risk analytics and pre-trade analytics and our reference data products in a broad range of valuation, trading and risk applications in both cash and derivative markets.

 

Indices : We own and administer indices covering loans, bonds, credit default swaps, structured finance and economic indicators, including the PMI series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX. In addition to our Markit index families, we provide a range of index related services to enable our customers to meet their custom index requirements. Our indices are used for benchmarking, risk management, valuation and trading. They also form the basis of a wide range of financial products, including exchange traded funds, index funds, structured products and derivatives.

 

Valuation and Trading Services : We provide a broad range of valuation and trading services to both derivative and cash market participants focused on instrument and portfolio valuations, trading performance and analysis, research aggregation and investment process workflow. For example, Totem provides model validation and pricing verification of complex derivatives for sell-side firms. Our portfolio valuation service provides independent valuations for a wide range of derivatives and cash products across all asset classes to buy-side firms.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our Information division generated revenue of $431.3 million, $459.6 million and $117.7 million, representing 50.1%, 48.5% and 45.4% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $214.5 million, $217.2 million and $55.2 million, representing 52.8%, 50.2% and 47.3% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Processing

Our Processing division (2013 revenue of $265.3 million) offers trade processing solutions globally for OTC derivatives, FX and syndicated loans, including infrastructure and pre-trade and post-trade support. The division enables buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. Our Processing division sells products and offers services directly rather than via third parties, and its most significant offerings are MarkitSERV, our derivatives processing platform, and Markit Clear, our loans processing platform.

We believe our derivatives processing platform is the industry standard for OTC derivatives post-trade processing across credit, interest rates, equity and FX asset classes. The platform supports electronic confirmation, regulatory reporting, clearing connectivity and trade delivery from trade counterparties and inter-dealer brokers, exchanges and electronic trading platforms and swap execution facilities. Our derivatives processing platform has an active network of over 1,500 customers, including sell-side firms, buy-side firms and execution venues, with connectivity to 16 central counterparties. As part of the derivatives processing offering we launched Credit Centre to allow customers to achieve pre-trade clearing certainty and manage credit lines across multiple venues in an electronically traded marketplace. On an average day, our derivatives processing platform processes over 80,000 OTC trades.

 

76


Table of Contents

We believe our loans processing platform is the primary platform for the electronic confirmation, documentation and settlement of syndicated loans in the United States. It provides real time data on loan inventories as well as reconciliation and status reporting for new and historical trades. The platform connects sell-side and buy-side firms and loan agents in a single workflow. Functionality is currently being expanded to include loan custodians. We settle substantially all LSTA leveraged syndicated loans and also support and settle loans trading in the LMA market through our loans processing platform.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our Processing division generated revenue of $238.8 million, $265.3 million and $72.2 million, representing 27.8%, 28.0% and 27.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $124.5 million, $138.1 million and $39.2 million, representing 30.6%, 31.9% and 33.6% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Solutions

Our Solutions division (2013 revenue of $223.0 million) provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. As the financial services industry places a renewed emphasis on cost efficiency and operational risk reduction, institutions are likely to increase their use of outsourcing to industry experts, which should support demand for our Solutions offerings. Our products and services are designed to help our customers achieve material operational efficiency gains by using deep subject matter expertise, increasing automation and straight-through-processing rates, providing cost-effective hosting, institutionalizing regulatory compliance in our products and services and standardizing our customers’ business processes.

The division targets a broad customer base within the financial services industry including buy-side and sell-side firms, custodians, private equity firms, wealth management firms and retail brokerages. The division sells direct via in-house sales teams, cross-selling software and services when possible, with no third-party distribution agreements.

The Solutions division operates in two sub-divisions: enterprise software and managed services.

 

Enterprise Software : The primary products within the enterprise software sub-division include Enterprise Data Management (“EDM”), Analytics, Wall Street Office (“WSO”) – Software and Markit thinkFolio.

EDM software and services provide customers a central hub to manage the acquisition, validation, storage and distribution of data sets from multiple sources. EDM software, which is targeted at banks, regulators, data providers, asset managers, hedge funds and insurance companies, produces transparent and auditable views of positions, transactions, valuations, exposure and counterparties.

Analytics provides our customers with a range of enterprise risk management software solutions to enable customers to calculate risk measures while delivering exceptional computation speed and rapid time to market. We expect Analytics to benefit from regulations that introduce new risk measurement requirements and from the financial services industry’s greater adoption of risk management practices. The Analytics customer base focuses on leading banks and insurance companies globally.

WSO – Software provides loan portfolio management software to participants in the syndicated bank loan market, delivering a single platform for reporting, collateralized loan obligation compliance, integration, performance analysis and agent syndication across the complete trading lifecycle. WSO – Software targets buy-side loan investors, middle market lenders, fund administrators and underwriters of structured products (e.g., collateralized loan obligations).

 

77


Table of Contents

Markit thinkFolio is a sophisticated front office portfolio modelling and order management system. It manages all of the major asset classes (bonds, equities, property, commodities, cash and FX, as well as a host of derivatives within each of these classes). It also has accurate, fast and real time cash management and an integrated compliance engine.

 

Managed Services: Significant offerings within managed services include MOD, Counterparty Manager, WSO – Services, and Collaboration Services.

MOD designs, builds and hosts custom web solutions for customers in both the retail and institutional financial services markets. The introduction and rapid growth of new user interfaces (e.g., mobile) along with increased demand for online consumption is expected to support further demand for MOD’s services. MOD targets online retail brokerages, sell-side firms, information providers and media firms.

Counterparty Manager provides an online platform for buy-side firms to manage counterparty documentation as they open and maintain trading accounts with sell-side firms. The platform enables the collection and distribution of KYC documents and regulatory support for the Dodd–Frank Act, Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and other needs. We believe this platform continues to be in high demand as regulators and tax authorities on a global basis increase their oversight of financial markets.

WSO – Services helps syndicated loan customers streamline their business by providing outsourced access to our portfolio of services for middle and back office loan operations.

Our recently launched Collaboration Services platform provides an open, cross-industry messaging network and directory for the global financial services industry. We believe this will enable professionals in all parts of the industry to communicate and share information seamlessly in a secure and compliant manner.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, our Solutions division generated revenue of $190.5 million, $223.0 million and $69.5 million, representing 22.1%, 23.5% and 26.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $67.6 million, $77.5 million and $22.3 million, representing 16.6%,17.9% and 19.1% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Our History

 

 

Markit was founded in 2003 by a group of entrepreneurs with deep experience in the financial services industry with the goal of increasing transparency in the credit derivatives market, initially with a daily credit default swaps pricing product. After the successful launch of its first product, the company attracted investments from global financial institutions, private equity and other investment funds. Since its founding, Markit has grown through organic product and service development and targeted acquisitions.

Customers

 

 

We have a diverse customer base across buy-side and sell-side firms, including banks, asset managers, hedge funds, private equity and venture capital funds, fund administration firms and other organizations. Our customers also include exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organizations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies,

 

78


Table of Contents

technology and service providers, and other corporations. We have over 3,000 corporate customers, including many of the largest companies in the financial services industry. In 2013, only one customer or group of affiliated customers represented more than 5% of our revenue, at 5.1%, and fewer than 20 customers or groups of affiliated customers generated more than $10 million in revenue.

Sales and Marketing

 

 

We have a dedicated global sales force, which in turn is supported by a global account management team as well as by specialists in all major product and service families. We annually develop sales, distribution and marketing strategies on a product-by-product and service-by-service basis. We leverage customer data, business and market intelligence and competitive profiling to retain customers and cross-sell products and services, while also working to promote unified brand recognition across all of our products and services.

Sources of Data

 

 

The data supporting our Information division products and services is sourced principally through three different kinds of arrangements. First, we gather data from some of our customers under agreements that also permit these customers to use the products and services created based on their data contribution. Second, we purchase or license data from market data providers under contracts that reflect prevailing market pricing for the data elements purchased. Third, we source data either from public sources, such as corporate actions or bond issuances, or through direct means, such as conducting surveys for economic data. Because of the efficiency of our data gathering methods, our costs to source data are limited.

Information Technology

 

 

Our information technology systems are fundamental to our success. They are used for the storage, processing, access and delivery of the data that forms the foundation of our business and the development and delivery of the products and services we provide to our customers. Much of the technology we use and provide to our customers is developed, maintained and supported in-house by a team of over 1,100 employees. We generally own or have secured ongoing rights to use for the purposes of our business all the customer-facing applications that are material to our operations. We support and implement a mix of technologies, focused on implementing the most efficient technology for any given business requirement or task.

Data Centers

We provide most of our corporate and customer-facing services through 11 core data centers that provide a geographically separated and resilient structure. These data centers are located in London, Amsterdam, Boulder (Colorado), Littleton (Colorado), Dallas (Texas), Atlanta (Georgia) and Carlstadt (New Jersey), and are strategically located and operated as close as possible to the business needs in each geographic region.

Disaster Recovery

We ensure that key assets, such as premises, systems, documents and services are available, robust and can be recovered and resumed within acceptable timeframes following an incident that impacts operations. We have a committed business continuity infrastructure that is directed by a steering

 

79


Table of Contents

group, which includes our global head of business continuity and information security, global head of group technology services and other key business heads. Each product and service has a business continuity plan that is tied into an overarching crisis management plan and an office business continuity plan. Our goal is to ensure that production infrastructure and staffing do not create the potential for single points of failure. Thus, all product and service data is backed up regularly, with weekly and monthly backups stored securely at a third-party off-site storage facility.

Security

We place a high level of importance on our data protection and information security systems and have a dedicated team of security specialists. Markit’s information security team manages a wide range of security controls aimed at allowing our workforce to operate in a secure, policy-compliant manner. These controls are designed to alert us to possible weaknesses and breaches. Markit’s information security team also provides guidance at the product development stage to ensure best practice and engages in regular penetration testing of our products and services to assess security.

Competitors

 

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our business include the depth, breadth, timeliness and cost-effectiveness of our products and services; quality and relevance of our offerings; ease of use; our people; and customer support. The breadth of the products and services we offer and the markets we serve expose us to a broad range of competitors that include large information service providers, market data vendors, exchanges, inter-dealer brokers and transaction processing providers.

Our principal competitors for our Information division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., FactSet, Interactive Data Corporation and Thomson Reuters Inc. The principal competitors for our Processing division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., IntercontinentalExchange, Inc. and Traiana, Inc. Our Solutions division products and services compete with firms such as Deloitte, GoldenSource, IBM Algorithmics and Intralinks Holdings, Inc.

Intellectual Property

 

 

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, misappropriation and copyright laws, as well as contractual and technical measures, to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property. We seek to control access to and distribution of our confidential and proprietary information and enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and suppliers that provide that any confidential or proprietary information owned or developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential and limited to internal use. In the normal course of business, we provide our proprietary data, software and methodologies and business processes to third parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have proprietary information, rights and know-how in our data, indices, software processes, methodologies and business processes. We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks for our relevant fields of services in the United States and other key jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, we have registered 30 U.S. trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” and have filed one trademark application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. As of December 31, 2013, we have also registered over 200 trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “PMI,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” in various other jurisdictions throughout the world. In addition, we have registered domain names covering many of our marks, including www.markit.com .

 

80


Table of Contents

Employees

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, Markit had over 3,200 employees, with over 900 in Europe, including over 800 in the United Kingdom, over 1,400 in the United States and over 800 in other locations globally. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements.

Facilities

 

 

Markit is headquartered in London, United Kingdom and operates in over 20 offices around the globe. As of December 31, 2013, our principal offices consisted of the following properties:

 

Location

 

 

Square feet

 

      

Lease expiration date (1)

 

    

Use

 

London, United Kingdom

    105,000         December 2025      Office Space

New Delhi, India

    51,971         July 2021      Office Space
New York City, U.S.     41,743         August 2018      Office Space

Dallas, U.S.

    47,413         September 2029      Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Central Ave.)

    59,620         December 2017      Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Flatiron Pkwy)

    30,196         December 2027      Office Space

 

(1) Expiration dates include exclusive renewal options granted to Markit in existing leases.

We also lease offices in the following locations: Amsterdam; Calgary; Edinburgh; Frankfurt; Henley on Thames, U.K.; Hong Kong; Manchester; Naperville, Illinois; Singapore; Sydney; Tokyo; Toronto; Valley Cottage, New York; and Vancouver. Historically, we have sought to consolidate acquisitions into major locations, such as London and New York, whenever logistically and commercially reasonable; however, there have been instances where we have expanded our footprint into new locations post-acquisition.

We continue to invest in our current locations as necessary, and we believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for our current business operations, and that additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for future use and expansion.

Legal Proceedings

 

 

We are party to regulatory investigations and legal proceedings with respect to credit default swaps, as described below. With respect to these ongoing matters, we are currently unable to determine the ultimate resolution of, or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to, these matters, and therefore we cannot predict the impact they may have on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow. Although we believe we have strong defenses and we are defending these matters vigorously, we could in the future incur judgments or fines or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

In addition to the matters described below, in the ordinary course of our business, we are or may be from time to time involved in various legal proceedings and we may receive routine requests for information from governmental agencies in connection with their regulatory or investigatory authority. We review such proceedings and requests for information and take appropriate action as necessary. We do not believe, however, based on currently available information, that the results of any of these proceedings or requests for information will have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

81


Table of Contents

European Commission Investigation

In April 2011, the Competition Directorate General of the European Commission (“EC”) opened an investigation of the credit default swaps business, with a primary focus on the activities of certain major international investment banks, including certain of the underwriters in this offering (the “Dealers”), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and Markit. During the course of the EC’s investigation, Markit responded to the EC’s various requests for information and met in person with the EC.

On July 1, 2013, the EC issued a Statement of Objections to Markit, ISDA and the Dealers, alleging that between 2006 and 2009, the Dealers acted collectively to prevent potential competitors from offering exchange-traded credit default swaps to protect the Dealers’ business as intermediaries in OTC trading of credit default swaps. The EC further alleged that, at the direction of the Dealers, Markit and ISDA denied essential inputs to proposed exchange initiatives and that Markit and ISDA acted as Dealer-controlled associations of undertakings. If the EC ultimately finds that Markit has violated European Union competition laws on this basis and the EC imposes fines on the company, Markit’s liability could be capped at 10% of the sum of the annual total worldwide revenue of each of the relevant Dealers. Depending on the EC findings, it is also possible that the fine could be limited to an amount not greater than 10% of the annual worldwide revenue of Markit.

The EC may also seek to require Markit to change how it offers products or services, including changes to existing contractual relationships and changes to future licensing arrangements.

The Statement of Objections is a preliminary finding and does not determine the final outcome of the EC proceedings. Markit has the opportunity to respond to the EC’s preliminary findings both in writing and at an oral hearing, and Markit is defending itself vigorously.

Department of Justice Investigation

In May 2009, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) commenced an investigation seeking information regarding actions in credit default swaps by Markit and other participants, including the Dealers. From September 2009 through August 2012, the parties to the DOJ investigation, including certain Dealers and Markit, produced documents in response to DOJ requests for information and participated in depositions conducted by the DOJ. The matter remains pending with the DOJ. Markit has been fully cooperative, and will continue to cooperate, with the DOJ in connection with its investigation.

Class Action Lawsuits

Since May 2013, Markit has been named as a defendant with the Dealers and ISDA in a number of putative class action lawsuits filed in U.S. courts and arising out of allegations of violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with credit default swaps. The named plaintiffs in each case include pension funds, investment management funds and other buy-side firms who conduct business activities involving credit default swaps. All cases were filed either in the U.S. District Courts for the Northern District of Illinois or the Southern District of New York. On October 16, 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred all cases to the Southern District of New York and on December 13, 2013, the court consolidated all such cases for pre-trial purposes.

The primary allegations by plaintiffs are that the defendants conspired to prevent competitors from offering execution and clearing services for exchange-traded credit default swaps and that the defendants conspired to fix and maintain credit default swap bid/ask spreads in the OTC market above the spreads that would have been realized with the development of exchange trading of credit default swaps. The substance of plaintiffs’ request for relief seeks a permanent injunction foreclosing defendants from continuing their alleged anticompetitive actions and trebled damages in an unspecified amount, plus interest, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit.

 

82


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance as to the outcome of the EC investigation, the DOJ investigation, or the class action lawsuits, but they could have a material adverse effect on Markit’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Bermuda Exchange Control

 

 

Under Bermuda law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an exempted company, we may not, without a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including transactions involving Bermuda landholding rights and the carrying on of business of any kind for which we are not licensed in Bermuda.

Corporate Information

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited was formed on May 9, 2007 pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, as a successor company to Markit Group Limited. Markit Ltd. was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on January 16, 2014 to become a holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. Our telephone number at this address is +44 20 7260 2000. Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. We maintain a website at www.markit.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is +1 441 295 5950.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

83


Table of Contents

Management

Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address for our executive officers and directors is Markit Ltd., c/o Markit Group Limited, 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

 

Name    Age        Position

Executive Officers

Lance Uggla

     52         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Kevin Gould

     51         President

Jeff Gooch

     46         Chief Financial Officer

Adam Kansler

     44         Chief Administrative Officer

Shane Akeroyd

     49         Global Head of Sales

Stephen Wolff

     46         Head of Corporate Strategy

Non-Executive Directors

               

Zar Amrolia

     50         Director

Jill Denham

     53         Director

Dinyar Devitre

     67         Director

William E. Ford

     52         Director

Timothy Frost

     49         Director

Robert Kelly

     60         Director

Robert-Jan Markwick

     53         Director

James A. Rosenthal

     61         Director

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.

     68         Director

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih

     52         Director

Anne Walker

     39         Director

Executive Officers

Lance Uggla is Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Markit, responsible for leading the company’s strategic development and managing its day-to-day operations. Mr. Uggla is a founder of Markit and has been a director and chief executive of the business since its formation in 2003. Prior to this, Mr. Uggla was Global Head of Credit Trading and Head of Europe and Asia for TD Securities. Mr. Uggla started his career at Wood Gundy in Toronto and, following the acquisition by CIBC, was latterly Global Head of Fixed Income. Mr. Uggla holds a BBA from the Simon Fraser University and an MSc from the London School of Economics.

Kevin Gould is President of Markit and a co-founder of the company. Mr. Gould was appointed head of Markit Asia Pacific in July 2013 and leads strategy and operations across that region. Mr. Gould established Markit’s business in North America in 2005 and was a director of Markit from 2003 to January 2014. Prior to this, Mr. Gould was European and Asian Head of Credit Trading and Sales at TD Securities in London. Mr. Gould holds a BSc in Mechanical Engineering from Bristol University.

Jeff Gooch was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Markit in September 2013 and is Chairman of MarkitSERV. He was a board member of Markit from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Gooch joined Markit in 2007 to lead the company’s portfolio valuations and trade processing business. In 2009, Mr. Gooch was appointed Chief Executive Officer of MarkitSERV and held that role until September 2013. Prior to this,

 

84


Table of Contents

Mr. Gooch had a 10 year career at Morgan Stanley, most recently as Head of Fixed Income Operations. Mr. Gooch started his career at Ernst & Young. Mr. Gooch is a chartered accountant and holds an MA in Mathematics from Cambridge University.

Adam Kansler is Chief Administrative Officer of Markit and leads the company’s strategic alliances, corporate communications, legal, human resources, regulatory and government affairs and enterprise risk functions. In 2013, Mr. Kansler was appointed head of Markit’s North American offices and is the General Counsel of Markit. Prior to joining Markit in 2009, Mr. Kansler was a partner in the corporate department of Proskauer LLP where he represented Markit as its outside counsel from the time of its formation. Mr. Kansler holds a BA in Economics from Hobart College and a JD from Columbia University School of Law.

Shane Akeroyd is Global Head of Sales and Marketing and leads Markit’s sales strategy and implementation across all products and geographies. Prior to joining Markit in 2008, Mr. Akeroyd held a number of sales roles most recently as Global Head of Sales for RBC Capital Markets. Mr. Akeroyd holds a BSc (Hons) in Economics from University College London.

Stephen Wolff is Head of Corporate Strategy. Mr. Wolff joined Markit in February 2014 from Deutsche Bank where he was Head of Strategic Investments, managing a portfolio of principal investments, primarily focused on financial market infrastructure. Previous roles at Deutsche Bank included Head of Fixed Income e-commerce and in a prior period, interest rate and FX derivatives trading in both G7 and emerging markets. Between 1999 and 2004, Mr. Wolff worked for Razorfish, and then as managing director of a venture capital start up, Pogo Technology. Mr. Wolff holds a BA in Economics from Manchester University.

Non-Executive Directors

Zar Amrolia has been a director of Markit since October 2013. Mr. Amrolia is Managing Director, Co-head of Fixed Income & Currencies Trading at Deutsche Bank; he was previously Global Head of Foreign Exchange & Markets Electronic Trading at Deutsche Bank. Prior to that, Mr. Amrolia was a partner and co-head of Global Foreign Exchange at Goldman Sachs. Mr. Amrolia also worked at Deutsche Bank from 1995 to 2000 in various roles. Mr. Amrolia holds a BSc in Physics from Imperial College, London, an MSc in Engineering from Oxford University and a DPhil in Mathematics from Oxford University.

Jill Denham has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Ms. Denham is a director of the National Bank of Canada, Morneau Shepell Inc. and Penn West Petroleum Ltd. and is a former director of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, the Foundation Board of the Hospital for Sick Children and the Prostate Cancer Research Foundation. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Denham was Vice Chair of CIBC Retail Markets. Ms. Denham joined Wood Gundy (subsequently acquired by CIBC) in 1983 and held a number of positions including President Merchant Banking, CIBC Wood Gundy Capital, Managing Director and Executive Vice-President, CIBC, Europe, and head of Commercial Banking and CIBC World Markets e- commerce. Ms. Denham holds an HBA from the University of Western Ontario School of Business Administration and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Dinyar Devitre has been a director of Markit since November 2012. Mr. Devitre is a special advisor to General Atlantic LLC and a member of the board of directors of Altria Group, Inc., SABMiller plc and The Western Union Company, where he is also the chairman of the nominating and governance committee. Mr. Devitre serves on the board of the Brooklyn Academy of Music and is chairman of the board of Pratham USA. He was formerly a director of The Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. From 2002 to 2008 Mr. Devitre was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Altria Group, Inc. Prior to 2002, Mr. Devitre held a number of senior management positions with Altria and Philip Morris and was a director of Kraft Foods Inc. and of Emdeon Inc. Mr. Devitre holds a BA (Hons) Degree from St. Joseph’s College, Darjeeling and an MBA from the Indian Institute of Management in Ahmedabad.

 

85


Table of Contents

William E. Ford has been a director of Markit since January 2010. Mr. Ford is the Chief Executive Officer of General Atlantic LLC, which he joined in 1991, chair of the executive committee and a member of its investment and portfolio committees. Mr. Ford sits on the board of Tory Burch, Oak Hill Advisors and First Republic Bank, and is a trustee of The Rockefeller University, The Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Lincoln Center. Mr. Ford sits on the advisory boards of the Stanford Graduate School of Business and Tsinghua University’s School of Economics and Management. Mr. Ford formerly served on the boards of a number of General Atlantic portfolio companies including NYSE Euronext, E*Trade, Priceline, NYMEX and Zagat Survey and was a trustee of Amherst College. Prior to General Atlantic, Mr. Ford worked at Morgan Stanley as an investment banker. Mr. Ford holds a BA in Economics from Amherst College and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Timothy Frost has been a director of Markit since January 2010. He previously served as a director from 2003 to 2004. Mr. Frost is a director of Cairn Capital, a Governor of the London School of Economics and a member of the Court of Directors of The Bank of England, where he is also a member of the Bank’s audit and risk committee. Prior to Cairn Capital Mr. Frost worked at J.P. Morgan in a variety of roles, including Head of Credit Trading, Sales and Research. Mr. Frost began his career as an officer in the British Army and served in Germany and the Falkland Islands. Mr. Frost holds a BSc in Economics from the London School of Economics.

Robert Kelly has been a director of Markit since November 2012 and is lead director of the Board. Mr. Kelly is chancellor of Saint Mary’s University in Canada, chairperson of Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and chairman of Santander Asset Management. Mr. Kelly was most recently chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and Mellon Financial Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Kelly was Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia Corporation and Vice Chairman of Toronto-Dominion Bank. Mr. Kelly holds a BCom from Saint Mary’s University, a CA & FCA from the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, an MBA from the Cass Business School as well as honorary doctorates from City University and Saint Mary’s University.

Robert-Jan Markwick has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Markwick is an advisory director to Goldman Sachs, where he has worked since 1994, and a trustee for MediCinema, a nonprofit organization. Mr. Markwick was previously head of Goldman Sachs’ Principal Strategic Investments Group in Europe. He was a member of its Firmwide Commitments Committee from 2005 to 2010 and rejoined the Committee in 2012. Prior to Goldman Sachs, Mr. Markwick worked at Oppenheimer & Company and Foreign & Colonial. Mr. Markwick holds an MA from Downing College, Cambridge University and an MBA from the Manchester Business School.

James A. Rosenthal has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Rosenthal is the Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley, Head of Corporate Strategy and a member of Morgan Stanley’s management and operating committees. Mr. Rosenthal currently serves as chair of SIFMA, as a trustee of Lincoln Center and as a member of the board of Student Achievement Partners. Prior to this, Mr. Rosenthal was Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney and Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations for Morgan Stanley, which he joined in March 2008. Mr. Rosenthal served as Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer from 2006 to 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Rosenthal was Head of Corporate Strategy and Corporate Development at Lehman Brothers and a member of its management committee. Mr. Rosenthal joined McKinsey & Company in 1986 and left in 1999 as a senior partner specializing in financial institutions. Mr. Rosenthal holds a BA from Yale and a JD from Harvard Law School.

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr. has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Ryan is the Global Head of Regulatory Strategy and Policy at JPMorgan Chase and was Vice Chairman, Financial Institutions and Governments from 1993 to 2008. Mr. Ryan was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Securities and Financial Markets Association from 2008 to 2013. Prior to JPMorgan, Mr. Ryan was the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, U.S. Department of the Treasury. Mr. Ryan is a former director of the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Lloyds

 

86


Table of Contents

Banking Group, Power Corporation of Canada, Power Financial Corporation, and Great-West Lifeco Inc. From 1983 to 1990, Mr. Ryan was a partner of Reed, Smith, Shaw & McClay. Mr. Ryan served as a board member and chairman of the audit committee at Koram Bank in Seoul, Korea from 2000 to 2004. He served as an officer in the U.S. Army from 1967 to 1970. Mr. Ryan holds an AB from Villanova University and a JD from American University Law School.

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Dr. Sung is an investment advisor to the finance ministries in Singapore and Norway, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation (GIC). Dr. Sung serves on the boards and investment and risk committees of a number of financial and academic institutions including the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the Singapore University of Technology and Design, the Risk Management Institute of the National University of Singapore, the NTUC Income Insurance Co-Operative and the Wealth Management Institute in Singapore. Prior to 2011, Dr. Sung was Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer for the GIC, which he joined in 1993, as well as chairman of the group risk committee and a member of the group executive committee. Dr. Sung holds a BSc and MSc in Applied Mathematics from the University of Waterloo and a PhD in Pure Mathematics from the University of Minnesota.

Anne Walker has been a director of Markit since February 2013. Ms. Walker is head of Global Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations for Bank of America and is responsible for strategic planning and investments in addition to managing relationships with investors, industry analysts and members of the investment community. Prior to this, Ms. Walker was head of the U.S. Equity Syndicate desk at Bank of America. Ms. Walker started her career with Merrill Lynch in 1996 in investment banking and joined Equity Capital Markets in 2001. Ms. Walker holds a BA from Harvard University and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

Board Composition and Election of Directors after this Offering

 

 

Our Board of Directors is composed of twelve members, six of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Shareholders’ Agreement provided certain of our shareholders the right to each designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. See “Related Party Transactions – Existing Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association.” Upon the commencement of trading of our common shares on Nasdaq, however, our Shareholders’ Agreement will be terminated and, upon consummation of this offering and our corporate reorganization, new bye-laws of Markit Ltd. will be put in place. Therefore our existing shareholders will no longer have a right to designate any individuals to serve on our Board of Directors. Our directors were elected as follows:

 

Ms. Walker and Mssrs. Markwick, Rosenthal, Ryan and Amrolia were elected as the designees nominated by a Bank Investor (defined below in “Related Party Transactions – Existing Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”) pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Mr. Uggla was elected as the designee nominated by the Management Investors (defined below in “Related Party Transactions – Existing Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”) pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Mr. Ford was elected as the designee nominated by General Atlantic pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih was elected as the designee nominated by Temasek pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

Ms. Denham and Mssrs. Devitre, Frost and Kelly were elected by the Board of Directors.

 

87


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq: Jill Denham, Dinyar Devitre, William E. Ford, Timothy Frost, Robert Kelly and Dr. Sung Cheng Chih. Each of our directors will continue to serve as director until the election and qualification of his successor, or until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal. Our directors do not have a mandatory retirement age requirement under our bye-laws.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes as described below. Pursuant to our bye-laws, our directors are appointed at the annual general meeting of shareholders for a period of three years, with each director serving until the third annual general meeting of shareholders following their election (except that the initial Class I and Class II directors will serve until the first annual general meeting and second annual general meeting of shareholders, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual general meeting of shareholders in the year of such expiration.

Dinyar Devitre, Robert Kelly, Robert-Jan Markwick and Dr. Sung Cheng Chih will initially serve as Class I directors for a term expiring in 2015. Zar Amrolia, Timothy Frost, James A. Rosenthal and Anne Walker will initially serve as Class II directors for a term expiring in 2016. Lance Uggla, Jill Denham, William E. Ford and Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr. will initially serve as Class III directors for a term expiring in 2017. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. Mr. Uggla serves as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. For additional information regarding our Board of Directors, see “Description of Share Capital—Election and Removal of Directors.”

CPPIB has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $450 million of our common shares at the initial public offering price. Although indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, if CPPIB purchases common shares in this offering, it will have the right to nominate, in consultation with our Nominating and Governance Committee, one director for appointment to our Board of Directors. We expect CPPIB’s nominee to join our Board of Directors after the completion of our initial public offering as an additional Class III director to fill a vacancy. This right will expire if CPPIB’s beneficial ownership of our common shares falls below 100% of the number of common shares, if any, CPPIB purchased in our initial public offering.

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

 

Audit and risk committee

Our audit and risk committee, which consists of Dinyar Devitre, Dr. Sung Cheng Chih, Robert-Jan Markwick and Timothy Frost, assists the Board of Directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. The Board of Directors has determined that each of Dinyar Devitre, Dr. Sung Cheng Chih and Timothy Frost satisfies the “independence” requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of Nasdaq. Due to his relationship with Goldman Sachs, the Board has not determined whether Mr. Markwick meets the independence requirements under Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Rules or Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. If necessary, our board of directors intends to appoint a new director who meets these independence standards to replace Mr. Markwick as a member of our audit committee in reliance on the phase-in exemption pursuant to Rule 10A-3(b)(1)(iv)(A)(2) under the Exchange Act. Upon expiration of this phase-in exemption one year from the

 

88


Table of Contents

effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each of our audit committee members must meet the independence requirements under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors has also determined that Dinyar Devitre qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in the rules of the SEC.

HR and compensation committee

Our human resources and compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) consists of Robert Kelly, James A. Rosenthal, William E. Ford and Jill Denham. The Compensation Committee’s duties include determining the compensation to our Chief Executive Officer and reviewing recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of our other executive officers and other key management personnel. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for approving, allocating and administering our share incentive plans, executive level contract provisions, executive level succession plans, CEO performance appraisal criteria and benchmarking compensation recommendations against generally accepted market total compensation levels for annual recommendation to our Board of Directors.

Nominating and governance committee

Our nominating and governance committee consists of Dinyar Devitre, Robert Kelly, Timothy Frost, Lance Uggla, Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr. and Jill Denham. Our nominating and governance committee identifies, evaluates and selects, or makes recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding, nominees for election to our Board of Directors and its committees.

Corporate Governance Practices

 

 

We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq. In order to list on Nasdaq, we are required to comply with certain of the Nasdaq Rules. As a foreign private issuer, we may follow our home country’s corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the Nasdaq Rules. Our corporate governance practices differ in certain respects from those that U.S. companies must adopt in order to maintain a Nasdaq listing. A brief summary of those differences is provided as follows.

Independent Directors

Our Board of Directors is composed of twelve members, six of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

The human resources and compensation committee and the nominating and governance committee of our board of directors are not comprised entirely of independent directors.

Proxies and Shareholder Voting

Our bye-laws do not require us to solicit proxies or provide proxies for all meetings of shareholders.

Our bye-laws do not require shareholder approval for the issuance of shares (i) in connection with the acquisition of stock or assets of another company; (ii) when it would result in a change of control; (iii) when a share option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which shares may be acquired by officers, directors, employees, or consultants; or (iv) in connection with a transaction (other than a public offering) involving the sale, issuance or potential issuance of shares at a price less than market value.

Other than the foregoing, there are no significant differences between the corporate governance practices of Markit Ltd. and those required of a U.S. domestic issuer under the Nasdaq Rules.

 

89


Table of Contents

Code of Conduct and Business Ethics

 

 

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics which covers a broad range of matters including the handling of conflicts of interest, compliance issues and other corporate policies such as insider trading and equal opportunity and non-discrimination standards.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

The aggregate cash compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers and directors with respect to the year ended December 31, 2013 for services in all capacities was $6,224,551. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2013, we also granted 9,300,000 options to purchase common shares in the aggregate to our executive officers and directors, as set forth in the following table.

 

No. of share options   Exercise price per share   Expiration date

1,000,000

  $26.700   December 31, 2020

8,300,000

  $26.700   July 24, 2020

As of December 31, 2013, the amount we have set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our executive officers and directors was $26,137.

On April 11, 2014, we granted an additional 149,800 options to purchase common shares in the aggregate to our independent directors. These options were granted at an exercise price of $26.700 per share and expire on December 31, 2014.

Employment Agreements

 

 

Certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with the company, certain of which provide for benefits upon a termination of employment. None of our directors have entered into service agreements with the company.

Equity Incentive Plans

 

 

Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, all of our equity incentive plans are administered by our wholly owned subsidiary, Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, all of our equity incentive plans will be administered by Markit Ltd. For purposes of this section, prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, references to the “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Markit Group Holdings Limited (or a duly authorized committee thereof). Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, references to the “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. (or a duly authorized committee thereof). Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, shares that are issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans are the ordinary shares of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, shares that are issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans will be the common shares of Markit Ltd.

Share Option Plans

Since 2004, as part of our equity compensation program, we have historically adopted a new share option plan each year under which the Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-

 

90


Table of Contents

voting shares in the company to eligible participants. Our share option plans are intended to enable us to motivate eligible participants who are important to our success and growth and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between such participants and our shareholders through grants of options to purchase shares in the company. Although the specific terms of our share option plans may differ from year to year, the material terms of our share option plans are set forth below.

Any employee, director and consultant of the company or its affiliates is eligible to participate in our share option plans. The Board of Directors administers our share option plans and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients under each plan, as well as the terms of each individual award, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). The Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of our share option plans, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect existing rights of participants without prior approval. Under certain of our share option plans, the Board of Directors also has the authority to designate an award of share options to employees as incentive stock options. The exercise price of an incentive stock option will be no less than 100% of the grant date fair market value of a share (or 110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% shareholder), as set by the Board of Directors in good faith based on reasonable valuation methods. As of April 30, 2014, there were 44,421,910 shares underlying outstanding share options, including incentive stock options, granted pursuant to our share option plans (excluding the KEIP options described below), at exercise prices ranging from $0.900 to $26.700.

Subject to the Board of Directors determining otherwise, on or before the grant of a share option, share options generally have a seven-year term from the commencement of vesting, with certain share options having a ten-year term. They vest in accordance with the vesting terms as provided in the applicable share option plan or share option grant, and vest over a three- or five-year vesting period. For example, if a share option has a five-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, the share option would vest as to one-fifth of the shares underlying such option over a total period of five years. The Board of Directors may at any time in its absolute discretion determine to treat an otherwise unvested share option as having vested in full or in part and may extend the exercise period or lapse date of a share option, provided that such lapse date may not be extended past the original term of the share option.

Upon a termination of employment or provision of services to the company, unvested share options will generally lapse immediately and vested share options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested share options may also lapse immediately upon termination. In connection with certain corporate transactions (such as a listing of our common shares on Nasdaq), share options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period and may lapse thereafter. Prior to this offering, the Board of Directors amended certain of our share option plans to provide that share options that become fully exercisable upon a listing event (which, for purposes of this offering, will be the date of this prospectus) remain fully vested and exercisable for the remainder of the original term of such share option.

Each of our share option plans may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

Restricted Share Plan

Since 2006, under our restricted share plan, the Board of Directors has granted awards of restricted ordinary non-voting shares in the company to eligible participants. The material terms of our restricted share plan are set forth below.

Any senior employee (including a director) of the company or an affiliate of the company is eligible to participate in the restricted share plan. As of April 30, 2014, there are 1,398,970 outstanding restricted shares issued under our restricted share plan.

 

91


Table of Contents

Under our restricted share plan, shares are issued to participants and registered in their name. Each restricted share has a nominal value of $0.01 per share, which the participant must pay in respect of the aggregate number of shares underlying the restricted share award. Restricted shares held by participants are subject to a vesting period set out in the participant’s allotment letter. For example, if an award of restricted shares has a three-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, one-third of the restricted shares would vest over a total period of three years. Upon a termination of employment, certain forfeiture provisions may apply to a participant’s vested and/or unvested restricted shares.

Key Employee Incentive Program

The Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (the “KEIP”) was approved by the Board of Directors and adopted by the company on July 25, 2013. Under the KEIP, the Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-voting shares in the company (“KEIP options”) to any employee (including an executive director) of the company or its subsidiaries who is required to devote substantially the whole of his or her working time to his or her employment or office. As of April 30, 2014, there are 25,635,000 shares underlying outstanding KEIP options, at an exercise price of $26.700 per share.

The Board of Directors administers the KEIP and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients and terms of each individual award of KEIP options, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). The Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of the KEIP, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect in any material manner existing rights of participants without prior requisite approval.

To be eligible to receive a KEIP option, a participant must agree to an extension of the vesting period for a portion of his or her outstanding share options, which portion is equal to a specified percentage (ranging from 20% to 30%) of their KEIP option grant. Instead of becoming fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period upon the occurrence of a listing event, such portion of a participant’s outstanding share options would instead become fully vested and exercisable on the second anniversary of the listing date.

KEIP options vest and become exercisable in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of certain listing events, including, but not limited to, a listing on the NASDAQ or NYSE. KEIP options have a seven-year term from the grant date. The Board of Directors may at any time in its sole discretion decide to accelerate the vesting of unvested KEIP options.

Upon a termination of employment, unvested KEIP options will generally lapse immediately and vested KEIP options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested KEIP options may also lapse immediately upon termination of employment. In connection with certain corporate transactions, KEIP options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period.

The KEIP may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

2014 Equity Plan

Following the completion of this offering, we do not intend to continue our historical practice of adopting a new share option plan each year or making annual awards under a restricted share plan. Instead, we intend to terminate the existing equity incentive plans as to new grants and adopt a new 2014 equity incentive award plan (the “2014 Equity Plan”) under which we would have the discretion to grant a

 

92


Table of Contents

broad range of equity-based awards to our employees (including our officers), consultants, and non-employee directors, as well as employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our subsidiaries, parent companies and certain affiliates. The following is a summary of the 2014 Equity Plan which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2014 Equity Plan, a copy of which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Share Reserve

Under the 2014 Equity Plan, 6,220,000 of our common shares will be reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of share-based compensation awards (“Awards”), including non-qualified share options, incentive share options (“ISOs”), share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, deferred share awards, dividend equivalent awards, share payment awards and performance awards. The amount reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan includes (i) 1,886,000 common shares previously authorized but unissued under the KEIP, (ii) 306,910 common shares previously authorized but unissued under our 2013 and 2014 share option plans, and (iii) 21,510 common shares previously authorized but unissued under our 2014 restricted share plan, plus the number of authorized shares that are issued or used for reference purposes in respect of any awards made and outstanding under the KEIP, the 2013 and 2014 share option plans, and the 2013 and 2014 restricted share plans that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without the issuance of common shares. The aggregate share reserve specified above will be increased on January 1st of each year commencing in 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to the lesser of: (x) 2.5% of the total number of our common shares issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year and (y) such number of common shares determined by the Board of Directors. We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the common shares issuable under the 2014 Equity Plan on the date of this prospectus.

Administration

The human resources and compensation committee of the Board of Directors (or other committee as the Board of Directors may appoint) administers the 2014 Equity Plan unless the Board of Directors assumes authority for administration. For Awards made to non-employee directors, the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board of Directors (or other committee as the Board of Directors may appoint) administers the 2014 Equity Plan unless the Board of Directors assumes authority for administration. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom Awards are to be made, determines the types of Awards to be granted, the number of Awards to be granted, the number of common shares to be subject to Awards and the terms and conditions of Awards, makes all other determinations under the 2014 Equity Plan and can take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Equity Plan.

Types of Awards

The following are the types of Awards that may be granted under the 2014 Equity Plan. Each Award is required to be evidenced by an Award agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations of such Award.

 

Share Options provide for the right to purchase our common shares at a specified exercise price (which cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the grant date or, in the case of ISOs granted to greater than ten-percent shareholders, 110% of the fair market value on the grant date). The maximum term of share options under the 2014 Equity Plan is ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to greater than ten-percent shareholders). Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, share options that are vested and exercisable as of the date of an option holder’s termination of employment, consultancy or directorship (as applicable) will remain exercisable for the following periods following the date of termination (but in no event

 

93


Table of Contents
  beyond the expiration of the stated term of the share option): if such termination is due to the participant’s death or “disability” (as defined in the 2014 Equity Plan), one year; or if such termination is by us without “cause” (as defined in the 2014 Equity Plan), or if such termination is a voluntary resignation, 90 days. Upon an employment termination by us for cause or a voluntary resignation following an event that would be grounds for termination for cause, the share options (whether vested or not) will terminate and expire on the date of termination.

 

Share Appreciation Rights , or SARs, entitle the holder to receive an amount, with respect to each SAR, equal to the difference between the exercise price of the SAR (which cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the grant date) and the fair market value of a common share on the date of exercise. The maximum term of SARs under the 2014 Equity Plan is ten years. SARs may be settled in cash or common shares, or in a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Restricted Shares are common shares made subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as may be determined by the plan administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, restricted shares are forfeited or repurchased, as applicable, if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. Unless otherwise provided for by the plan administrator, holders of restricted shares have all rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable award agreement, including the right to receive dividends and other distributions, if any, made prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

Restricted Share Units are units representing the right to receive common shares, subject to vesting conditions based on continued service, performance criteria or other criteria as may be established by the plan administrator. Holders of restricted share units generally have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the underlying common shares are transferred to the holder.

 

Deferred Shares represent the right to receive common shares on a future date. Unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator, holders of deferred shares have no rights as a shareholder prior to the time when the common shares are issued. Deferred shares generally will be forfeited, and the common shares of deferred shares will not be issued, if the applicable conditions or other restrictions on the deferred shares are not met.

 

Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, declared on our common shares and paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of common shares covered by the Award. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or common shares and at such times as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Share Payments are payments made in the form of common shares or an option or other right to purchase common shares. Share payments may be made as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement and may be subject to a vesting schedule, including vesting upon the attainment of performance criteria or any other specific criteria determined by the plan administrator. Share payments may be made in addition to, or in lieu of, cash compensation that would otherwise be payable to the holder. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, holders of share payments have no rights as a shareholder prior to the time when the common shares are issued.

 

Performance Awards are cash bonus, share bonus, performance or other incentive awards which may be linked to performance criteria determined by the plan administrator. Performance shares may be paid in cash, common shares or a combination of both.

Change in Control

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a change of control of the company, outstanding Awards will continue in effect or be assumed by the successor corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation). In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume

 

94


Table of Contents

such Awards, the plan administrator may cause all such Awards to be fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control and cause all forfeiture restrictions on such Awards to lapse.

Under the 2014 Equity Plan, a “change in control” is generally defined as:

 

a transaction or series of transactions (other than a public share offering) whereby any individual, entity or group directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the company possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the company’s issued and outstanding securities;

 

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the company (together with any new directors whose election or nomination was approved by at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors;

 

under certain circumstances set forth in the 2014 Equity Plan, the consummation by the company of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the company’s assets, or the acquisition of stock or assets of another entity if, after the transaction, an individual or group generally acquires 50% more of the combined voting power of the company or a successor; or

 

the company’s shareholders’ approval of a liquidation or dissolution of the company.

Adjustments of Awards

In the event of any share dividend, bonus issuance, share split, share consolidation or exchange of shares, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the shares in the company’s share capital or the price of the company’s shares, (i) the plan administrator may make (and in certain circumstances shall make) equitable adjustments, as determined in its discretion, to the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2014 Equity Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such Awards), and the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding Awards under the 2014 Equity Plan, and (ii) in connection with certain transactions or events or changes in law, the plan administrator is authorized to take certain actions (such as terminating an award in exchange for cash, requiring the assumption of Awards or requiring that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the event) to facilitate the transaction or event or to give effect to the changes in law.

Amendment and Termination

The Board of Directors or the committees administering the 2014 Equity Plan may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the 2014 Equity Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time. However, no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2014 Equity Plan shall, without the consent of the affected Award holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No action by the Board of Directors or the committees administering the 2014 Equity Plan (other than adjustments described in the section titled “— 2014 Equity Plan — Adjustments of Awards” above) may increase the limits on the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the 2014 Equity Plan unless shareholder approval is obtained within twelve months before or after such action.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Except as the plan administrator may permit, at the time of grant or thereafter, Awards granted under the 2014 Equity Plan are generally not transferable by a holder other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards that are acquired by a permissible transferee will continue to be subject to the terms of the 2014 Equity Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

 

95


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Trust

 

 

The EBT was established by a deed dated January 27, 2010 between Markit Group Holdings Limited and Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (the “Trustee”). The Trustee is an independent provider of fiduciary services, based in Jersey, Channel Islands. The EBT will terminate on January 27, 2090, unless terminated earlier by the Trustee.

The EBT is a discretionary trust through which Markit wishes to provide benefits to its existing and former employees. No such employee has the right to receive any benefit from the EBT unless and until the Trustee exercises its discretion to confer a benefit. Neither Markit nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to be a beneficiary of the EBT.

Markit may make non-binding recommendations to the Trustee regarding the EBT. The Trustee may amend the EBT, subject to Markit’s consent, but not in any manner that would confer on Markit any benefit or possibility of benefit.

The principal activity of the EBT has been to acquire shares in Markit from its existing and former employees and to hold such shares for their benefit. Subject to the exercise of the Trustee’s discretion, such shares may be delivered to such employees in satisfaction of their rights under any share incentive arrangements established by Markit. The Trustee may not vote any of the shares held by the EBT unless Markit directs otherwise. The Trustee is also generally obliged to forgo dividends in respect of each share held by the EBT unless Markit directs otherwise.

Markit has funded the EBT’s acquisition of shares through interest-free loans that are repayable on demand, but without recourse to any assets other than those held by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee of the EBT.

 

96


Table of Contents

Principal and Selling Shareholders

The following table and accompanying footnotes sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common shares, as of April 30, 2014, and after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, by:

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares;

 

each of our directors;

 

each of our executive officers;

 

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

all selling shareholders.

The number of common shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of April 30, 2014 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares held by that person.

The percentage of common shares beneficially owned before this offering is computed on the basis of 202,319,190 common shares issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2014, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, but without giving effect to the exercise of options to acquire 1,759,520 common shares in connection with this offering. The percentage of common shares beneficially owned after this offering is based on 204,078,710 common shares that will be issued and outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including 1,759,520 common shares issued upon the exercise of options in connection with this offering). Solely for purposes of the following table and accompanying footnotes relating to beneficial ownership of our common shares, the number of common shares issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2014 and upon the completion of this offering includes 25,210,690 common shares held by the EBT. See “Management—Employee Benefit Trust” and footnote (7) accompanying the table below.

Common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of April 30, 2014 are deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is Markit Ltd., c/o Markit Group Limited, 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

CPPIB has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $450 million of our common shares at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to CPPIB, and CPPIB could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The information set forth below does not reflect any potential purchases by CPPIB.

 

97


Table of Contents
Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares beneficially owned
before this offering
    Number of
shares
being
offered
   

 

Shares beneficially owned
after this offering

    Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned
assuming
exercise of
over-
allotment
option
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage    

5% Shareholders

                                               

Bank of America Corporation(1)

    16,440,600        8.13     7,023,150        9,417,450        4.61     4.03

Deutsche Bank AG(2)

    11,588,960        5.73     4,950,611        6,638,349        3.25     2.84

Esta Investments Pte Ltd(3)

    21,173,310        10.47     —          21,173,310        10.38     10.38

General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.(4)

    23,275,970        11.50     —          23,275,970        11.41     11.41

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(5)

    11,206,830        5.54     4,787,375        6,419,455        3.15     2.75

JPMorgan Chase & Co.(6)

    16,669,190        8.24     4,272,466        12,396,724        6.07     5.72

Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust(7)

    25,210,690        12.46     —          25,210,690        12.35     12.35
                                                 

Executive Officers and Directors

                                               

Lance Uggla(8)

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Kevin Gould

    3,626,870        1.79     —          3,626,870        1.78     1.78

Jeff Gooch

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Adam Kansler

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Shane Akeroyd

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Stephen Wolff

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Zar Amrolia

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Jill Denham

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Dinyar S. Devitre

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

William E. Ford(9)

    23,275,970        11.50     —          23,275,970        11.41     11.41

Timothy Frost

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Robert Kelly

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Robert-Jan Markwick

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

James A. Rosenthal

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

Anne Walker

    *        *        —          *        *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)(10)

    38,424,810        18.53     —          38,424,810        18.38     18.38

 

98


Table of Contents
Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares beneficially owned
before this offering
    Number of
shares
being
offered
   

 

Shares beneficially
owned after this offering

    Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned
assuming
exercise of
over-
allotment
option
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage    

Other Selling Shareholders

                                               

Barclays Bank plc(11)

    5,729,690        2.83     2,447,632        3,282,058        1.61     1.40

BNP Paribas(12)

    4,955,430        2.45     1,270,127        3,685,303        1.81     1.70

Citigroup Inc.(13)

    10,050,350        4.97     5,152,010        4,898,340        2.40     1.97

Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC(14)

    2,833,230        1.40     566,650        2,266,580        1.11     1.11

The Eton Park Funds(15)

    2,653,000        1.31     795,890        1,857,110        *        *   

HSBC Bank plc(16)

    6,584,840        3.25     1,969,050        4,615,790        2.26     2.10

Morgan Stanley(17)

    5,857,600        2.90     3,002,723        2,854,877        1.40     1.15

RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited(18)

    7,744,690        3.83     3,308,398        4,436,292        2.17     1.90

UBS AG(19)

    7,954,180        3.93     2,038,733        5,915,447        2.90     2.73

Tim Barker(20)

    160,000        *        50,000        110,000        *        *   

Kathy Benini(21)

    132,090        *        73,780        58,310        *        *   

Gianluca Biagini(22)

    90,690        *        13,210        77,480        *        *   

Ryan Browning(23)

    191,350        *        15,000        176,350        *        *   

Timothy Burcham(24)

    97,860        *        20,000        77,860        *        *   

Nigel Cairns(25)

    264,170        *        54,170        210,000        *        *   

Andrew Calvert(26)

    99,050        *        96,280        2,770        *        *   

Niall Cameron(27)

    206,690        *        100,000        106,690        *        *   

Andrew Chasen(28)

    178,970        *        45,000        133,970        *        *   

Meredith Chavel(29)

    102,640        *        7,500        95,140        *        *   

Edward Chidsey(30)

    213,710        *        34,540        179,170        *        *   

Penny Davenport(31)

    110,000        *        70,000        40,000        *        *   

Paul Grimes(32)

    113,250        *        89,230        24,020        *        *   

Guy Gurden(33)

    106,040        *        30,720        75,320        *        *   

Trevor Hill(34)

    128,970        *        28,900        100,070        *        *   

Bradley Hunt(35)

    463,030        *        100,000        363,030        *        *   

Nigel Hyde(36)

    298,560        *        97,510        201,050        *        *   

Scott Kirschbaum(37)

    120,410        *        20,000        100,410        *        *   

Ronald Kleinveld(38)

    93,520        *        85,540        7,980        *        *   

John LaVecchia(39)

    102,550        *        20,000        82,550        *        *   

Steven Lefler(40)

    123,460        *        15,000        108,460        *        *   

Peter Little(41)

    143,590        *        143,590        —          *        *   

Eric Maldonado(42)

    104,180        *        5,000        99,180        *        *   

Adam McIlroy(43)

    90,960        *        58,540        32,420        *        *   

Pan Glacier(44)

    1,502,180        *        500,000        1,002,180        *        *   

Gautam Moorjani(45)

    97,550        *        26,500        71,050        *        *   

Mark Murray(46)

    231,980        *        221,980        10,000        *        *   

Andrew Nendick(47)

    127,970        *        75,800        52,170        *        *   

Jonathan Newell(48)

    136,040        *        37,040        99,000        *        *   

Vivek Pabby(49)

    135,740        *        45,740        90,000        *        *   

 

99


Table of Contents
Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares beneficially
owned before this
offering
    Number
of shares
being
offered
   

 

Shares beneficially
owned after this offering

    Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned
assuming
exercise of
over-
allotment
option
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage    

David Peterson(50)

    103,280        *        50,000        53,280        *        *   

Stuart Plane(51)

    346,880        *        143,590        203,290        *        *   

John Aidan Joseph Price(52)

    402,560        *        241,890        160,670        *        *   

Alec Rainsby(53)

    210,500        *        120,000        90,500        *        *   

James Ritchie(54)

    106,050        *        102,050        4,000        *        *   

Philippe Rivet(55)

    105,460        *        2,500        102,960        *        *   

Sofia Rossato(56)

    109,890        *        27,690        82,200        *        *   

Armins Rusis(57)

    1,236,170        *        350,000        886,170        *        *   

Mark Schultis(58)

    186,860        *        20,000        166,860        *        *   

David Scott(59)

    116,320        *        40,000        76,320        *        *   

Daniel Simpson(60)

    402,610        *        237,360        165,250        *        *   

Evan Zebooker(61)

    109,660        *        58,330        51,330        *        *   

Boaz Zilberman(62)

    109,730        *        12,820        96,910        *        *   

All Other Selling Shareholders(63)

    2,006,800        *        536,350        1,470,450        *        *   

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total issued and outstanding common shares.

 

(1) Includes 809,900 common shares held by Bank of America, National Association (“BANA”), 7,207,550 common shares held by Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc. (“BASV”), 292,120 common shares held by Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation (“BASIC”), 5,911,590 common shares held by ML IBK Positions, Inc. (“MLIBK”), 809,900 common shares held by Merrill Lynch International (“MLI”) and 1,409,540 common shares held by ML UK Capital Holdings (“MLUKCH”). Each of BANA, BASV, BASIC, MLIBK, MLI and MLUKCH are wholly owned subsidiaries of Bank of America Corporation, the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of BANA, BASV, BASIC, MLIBK, MLI and MLUKCH is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Each of BANA, BASV, MLI and MLUKCH has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. BASIC and MLIBK are not offering any shares under this prospectus. 809,900 of the common shares being offered are being sold by BANA, 3,993,810 of the common shares being offered are being sold by BASV, 809,900 of the common shares being offered are being sold by MLI and 1,409,540 of the common shares being offered are being sold by MLUKCH. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by BASV would be 1,197,150, and Bank of America Corporation would beneficially own 8,220,300 common shares following this offering. The address for Bank of America Corporation is Bank of America Corporate Center, 100 N. Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.

 

(2)

Includes 7,787,810 common shares held by DB UK Holdings Limited, 2,050,400 common shares held by DBR Investments Co. Limited and 1,750,750 common shares held by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch. The ultimate parent of DB UK Holdings Limited, DBR Investments Co. Limited and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch is Deutsche Bank AG, which is also the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of DB UK Holdings Limited, DBR Investments Co. Limited and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Each of DB UK Holdings Limited and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. DBR Investments Co. Limited is not offering any common shares under this prospectus. 3,199,861 of the common shares being offered are being sold by DB UK Holdings Limited and 1,750,750 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the

 

100


Table of Contents
  maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by DB UK Holdings Limited would be 843,869, and Deutsche Bank AG would beneficially own 5,794,480 common shares following this offering. The address for Deutsche Bank AG is Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt, Germany. The address for DB UK Holdings Limited is 23 Great Winchester Street, London EC2P 2AX, England. The address for DBR Investments Co. Limited is c/o Deutsche Bank (Cayman) Limited, PO Box 1984, 171 Elgin Avenue, Boundary Hall, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1 1104. The address for Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch is Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2DB, England.

 

(3) Reflects 21,173,310 common shares held by Esta Investments Pte Limited (“Esta”). Esta is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited. By virtue of its ownership of 100% of Esta, each of Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd. and Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Esta. The address for each of Esta, Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd. and Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited is 60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore, 238891, Singapore.

 

(4) Reflects 23,275,970 common shares held by General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. (“GA Tango”). The general partner of GA Tango is GAP (Bermuda) Limited (“GAP (Bermuda) Limited”). The limited partners of GA Tango are the following General Atlantic investment funds (the “GA Funds”): General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) II, L.P. (“GAP Bermuda II”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”), GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“GAPCO CDA”) and GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG (“GAPCO KG”). The general partner of GAP Bermuda II is General Atlantic GenPar (Bermuda), L.P. (“GenPar Bermuda”) and the general partner of GenPar Bermuda is GAP (Bermuda) Limited. General Atlantic LLC (“GA LLC”) is the managing member of GAPCO III and GAPCO IV and the general partner of GAPCO CDA. GAPCO Management GmbH (“Management GmbH”) is the general partner of GAPCO KG. The Managing Directors of GA LLC (the “GA Managing Directors”) are also the directors and voting shareholders of GAP (Bermuda) Limited. The GA Managing Directors control the voting and investment decisions made by GAPCO KG and Management GmbH. The GA Managing Directors are William E. Ford (Chief Executive Officer), Steven Denning (Chairman), John Bernstein, J. Frank Brown, Gabriel Caillaux, Mark Dzialga, Cory Eaves, Martin Escobari, Patricia Hedley, David C. Hodgson, Rene Kern, Jonathan Korngold, Christopher Lanning, Jeff Leng, Anton Levy, Adrianna Ma, Thomas Murphy, Sandeep Naik, Andrew Pearson, Brett Rochkind, David Rosenstein, Philip Trahanas and Robbert Vorhoff. Mr. Ford is one of our directors. See “Management.” GA Tango, GAP Bermuda II, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO KG, Management GmbH, GA GenPar Bermuda, GAP (Bermuda) Limited and GA LLC are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The GA Managing Directors may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to shares and interests held by the GA Funds. GA Tango, the GA Funds and the GA Managing Directors may from time to time consult among themselves and coordinate the voting and disposition of the shares held by GA Tango. The mailing address of GAP Bermuda II and GenPar Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The mailing address of the other General Atlantic entities (other than GAPCO KG and Management GmbH) is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, 55 East 52nd Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10055. The mailing address of GAPCO KG and Management GmbH is c/o General Atlantic GmbH, Maximilianstrasse 35b, 80539 Munich, Germany.

 

(5) Includes 6,050,990 common shares held by Goldman Sachs International and 5,155,840 common shares held by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The ultimate parent of Goldman Sachs International is The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which is also the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman Sachs International is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Goldman Sachs International has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. All of the common shares being offered are being sold by Goldman Sachs International. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by Goldman Sachs International would be 816,045, and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. would beneficially own 5,603,410 common shares following this offering. The address for The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. The address for Goldman Sachs International is Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2BB, England.

 

(6)

Includes 15,971,530 common shares held by LabMorgan Corporation and 697,660 common shares held by LabMorgan Investment Corporation. The ultimate parent of each of LabMorgan Corporation and LabMorgan

 

101


Table of Contents
  Investment Corporation is JPMorgan Chase & Co., the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of LabMorgan Corporation and LabMorgan Investment Corporation is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Each of LabMorgan Corporation and LabMorgan Investment Corporation has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. 4,093,656 of the common shares being offered are being sold by LabMorgan Corporation and 178,810 of the common shares being offered are being sold by LabMorgan Investment Corporation. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by LabMorgan Corporation and LabMorgan Investment Corporation would be 728,274, and J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. would beneficially own 11,668,450 common shares following this offering. The address for each of JPMorgan Chase & Co., LabMorgan Corporation and LabMorgan Investment Corporation is 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

(7) Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (“OEBTL”) is the trustee of the EBT. Each of Tania Bearryman, Richard Charles Germain and Philip Norman are Directors of OEBTL, and as such may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the common shares held by the EBT. The address for OEBTL is Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands. The EBT is a discretionary trust through which shares may be delivered to Markit’s existing and former employees in satisfaction of their rights under any share incentive arrangements established by Markit. Unless Markit directs otherwise, OEBTL may not vote any of the shares held by the EBT and is also generally obliged to forgo dividends.

 

(8) These holdings do not reflect 5,661,130 common shares and 349,850 restricted shares held through Pan Praewood 1, a voting trust, of which Mr. Uggla and certain members of his family are beneficiaries.

 

(9) Represents common shares held by GA Tango. See footnote (4).

 

(10) Members of our management also hold options to purchase an additional 11,897,240 of our common shares. Because such options are not exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, our management members are not deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares in the table above.

 

(11) Reflects 5,729,690 common shares held by Barclays Bank plc. Barclays Bank plc is a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays plc, which is the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters in this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, Barclays Bank plc is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Barclays Bank plc has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by Barclays Bank plc would be 417,218, and Barclays Bank plc would beneficially own 2,864,840 common shares following this offering. The address for each of Barclays plc and Barclays Bank plc is 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP, England.

 

(12) Includes 370,470 common shares held by BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC and 4,584,960 common shares held by BNP PUK Holding Limited. The ultimate parent of each of BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC and BNP PUK Holding Limited is BNP Paribas, the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC and BNP PUK Holding Limited are affiliates of a broker-dealer. Each of BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC and BNP PUK Holding Limited has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. 370,470 of the common shares being offered are being sold by BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC and 899,657 of the common shares being offered are being sold by BNP PUK Holding Limited. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by BNP PUK Holding Limited would be 216,503, and BNP Paribas would beneficially own 3,468,800 common shares following this offering. The address for BNP Paribas is 16, boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France. The address for BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC is 160-162, boulevard Macdonald, 75009 Paris, France. The address for BNP PUK Holding Limited is 10 Harewood Avenue, London NW1 6AA, England.

 

(13)

Includes 8,970,410 common shares held by Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., 906,020 common shares held by Citigroup Global Markets Limited and 173,920 common shares held by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. The ultimate parent of Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is Citigroup Inc., the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of Citigroup Financial Products, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Limited is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is a broker-dealer. Each of Citigroup Financial

 

102


Table of Contents
  Products, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. 4,598,415 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., 464,442 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Citigroup Global Markets Limited and 89,153 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. would be 878,200, and Citigroup Inc. would beneficially own 4,020,140 common shares following this offering. The address for each of Citigroup Financial Products, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is Office of the General Counsel, 388 Greenwich Street, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10013. The address for Citigroup Global Markets Limited is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom.

 

(14) Reflects 2,833,230 common shares held by Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC. Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser of Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC. Each of Alan Freudenstein, Greg Grimaldi and Peter Norley are members of the Investment Committee of the Adviser and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the common shares held by Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC. Each of the Adviser, Mr. Freudenstein, Mr. Grimaldi and Mr. Norley disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to all shares beneficially owned by Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC could be considered an affiliate of Credit Suisse Group AG, which is the ultimate parent of the Adviser, as well as one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC could be considered an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC has represented to us that it (or its predecessor) (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. The address for each of Credit Suisse NEXT Investors, LLC, the Adviser, Mr. Freudenstein, Mr. Grimaldi and Mr. Norley is One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010.

 

(15) Includes 928,550 common shares held by Eton Park Fund, L.P. (“EP Fund”) and 1,724,450 common shares held by Eton Park Master Fund, Ltd. (“EP Master Fund”). Eton Park Associates, L.P. (“EP Associates”) is the general partner of EP Fund. Eton Park Capital Management, L.P. (“EP Management”) serves as investment manager to EP Fund and EP Master Fund. Eric M. Mindich is the (i) managing member of Eton Park Associates, L.L.C., the general partner of EP Associates and (ii) managing member of Eton Park Capital Management, L.L.C., the general partner of EP Management, and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the common shares held by EP Fund and EP Master Fund. Mr. Mindich disclaims beneficial ownership of these common shares. 278,560 of the common shares being offered are being sold by EP Fund and 517,330 of the common shares being offered are being sold by EP Master Fund. The address for each of EP Fund and EP Master Fund is c/o Eton Park Capital Management, L.P., 399 Park Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

(16) Reflects 6,584,840 common shares held by HSBC Bank plc. The ultimate parent of HSBC Bank plc is HSBC Holdings plc, the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, HSBC Bank plc is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. HSBC Bank plc has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by HSBC Bank plc would be 335,640, and HSBC Bank plc would beneficially own 4,280,150 common shares following this offering. The address for each of HSBC Holdings plc and HSBC Bank plc is 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, England.

 

(17)

Includes 4,833,690 common shares held by Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., 669,570 common shares held by Morgan Stanley and 354,340 common shares held by Morgan Stanley UK Group. The ultimate parent of Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc. and Morgan Stanley UK Group is Morgan Stanley, which is also the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, each of Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley UK Group is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Each of Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley UK Group has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this

 

103


Table of Contents
  prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. 1,978,813 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., 669,570 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Morgan Stanley and 354,340 of the common shares being offered are being sold by Morgan Stanley UK Group. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures would be 511,837, and Morgan Stanley would beneficially own 2,343,040 common shares following this offering. The address for Morgan Stanley UK Group is 25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 4QA, England, and the address for each of Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc. and Morgan Stanley is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036.

 

(18) Reflects 7,744,690 common shares held by RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited. The ultimate parent of RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited is The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited would be 563,942, and RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited would beneficially own 3,872,350 common shares following this offering. The address for RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited is 250 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 4AA, England.

 

(19) Reflects 7,954,180 common shares held by UBS AG. UBS AG is the ultimate parent of one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting.” Accordingly, UBS AG is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. UBS AG has represented to us that it (i) purchased the common shares it is offering under this prospectus in the ordinary course of business and (ii) had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares at the time of their purchase. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the maximum number of additional common shares that would be sold by UBS AG would be 347,517, and UBS AG would beneficially own 5,567,930 common shares following this offering. The address for UBS AG is 1 Finsbury Avenue, London EC 2M2PP, England.

 

(20) Reflects 160,000 of our common shares. Mr. Barker is a former employee.

 

(21) Consists of 3,780 of our common shares, 1,980 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 126,330 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Ms. Benini will exercise 70,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to her of 70,000 of our common shares that she is offering to sell in this offering. Ms. Benini is currently one of our employees.

 

(22) Consists of 8,210 of our common shares, 3,460 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 79,020 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Biagini will exercise 10,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 10,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Biagini is currently one of our employees.

 

(23) Consists of 13,770 of our common shares, 9,000 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 168,580 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Browning will exercise 15,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 15,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Browning is currently one of our employees.

 

(24) Consists of 2,860 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 95,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Burcham will exercise 20,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 20,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Burcham is currently one of our employees.

 

(25) Consists of 4,170 of our common shares and options to purchase 260,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Cairns will exercise 50,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 50,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Cairns is a former employee.

 

(26) Consists of 2,770 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 96,280 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Calvert will exercise 96,280 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 96,280 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Calvert is currently one of our employees.

 

104


Table of Contents
(27) Reflects 206,690 of our common shares. Mr. Cameron is a former employee.

 

(28) Reflects 178,970 of our common shares. Mr. Chasen is a former employee.

 

(29) Consists of 2,640 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 100,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Ms. Chavel will exercise 7,500 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to her of the 7,500 of our common shares that she is offering to sell in this offering. Ms. Chavel is currently one of our employees.

 

(30) Consists of 4,540 of our common shares, 7,710 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 201,460 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Chidsey will exercise 30,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 30,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Chidsey is currently one of our employees.

 

(31) Reflects 110,000 of our common shares. Ms. Davenport is a former employee.

 

(32) Consists of 4,150 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 109,100 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Grimes will exercise 89,230 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 89,230 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Grimes is currently one of our employees.

 

(33) Consists of 410 of our common shares, 4,630 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 101,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Gurden will exercise 30,720 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 30,720 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Gurden is currently one of our employees.

 

(34) Consists of 64,030 of our common shares, 7,520 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 57,420 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Hill will exercise 28,900 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 28,900 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Hill is currently one of our employees.

 

(35) Consists of 6,410 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 456,620 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Hunt will exercise 100,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 100,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Hunt is currently one of our employees.

 

(36) Consists of 195,020 of our common shares, 4,150 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 99,390 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Hyde is currently one of our employees.

 

(37) Consists of 61,700 of our common shares, 5,290 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 53,420 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Kirschbaum is currently one of our employees.

 

(38) Consists of 17,960 of our common shares, 7,980 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 67,580 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Kleinveld will exercise 67,580 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 67,580 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Kleinveld is currently one of our employees.

 

(39) Consists of 2,200 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 100,350 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. LaVecchia will exercise 20,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 20,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. LaVecchia is currently one of our employees.

 

(40) Consists of 91,020 of our common shares, 7,240 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 25,200 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Lefler is currently one of our employees.

 

(41) Reflects 143,590 of our common shares.

 

(42) Consists of 6,120 of our common shares, 9,750 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 88,310 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Maldonado is currently one of our employees.

 

(43) Consists of 59,000 of our common shares, 2,420 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 29,540 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. McIlroy will exercise 29,540 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 29,540 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. McIlroy is currently one of our employees.

 

105


Table of Contents
(44) Consists of 1,499,140 of our common shares and 3,040 of our restricted shares. Each of Janique Thiry as Head of Unquoted Investments, Ian Berry as Executive Director Operations, Bernard Denis as Director – Head of Fund Accounting and Stephan Christmann as Manager Unquoted Investments share voting and dispositive power over the common shares held by Pan Glacier. The address for Pan Glacier is c/o Lombard International Assurance S.A., 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg.

 

(45) Consists of 20,160 of our common shares, 5,510 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 71,880 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Moorjani will exercise 26,500 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 26,500 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Moorjani is currently one of our employees.

 

(46) Consists of 125,320 of our common shares, 10,000 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 96,660 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Murray will exercise 96,660 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 96,660 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Murray is a former employee.

 

(47) Consists of 75,800 of our common shares, 3,120 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 49,050 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Nendick is currently one of our employees.

 

(48) Consists of 100,140 of our common shares and options to purchase 35,900 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Newell will exercise 6,900 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 6,900 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Newell is currently one of our employees.

 

(49) Consists of 9,740 of our common shares and options to purchase 126,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Pabby will exercise 41,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 41,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Pabby is a former employee.

 

(50) Consists of 2,140 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 101,140 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Peterson will exercise 50,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 50,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Peterson is currently one of our employees.

 

(51) Consists of 143,590 of our common shares, 3,290 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 200,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Plane is currently one of our employees.

 

(52) Consists of 128,110 of our common shares and options to purchase 71,890 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014 held by John Aidan Joseph Price, 52,560 common shares held by Cartlidge Morland Trustees Ltd and John Aidan Joseph Price and 150,000 common shares held by the Settlement of V. Price. In connection with this offering, Mr. Price will exercise 71,890 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 71,890 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Price has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Cartlidge Morland Trustees Ltd. Mr. Price and Carolina Thwaites Lastra serve as trustees of the Settlement of V. Price, and as such may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Settlement of V. Price. Mr. Price is a former employee.

 

(53) Consists of options to purchase 210,500 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Rainsby will exercise 120,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 120,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Rainsby is a former employee.

 

(54) Consists of 102,050 of our common shares and options to purchase 4,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Ritchie is currently one of our employees.

 

(55) Consists of 60,000 of our common shares, 5,290 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 40,170 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Rivet is currently one of our employees.

 

(56) Consists of 2,200 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 107,690 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Ms. Rossato will exercise 27,690 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to her of the 27,690 of our common shares that she is offering to sell in this offering. Ms. Rossato is currently one of our employees.

 

106


Table of Contents
(57) Consists of 33,050 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 1,203,120 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Rusis will exercise 350,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 350,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Rusis is currently one of our employees.

 

(58) Consists of 5,040 of our common shares, 3,970 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 177,850 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Schultis will exercise 20,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 20,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Schultis is currently one of our employees.

 

(59) Consists of 70,000 of our common shares and options to purchase 46,320 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Scott is currently one of our employees.

 

(60) Consists of 237,360 of our common shares, 26,650 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 138,600 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Simpson is currently one of our employees.

 

(61) Consists of 102,660 of our common shares and options to purchase 7,000 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. In connection with this offering, Mr. Zebooker will exercise 7,000 options on a cash basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 7,000 of our common shares that he is offering to sell in this offering. Mr. Zebooker is currently one of our employees.

 

(62) Consists of 12,820 of our common shares, 7,750 of our restricted shares and options to purchase 89,160 of our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014. Mr. Zilberman is currently one of our employees.

 

(63) Represents common shares, restricted shares and options to purchase our common shares exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014 held by 53 selling shareholders, including current and former employees, who in the aggregate beneficially own less than 1% of our issued and outstanding common shares prior to this offering.

As of April 30, 2014, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, 36,599,130 common shares, representing 20.7% of our issued and outstanding common shares, were held by 83 U.S. record holders.

 

107


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Customer Relationships

 

 

Certain of our shareholders were, immediately prior to this offering, the beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common shares or had the right to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors, or both, and certain affiliates of these shareholders are also our customers. Our shareholder customers include the following entities or their affiliates: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, J.P. Morgan, Morgan Stanley, RBS, UBS, Temasek, Credit Suisse and General Atlantic (collectively, the “Related Party Customers”). For ownership interests of certain of these related parties in our company immediately prior to this offering, see “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

We receive fees from the Related Party Customers from the sale of our products and services. In some cases, we may receive data or other information from the Related Party Customers, as well as from non-affiliated customers, that we use in providing our products and services. In exchange for that data and information, we may from time to time offer a range of consideration including discounts, rebates or other incentives. Although we believe the terms of these various arrangements with our Related Party Customers are comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s length dealings with unrelated third parties, they are often bespoke arrangements and there may not always be a clear objective measure. We cannot assure you, therefore, that in all cases these arrangements are on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in dealings with unrelated third parties. Revenue (net of rebates) from the Related Party Customers totaled $323.0 million, $372.0 million, $390.0 million and $94.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Affiliates of certain of our shareholders are also lenders under our revolving credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Affiliates of certain of our shareholders are also underwriters of this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Existing Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement, amended as of May 21, 2013, among us, certain members of our management team including, among others, our Chief Executive Officer and President (the “Management Investors”), the Related Party Customers and Eton Park. We refer to the Related Party Customers, other than Credit Suisse, General Atlantic and Temasek, herein as the “Bank Investors.” Following the effective time of the Scheme, Markit Ltd. will be made party to the Shareholders’ Agreement as the new holding company of Markit Group Holdings Limited. However, effective upon the commencement of trading of our common shares on Nasdaq, pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, all of the rights and obligations of the Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate. Prior to termination, the Shareholders’ Agreement, together with Markit Group Holdings Limited’s current Articles of Association, among other things:

 

limit our shareholders’ ability to transfer their shares, except for certain permitted transfers;

 

provide for drag along and tag along rights with respect to certain qualifying proposed sales of ordinary shares by shareholders, subject to certain conditions;

 

provide for compulsory transfer or redemption of ordinary shares under certain circumstances;

 

108


Table of Contents
provide our shareholders with preemptive rights if we propose to issue any new securities, subject to certain exceptions including the shares to be sold in connection with this offering; and

 

require the written approval by or on behalf of the Bank Investors, General Atlantic and Temasek holding at least 75% of the ordinary voting shares held by those shareholders (“Investor Consent”) before we can take certain actions, including, among other things, changing our authorized or issued share capital, altering our Articles of Association, appointing or removing anyone as a director, disposing of all or substantially all of our assets, and determining whether we should engage in a listing of ordinary shares for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

Under the terms of the existing Shareholders’ Agreement, each of the Bank Investors, General Atlantic and Temasek is entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. In addition, the Management Shareholders are entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors, and, if there are at any time seven or more Bank Investors, the Management Shareholders are entitled to designate one additional individual to serve on our Board of Directors. The Shareholders’ Agreement provides that the Board of Directors may at any time appoint up to three individuals to serve as independent directors. Any shareholder or group of shareholders who has the right to appoint a director is also entitled to appoint an alternate director, which alternate is permitted to attend meetings of the Board of Directors and speak on matters presented at such meetings. However, an alternate director is only entitled to vote on matters presented if the director in respect of whom he or she is the alternate is not present at the meeting.

Under the terms of the existing Shareholders’ Agreement, we have granted each of Eton Park and Credit Suisse the right to designate an individual as its observer on our Board of Directors. Such observer has the right to attend each meeting of the Board of Directors and to speak on matters presented by others at such board meetings. However, no observer has the right to vote on any matter presented to the Board of Directors. We also provide each such observer with all communications and materials that are provided to the Board of Directors generally, at the same time and in the same manner that such communications and materials are provided to our board members.

Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights and lock-up agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with our executive officers, the Related Party Customers, in their capacities as our shareholders, and, if CPPIB purchases common shares in this offering, with CPPIB. The agreement will provide for the restrictions and rights set forth below. For purposes of this section only, the Related Party Customers, other than General Atlantic and Temasek, are referred to as the “Bank Shareholders,” and General Atlantic, Temasek and CPPIB are referred to as the “PE Shareholders.” The Bank Shareholders, PE Shareholders and our executive officers are collectively referred to in this section as the “Shareholders.”

Transfer Restrictions

Without our written consent, the Bank Shareholders and PE Shareholders are not permitted to transfer any common shares they beneficially own as of the closing of this offering (the “Initial Ownership Common Shares”) except (i) to certain permitted transferees (which, as a condition of transfer, must agree to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement), (ii) after the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, in accordance with the registration rights provisions and the other transfer restrictions described below, or (iii) in the case of the Bank Shareholders, when the transfer restrictions cease to apply no later than the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering and, in the case of the PE Shareholders, when the transfer restrictions cease to apply no later than the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering. With respect to a Bank Shareholder, no more than 25% of such Bank

 

109


Table of Contents

Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares may be transferred pursuant to clause (ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering or any anniversary thereof. With respect to a PE Shareholder, no more than 33 1/3% of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares may be transferred pursuant to clause (ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering or any anniversary thereof. If, however, any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder does not transfer the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares in any 12-month period, such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares will be available for transfer in the next subsequent 12-month period.

In addition, our Chief Executive Officer, Lance Uggla, has separately agreed with us to transfer restrictions on 3,000,000 common shares either held by him or to which he is a beneficiary, on terms substantially similar to the transfer restrictions applicable to the PE Shareholders.

Demand Registration Rights

Subject to the transfer restrictions described above, any two Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both will be entitled to request that we effect up to an aggregate of four demand registrations under the Registration Rights Agreement, but no more than one demand registration within (i) a period of 90 days after the effective date of any other demand registration statement or (ii) any successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering or any anniversary thereof. Within ten business days of our receiving a demand notice, we must give notice of such requested demand registration to the other Shareholders. Within five business days after the date of our notice, any of such other Shareholders may request that we also effect the registration of certain of their common shares that are eligible for registration. Any demand registration through the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering is required to meet an expected aggregate gross proceeds threshold of $100 million.

The demand registration rights are subject to certain customary conditions and limitations, including customary underwriter cutback rights and our ability to defer registration. If any Shareholders are cutback by the underwriters, they may either seek a waiver from us permitting them to sell any excluded common shares by any means available under the Securities Act or request that we effect a second demand registration, which would not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations. If, in connection with a second demand registration, any Shareholders are cutback by the underwriters, then such Shareholders may sell any excluded common shares by any means available under the Securities Act.

In addition, if, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering, any PE Shareholder owns 100% of the number of its Initial Ownership Common Shares and our Board of Directors includes a PE Shareholder director nominee, such PE Shareholder will be entitled to one additional demand registration (which each other PE Shareholder may join so long as it satisfies the same requirements as the requesting PE Shareholder). Such additional demand registration shall not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations. In addition, if, as of the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering, any Shareholder owns more than 5% of our issued and outstanding common shares, then such Shareholder will be entitled to one additional demand registration (which any other Shareholder may join so long as it satisfies the same requirements as the requesting Shareholder). Such additional demand registration shall not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations.

Shelf Registration Rights

Subject to the transfer restrictions described above, at any time after the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, if we are eligible to use a shelf registration statement, then any two Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both will be entitled to request that we effect a shelf registration on similar terms as the demand registrations described above, except that offerings

 

110


Table of Contents

will be conducted as underwritten takedowns. Each underwritten takedown constitutes a demand registration for purposes of the four demand registrations we are obligated to effectuate subject to the additional demand rights described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

The Registration Rights Agreement provides that we must pay all registration expenses (other than fees and expenses of the Shareholders, including counsel fees and any underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with any effected demand registration or shelf registration. The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions.

Underwriters

 

 

Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and RBS Securities Inc., who are underwriters of this offering, is an affiliate of one of our shareholders. There may be a conflict of interest between their interests as shareholders (i.e., to maximize the value of their investment) and their respective interests as underwriters (i.e., in negotiating the initial public offering price) as well as your interest as a purchaser.

In addition, certain of our directors are employees of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, who are underwriters of this offering, or their affiliates, and as described above under “—Related Party Customer Relationships,” certain underwriters or their affiliates are our customers. The underwriters or their affiliates have also performed commercial banking, investment banking, financing and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility. The underwriters or their affiliates may in the future engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Other Related Party Transactions

 

 

Pursuant to liquidity events carried out by the Company (which were open to other shareholders of the Company):

 

In February 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 2,464 ordinary non-voting shares for consideration of approximately $0.5 million from an executive officer.

 

In February 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 5,336 ordinary non-voting shares for consideration of approximately $1.2 million from three executive officers.

In June 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 1,229,511 ordinary shares to three Related Party Customers as payment in full for the $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured convertible notes, carrying a 5% coupon rate, issued to such parties in 2010 pursuant to the terms of a convertible note agreement.

In August 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 2,193,948 shares for consideration of $495.1 million (payable in quarterly installments through May 2017), of which 1,205,884 shares were repurchased from certain of our Related Party Customers for consideration of approximately $272.1 million.

The information presented above does not give effect to our corporate reorganization or the 10-for-1 share split of our common shares as described in this prospectus.

 

111


Table of Contents

Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common shares, and a liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of common shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We have applied to list our common shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “MRKT.”

Upon completion of this offering, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, we will have issued and outstanding 178,868,020 common shares, assuming either no exercise or full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of the common shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, the 45,707,965 common shares to be sold in this offering (52,564,160 common shares assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining common shares (being the number of common shares to be issued as part of our corporate reorganization) will be freely tradable in the public markets without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act, unless those shares are held by our “affiliates,” and subject in most cases to the lock-up agreements referred to below. After the expiration of any lock-up period, these securities may be sold in the public market by our affiliates only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below.

Rule 144

 

 

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of our common shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,788,680 common shares immediately after this offering, and

 

the average weekly trading volume in our common shares on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

112


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

 

 

We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities, convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of any two of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any common shares;

 

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares;

 

request or demand that we file a registration statement relating to any common shares; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

In addition, upon consummation of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights and lock-up agreement with the Related Party Customers, in their capacities as our shareholders, and, if CPPIB purchases common shares in this offering, with CPPIB. We will also enter into a lock-up agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Lance Uggla. See “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of the terms of these agreements.

 

113


Table of Contents

Description of Share Capital

The following description of our share capital summarizes certain provisions of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws.

General

 

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 48610. We were incorporated on January 16, 2014 under the name Markit Ltd. Our registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.

Following our corporate reorganization and prior to the closing of this offering, our shareholders will approve certain amendments to our bye-laws which will become effective upon closing of this offering. The following description assumes that such amendments have become effective.

Since our incorporation, other than an increase in our authorized share capital to 3,000,000,000 shares, there have been no material changes to our share capital, mergers, amalgamations or consolidations of us or any of our subsidiaries, no material changes in the mode of conducting our business, no material changes in the types of products produced or services rendered and no name changes. There have been no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings with respect to us or our subsidiaries.

There have been no public takeover offers by third parties for our shares nor any public takeover offers by us for the shares of another company which have occurred during the last or current financial years.

We have applied to list our common shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “MRKT.”

Initial settlement of our common shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities registered through DTC’s book-entry transfer system. Each person beneficially owning common shares registered through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the common shares.

Share Capital

 

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of issued common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and undesignated shares, par value $0.01 per share that our Board of Directors is authorized to designate from time to time as common shares or as preference shares. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 178,868,020 common shares issued and outstanding, excluding 68,297,390 common shares issuable upon exercise of options granted as of April 30, 2014, 1,398,970 issued and outstanding restricted shares as of April 30, 2014 and 25,210,690 common shares held by the EBT, and no preference shares issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding common shares prior to completion of this offering are and will be fully paid.

Pursuant to our bye-laws, subject to the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed and to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, our Board of Directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued shares. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.

 

114


Table of Contents

Common Shares

 

 

Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.

Preference Shares

 

 

Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the Board of Directors without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations, as may be established, could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the company.

Dividend Rights

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

Any cash dividends payable to holders of our common shares listed on Nasdaq will be paid to Computershare Inc., our paying agent in the United States for disbursement to those holders.

Variation of Rights

 

 

If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied either: (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum consisting of at least two persons holding or representing one-third of the issued shares of the relevant class is present. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares. In addition, the creation or issue of preference shares ranking prior to common shares will not be deemed to vary the rights attached to common shares or, subject to the terms of any other class or series of preference shares, to vary the rights attached to any other class or series of preference shares.

Transfer of Shares

 

 

Our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason, refuse to register the transfer of a share that it is not fully paid. Our Board of Directors may also refuse to recognize an

 

115


Table of Contents

instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferor’s right to make the transfer as our Board of Directors shall reasonably require. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances admit) or in such other common form as our Board of Directors may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although in the case of a fully paid share our Board of Directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor.

Where our shares are listed or admitted to trading on any appointed stock exchange, such as Nasdaq, they will be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

Meetings of Shareholders

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year (the “annual general meeting”). However, the shareholders may by resolution waive this requirement, either for a specific year or period of time, or indefinitely. When the requirement has been so waived, any shareholder may, on notice to the company, terminate the waiver, in which case an annual general meeting must be called. We have chosen not to waive the convening of an annual general meeting.

Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may convene an annual general meeting and the chairman or a majority of our directors then in office may convene a special general meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least 14 days’ notice of an annual general meeting or 10 days’ notice of a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Subject to the rules of Nasdaq, the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares.

Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information

 

 

Members of the general public have a right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include the company’s memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to the memorandum of association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented in the annual general meeting. The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than thirty days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 (the “Companies Act”), establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

 

116


Table of Contents

Election and Removal of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of five directors or such greater number as the Board of Directors may determine. Our Board of Directors will initially consist of twelve directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The initial terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the annual general meeting will be elected for a three-year term.

Any shareholder wishing to propose for election as a director someone who is not an existing director or is not proposed by our Board of Directors must give notice of the intention to propose the person for election. Where a Director is to be elected at an annual general meeting, that notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not less than 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. Where a Director is to be elected at a special general meeting, that notice must be given not later than seven days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

A director may be removed, only with cause, by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. Bermuda law permits individual and corporate directors and there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares. There is also no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age.

The compensation of our directors is determined by the Board of Directors, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of “independent” directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

A director who discloses a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with us as required by Bermuda law is not entitled to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested unless the chairman of the relevant meeting of the Board of Directors determines that such director is not disqualified from voting.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

 

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may

 

117


Table of Contents

be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act.

Our bye-laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defense upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such purpose.

Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws

 

 

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our Board of Directors and by a resolution of our shareholders including the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution. In the case of certain bye-laws, such as the bye-laws relating to election and removal of directors, approval of business combinations and amendment of bye-law provisions, the required resolutions must include the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of our directors then in office and the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment that alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Business Combinations

 

 

The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Our bye-laws provide that a merger or an amalgamation (other than with a wholly-owned subsidiary) that has been approved by the Board of Directors must only be approved by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders at which the quorum shall be two or more persons present in person and

 

118


Table of Contents

representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares. Any merger or amalgamation or other business combination (as defined in our bye-laws) not approved by our Board of Directors must be approved by the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Our bye-laws contain provisions regarding “business combinations” with “interested shareholders.” Pursuant to our bye-laws, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law, any business combination with an interested shareholder within a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder must be approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special general meeting by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to the time that the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; or (ii) upon the consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned shares of the company representing at least 85% of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at the time the transaction commenced. For purposes of these provisions, “business combinations” include mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and certain sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages, pledges, transfers and other dispositions of assets, issuances and transfers of shares and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to an interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person that beneficially owns shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares and any person affiliated or associated with us that owned shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at any time three years prior to the relevant time.

Shareholder Suits

 

 

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

Our bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. We have been advised by the SEC that in the opinion of the SEC, the operation of this provision as a waiver of the right to sue for violations of federal securities laws would likely be unenforceable in U.S. courts.

 

119


Table of Contents

Capitalization of Profits and Reserves

 

 

Pursuant to our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may (i) capitalize any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalize any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full, partly paid or nil paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

Registrar or Transfer Agent

 

 

A register of holders of the common shares will be maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register will be maintained in the United States by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which will serve as branch registrar and transfer agent.

Untraced Shareholders

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares that remain unclaimed for six years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and checks by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquires have failed to establish the shareholder’s new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend check or a warrant.

Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law

 

 

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares that are the subject of this offering to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes Nasdaq. Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus. Certain issues and transfers of common shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require the specific consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust.

 

120


Table of Contents

Bermuda Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and bye-laws and by the corporate law of Bermuda. The provisions of the Companies Act, which applies to us, differ in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their stockholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their stockholders.

 

Bermuda    Delaware

Shareholder meetings

    

–    May be called by the Board of Directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings.

  

–    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.

–    May be held in or outside Bermuda.

  

–    May be held in or outside of Delaware.

–    Notice:

  

–    Notice:

–    Shareholders must be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the unintentional failure to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting.

  

–    Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

–    Notice of general meetings must specify the place, the day and hour of the meeting and in the case of special general meetings, the general nature of the business to be considered.

  

–    Whenever stockholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

 

   

Shareholder’s voting rights

    

–    Shareholders may act by written consent to elect directors. Shareholders may not act by written consent to remove a director or auditor.

  

–    With limited exceptions, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors.

–    Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws, or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

  

–    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

–    The voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company’s bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, by the Companies Act. The

  

–    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum, but in no

 

121


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

bye-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum and if the bye-laws permit, a general meeting of the shareholders of a company may be held with only one individual present if the requirement for a quorum is satisfied.

  

event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

–    Our bye-laws provide that when a quorum is once present in general meeting it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

  

–    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

–    The bye-laws may provide for cumulative voting, although our bye-laws do not.

  

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.

–    The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.

  

–    Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

–    Every company may at any meeting of its Board of Directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its Board of Directors deems expedient and in the best interests of the company to do so when authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of issued and outstanding shares of a company entitled to vote.

  

–    Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote.

–    Any company which is the wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company, or one or more companies which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the same holding company, may amalgamate or merge without the vote or consent of shareholders provided that the approval of the Board of Directors is obtained and that a director or officer of each such company signs a statutory solvency declaration in respect of the relevant company.

  

–    Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting.

 

122


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    Any mortgage, charge or pledge of a company’s property and assets may be authorized without the consent of shareholders subject to any restrictions under the bye-laws.

  

–    Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

   

Directors

    

–    The Board of Directors must consist of at least one director.

  

–    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

–    The number of directors is fixed by the bye-laws, and any changes to such number must be approved by the Board of Directors and/or the shareholders in accordance with the company’s bye-laws.

  

–    Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

–    Removal:

  

–    Removal:

–    Under our bye-laws, any or all directors may be removed, with cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a special meeting convened and held in accordance with the bye-laws for the purpose of such removal.

  

–    Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

–    In the case of a classified board, stockholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

   

Duties of directors

    

–    The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company’s bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. At common law, members of a Board of Directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:

 

–    a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;

 

–    a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

  

–    Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its stockholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to stockholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the

 

123


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and

 

–    a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

  

corporation and its stockholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the stockholders generally.

–    The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

 

–    to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and

 

–    to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

–    The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company. Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders, creditors or any class thereof. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

 

  

–    In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

   

Takeovers

    

–    An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

 

–    By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a “scheme of arrangement.” A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme of arrangement.

  

–    Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights.

 

–    Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

 

124


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any nontendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

 

–    Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

 

  
   

Dissenter’s rights of appraisal

    

–    A dissenting shareholder (that did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger) of a Bermuda exempted company is entitled to be paid the fair value of his or her shares in an amalgamation or merger.

  

–    With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate

 

125


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware
  

of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.

 

   

Dissolution

    

–    Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders’ voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors shall each make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full enquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.

  

–    Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all stockholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.

   

Shareholder’s derivative actions

    

–    Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

  

–    In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

 

126


Table of Contents

Taxation

The following sets forth material Bermuda, U.K. and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. It is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws.

Bermuda Tax Considerations

 

 

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

United Kingdom Taxation

 

 

General

The following is a description of the material U.K. tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. It is intended only as a general guide to the position under current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current published practice of HMRC and may not apply to certain classes of investors, such as dealers in securities, persons who acquire (or are deemed to acquire) their securities by reason of an office or employment, insurance companies and collective investment schemes. Any person who is in doubt as to his tax position is strongly recommended to consult his own professional tax adviser. To the extent this description applies to U.K. resident and, if individuals, domiciled shareholders, it applies only to those shareholders who beneficially hold their shares as an investment (unless expressly stated otherwise).

The Company

It is the intention of the directors to conduct the affairs of Markit Ltd. so that the central management and control of Markit Ltd. is exercised in the U.K. such that Markit Ltd. is treated as resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes.

Taxation of Dividends

Withholding Tax

We will not be required to withhold tax at source on any dividends paid to shareholders in respect of our common shares.

U.K. resident shareholders

Individuals resident in the U.K. for taxation purposes are generally liable to income tax on the aggregate amount of any dividend received and a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend received (the “gross dividend”). For example, on a dividend received of £90, the tax credit would be £10, and an

 

127


Table of Contents

individual would be liable to income tax on £100. The gross dividend will be part of the individual’s total income for U.K. income tax purposes and will be regarded as the top slice of that income. However, in calculating the individual’s liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend, the tax credit (which equates to 10 percent of the gross dividend) is set off against the tax chargeable on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the basic rate (currently 20 percent for taxable income up to £32,010), will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 10 percent. The tax credit will, in consequence, satisfy in full their liability to income tax on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the higher rate (currently 40 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5 percent, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £32,010) for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax (currently 45 percent), but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would have to pay additional tax of £22.50 (representing 32.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 25 percent of the cash dividend received.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the additional rate (currently 45 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 37.5 percent to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax, but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would be required to account for income tax of £27.50 (being 37.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent tax credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 30.6 percent of the cash dividend received.

A U.K. resident shareholder who holds common shares in an individual savings account or personal equity plan will be exempt from income tax on dividends in respect of such shares but will not be able to claim payment from HMRC of the tax credit associated with the dividend.

No repayment of the tax credit in respect of dividends paid by us can be claimed by a United Kingdom resident shareholder who is not liable to U.K. tax on dividends (such as pension funds and charities).

Subject to certain exceptions, including for traders in securities and insurance companies, dividends paid by us and received by a corporate shareholder resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes should be able to rely on the provisions set out in Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act which exempt certain classes of dividend from corporation tax. Each shareholder’s position will depend on its own individual circumstances, although it would normally be expected that the dividends paid by us would fall into an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax. Such shareholders will not be able to reclaim repayment of tax credits attaching to dividends.

Non U.K. resident shareholders

Non-U.K. resident shareholders are not subject to tax (including withholding tax) in the United Kingdom on dividends received on our common shares and are therefore not generally entitled to payment of any part of the income tax credit, subject to the existence and terms of any applicable double tax convention between the U.K. and the jurisdiction in which such shareholder is resident.

Taxation of Capital Gains

U.K. Resident Shareholders

A disposal of common shares by an individual shareholder who is (at any time in the relevant United Kingdom tax year) resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains, depending on the shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any allowable deductions and any available exemption

 

128


Table of Contents

or relief including the annual exempt amount (currently £10,900). Capital gains tax is charged on chargeable gains at a rate of either 18 percent or 28 percent depending on whether the individual is a basic rate taxpayer or a higher or additional rate taxpayer.

For shareholders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains that do not qualify for the substantial shareholding exemption in respect of the common shares, indexation allowance should be available to reduce the amount of any chargeable gain realized on a disposal of common shares (but not to create or increase any loss).

Non-resident Shareholders

A shareholder who is not resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes will not be subject to U.K. taxation of capital gains on the disposal or deemed disposal of common shares unless they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a non-U.K. resident corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) to which the common shares are attributable, in which case they will be subject to the same rules which apply to United Kingdom resident shareholders.

A shareholder who is an individual and who is temporarily resident for tax purposes outside the United Kingdom at the date of disposal of common shares may also be liable, on his return, to United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains (subject to any available exemption or relief).

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)

The statements below summarize the current law and are intended as a general guide only to stamp duty and SDRT. Special rules apply to agreements made by broker dealers and market makers in the ordinary course of their business and to transfers, agreements to transfer or issues to certain categories of person (such as depositaries and clearance services) which may be liable to stamp duty or SDRT at a higher rate.

No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the transfer of the common shares, provided that the common shares are not registered in a register kept in the U.K. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the U.K. Further, no stamp duty will be payable on transfer of the common shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed in the U.K.; and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the U.K.

Inheritance Tax

U.K. inheritance tax may be chargeable on the death of, or on a gift of common shares by, a U.K. domiciled shareholder. For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of assets at less than full market value may be treated as a gift and particular rules apply to gifts where the donor reserves or retains some benefit. Special rules also apply to the trustees of settlements who hold common shares. Potential investors should consult an appropriate professional adviser if they make a gift or transfer at less than full market value or they intend to hold common shares through trust arrangements.

ISA

The common shares are eligible for inclusion in the stocks and shares component of an ISA, subject, where applicable, to the annual subscription limits for new investments into an ISA (for the tax year 2013/2014 this is £11,520). Sums received by a shareholder on a disposal of common shares will not count towards the shareholder’s annual limit, but a disposal of common shares held in an ISA will not serve to make available again any part of the annual subscription limit that has already been used by the shareholder in that tax year.

 

129


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

 

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, the following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of common shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the common shares.

This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds common shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Code known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

certain financial institutions;

 

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

persons holding common shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the common shares;

 

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our voting shares; or

 

persons holding common shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding common shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares and is:

 

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares in their particular circumstances.

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, as described below.

 

130


Table of Contents

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid on common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. For so long as our common shares are listed on Nasdaq or we are eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” and therefore, subject to applicable limitations, will be taxable at rates not in excess of the long-term capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of the dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of common shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the common shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We believe that we are not currently a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year if: (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents and royalties) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares (assuming such U.S. Holder has not made a timely mark-to-market election, as described below), gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above. A U.S. Holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, provided that the common shares are “marketable.” Common shares will be marketable if they

 

131


Table of Contents

are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common shares in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

In addition, in order to avoid the application of the foregoing rules, a United States person that owns stock in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes may make a “qualified electing fund” election (a “QEF Election”) with respect to such PFIC if the PFIC provides the information necessary for such election to be made. If a United States person makes a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the United States person will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a PFIC and will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

132


Table of Contents

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Jefferies LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and TD Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint bookrunners for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the selling shareholders, the number of common shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter    Number of shares  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

        
Barclays Capital Inc.         
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.         
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC         
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.         
Goldman, Sachs & Co.         
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.         
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC         
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC         
UBS Securities LLC         
BNP Paribas Securities Corp.         
Jefferies LLC         
RBC Capital Markets, LLC         
RBS Securities Inc.         
TD Securities (USA) LLC         

Total

     45,707,965   
  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase common shares depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

the obligation to purchase all of the common shares offered hereby (other than those common shares covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the common shares are purchased;

 

that the representations and warranties made by us and the selling shareholders to the underwriters are true;

 

that there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

that we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

There is no established trading market for our common shares and a liquid trading market may not develop. It is also possible that the shares will not trade at or above the initial offering price following the offering.

 

133


Table of Contents

Commissions and Discounts

 

 

The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

CPPIB has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $450 million of our common shares at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to CPPIB, and CPPIB could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered pursuant to this prospectus.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that the selling shareholders will pay to the underwriters. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

 

    Without over-allotment
option
    With over-allotment
option
 
    Per share     Total     Per share     Total  

Price to public

    $                    $                    $                    $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

    $                    $                    $                    $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders

    $                    $                    $                    $               

Rothschild Inc., or Rothschild, has acted as our independent financial advisor in connection with this offering. Rothschild is not acting as an underwriter in this offering, and accordingly it is neither purchasing ordinary shares nor offering ordinary shares to the public in connection with this offering. Neither Rothschild nor any of its affiliates is engaged in the solicitation or distribution of this offering.

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated at $13.6 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount of up to $50,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of our expenses in connection with the offering.

The Option to Purchase Additional Shares

 

 

The selling shareholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 6,856,195 additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

 

134


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

 

 

We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities, convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of any two of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any common shares;

 

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares;

 

request or demand that we file a registration statement relating to any common shares; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The exceptions to the lock-up for Markit include:

 

the issuance of common shares upon the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus pursuant to an employee benefit plan;

 

the grant of options or the issuance of restricted shares or any other securities to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of Markit pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date of this prospectus;

 

the filing by Markit of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 and the filing by Markit of one or more registration statements in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan inherited by Markit in connection with any merger or acquisition and not eligible to be registered on Form S-8;

 

the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue common shares or convertible securities in connection with any mergers, acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide products or services, provided that the aggregate number of common shares or convertible securities that Markit may sell or issue pursuant to this clause shall not exceed 5% of the total number of common shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and provided further that each recipient of common shares or convertible securities must execute a lock-up agreement;

 

the issuance of common shares or convertible securities pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered into on or before the date of this prospectus in connection with mergers, acquisition of

 

135


Table of Contents
  securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide products or services; and

 

subject to certain requirements, the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of common shares.

The exceptions to the lock-up for the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors and most of our existing shareholders include:

 

transactions contemplated by the underwriting agreement (including, without limitation, the corporate reorganization and the sale and transfer of common shares in this offering);

 

transactions relating to common shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

(i) the exercise of stock options or other similar awards granted pursuant to the company’s equity incentive plans or (ii) the vesting or settlement of awards granted pursuant to the company’s equity incentive plans (including the delivery and receipt of common shares, other awards or convertible securities in connection with such vesting or settlement), provided that the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any common shares issued upon such exercise, vesting or settlement;

 

transfers of common shares or any convertible securities: (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, including as a result of the operation of law or estate or intestate succession, or pursuant to a will or other testamentary document; (ii) if the holder is a natural person, to a member of the immediate family of the holder; (iii) if the holder is a natural person, to any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the owner; (iv) if the holder is a natural person, to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the holder and the immediate family of the holder are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; (v) if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of the holder; (vi) if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any affiliate thereof; (vii) if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the holder; or (viii) as a distribution to any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of the holder; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (i)-(viii) above, each donee, distributee or transferee must sign and deliver a lock-up agreement;

 

subject to certain requirements, the establishment or modification of any contract, instruction or trading plan intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of common shares;

 

the transfer of common shares or any convertible securities to the company, pursuant to agreements or rights in existence on the date of this prospectus under which the company has the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

the transfer of common shares or any convertible securities to the company upon a vesting event of the company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase common shares by the holder, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, or to cover tax withholding obligations of the holder in connection with such vesting or exercise, whether by means of a “net settlement” or otherwise;

 

the disposition of common shares upon a vesting event of the company’s securities in order to cover tax withholding obligations of the holder in connection with such vesting;

 

136


Table of Contents
the transfer of common shares or any convertible securities that occurs by any order or settlement resulting from any legal proceeding;

 

the transfer of common shares or any convertible securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the common shares involving a change of control of the company;

 

the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by the company of common shares or any convertible securities, provided that except for the transactions contemplated by the underwriting agreement, no transfer of the holder’s common shares proposed to be registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights under this clause shall occur, and no registration statement shall be filed, during the lock-up period;

 

the engagement by the owner or any affiliate thereof in ordinary course lending or capital markets activities, including without limitation engaging in brokerage, underwriting, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset management, derivatives transactions, commercial paper and similar programs, leasing, research, market making, loan and securities trading, investment activity and arbitrage activity with or involving any party which are in compliance with securities laws, provided that this clause shall not apply in respect of common shares owned of record or beneficially owned by the owner or any of its affiliates prior to the date of this offering; and

 

any transfer of common shares if required by law or a governmental authority, or if the holder’s continued holding of such common shares would result in adverse legal, compliance or regulatory consequences for the holder or any of its affiliates.

Listing

 

 

We have applied to list our common shares on Nasdaq under the symbol “MRKT.” To meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

 

 

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

our financial information;

 

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenue;

 

the present state of our development; and

 

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

137


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

 

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

 

 

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

 

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, market

 

138


Table of Contents

making and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments. See also “Related Party Transactions—Underwriters.”

Conflicts of Interest

 

 

Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and RBS Securities Inc. and/or their affiliates will be receiving more than 5% of the net offering proceeds resulting in a “conflict of interest” pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C) due to their roles as selling shareholders. Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires that these underwriters with a conflict of interest not make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written consent of the account holder and that a QIU, as defined in Rule 5121, participates in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and performs its usual standard of due diligence with respect thereto. Jefferies LLC has agreed to act as QIU for this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of common shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us, the selling shareholders or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any common shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the

 

139


Table of Contents

meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any common shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the common shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any common shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of common shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for any of the underwriters, the selling shareholders or us to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of common shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company, the selling shareholders or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

 

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”), or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

140


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

 

Our common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the selling shareholders or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

 

 

This prospectus relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the common shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

 

The common shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

141


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

 

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law. The common shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”), and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any common shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

 

 

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors”(within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be

 

142


Table of Contents

required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Bermuda

 

 

The securities being offered may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda (as amended). Additionally, non-Bermudian persons may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are authorized to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation. Engaging in the activity of offering or marketing the securities being offered in Bermuda to persons in Bermuda may be deemed to be carrying on business in Bermuda.

 

143


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the common shares and certain other matters of Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, our special Bermuda counsel. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The financial statements as of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 1 Embankment Place, London, England WC2N 6RH.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. Upon completion of this offering, in accordance with SEC rules, we will file our annual report on Form 20-F with the SEC within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

 

144


Table of Contents

Expenses of the Offering

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering will be as follows:

 

Expenses    Amount  

SEC registration fee

     $169,257   

Nasdaq listing fee

     225,000   

FINRA filing fee

     197,616   

Printing and engraving expenses

     375,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     7,300,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     3,200,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     55,000   

Miscellaneous costs

     2,100,000   

Total

     13,621,873   

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee.

Enforcement of Judgments

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions. Our registered address in Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

 

145


Table of Contents

I ndex to Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements—Markit Group Holdings Limited   
Consolidated Income Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014      F-2   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014      F-3   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014      F-4   
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014      F-5   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014      F-6   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014      F-7   
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—Markit Group Holdings Limited   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-21   
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-22   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-23   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-24   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-25   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-27   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements      F-28   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

          Three  
months  
ended  
31 March  
2013  
    

Three  
months  
ended  

31 March  
2014  

 
            Note           $’m        $’m    
Revenue         227.4           259.4     
Operating expenses         (125.1)           (142.7)     
Exceptional items    7      3.1           (11.1)     
Acquisition related items    8      -           (2.8)     
Amortization – acquisition related    11      (12.5)           (14.2)     
Depreciation and amortization – other    10/11      (19.8)           (23.3)     
Share-based compensation         (1.9)           (3.0)     
Other gains/(losses) – net         12.9           (2.5)     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Operating profit         84.1           59.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Finance costs         (5.0)           (4.4)     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit before income tax         79.1           55.4     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Income tax expense    9      (20.8)           (15.6)     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit for the period         58.3           39.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit attributable to:         
Owners of the parent         50.7           39.8     
Non-controlling interests         7.6           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        58.3           39.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
          $        $    
Basic earnings per share    6      2.96           2.25     
Diluted earnings per share    6      2.93           2.22     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no discontinued operations for either period presented.

The notes on pages F-7 to F-20 form part of the consolidated interim financial information.

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     Three  
months  
ended  
31 March  
2013  
    

Three  
months  
ended  

31 March  
2014  

 
     $’m        $’m    
Profit for the period      58.3           39.8     
Other comprehensive expense      

Reclassification adjustment relating to available-for-sale financial asset disposal

     (1.9)           -     
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:      

Cash flow hedges: losses arising on forward foreign exchange contracts

     -           (0.7)     

Currency translation differences

     (43.3)           6.0     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period, net of tax      (45.2)           5.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the period      13.1           45.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

Owners of the parent

     5.0           45.1     

Non-controlling interests

     8.1           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the period      13.1           45.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-7 to F-20 form part of the consolidated interim financial information.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

          31 December        31 March    
          2013        2014    
Assets    Note      $’m           $’m     
Non-current assets         
Property, plant and equipment    10      62.3           62.8     
Intangible assets    11      2,717.8           2,820.1     
Deferred income tax assets         108.5           107.2     
Derivative financial instrument assets         0.3           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current assets         2,888.9           2,990.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current assets         
Trade and other receivables         231.2           237.9     
Derivative financial instruments         0.9           1.4     
Current income tax receivables         3.6           3.8     
Cash and cash equivalents         75.3           38.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current assets         311.0           281.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total assets         3,199.9           3,271.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity         
Capital and reserves         
Ordinary shares    12      0.2           0.2     
Share premium    12      372.9           374.3     
Other reserves         19.5           24.8     
Retained earnings         1,663.3           1,713.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent         2,055.9           2,112.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity         2,055.9           2,112.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities         
Non-current liabilities         
Borrowings    13      472.7           519.1     
Trade and other payables         29.6           29.2     
Derivative financial instruments         0.3           0.4     
Deferred income tax liabilities         140.6           149.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current liabilities         643.2           697.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current liabilities         
Borrowings    13      101.9           97.6     
Trade and other payables         198.6           151.8     
Deferred income         177.9           183.4     
Current income tax liabilities         14.3           19.9     
Derivative financial instruments         8.1           8.4     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current liabilities         500.8           461.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total liabilities         1,144.0           1,158.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity and liabilities         3,199.9           3,271.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-7 to F-20 form part of the consolidated interim financial information.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

            Equity attributable to holders of the Company       
    

Note   

 

     Share
capital
$’m
     Share
premium
$’m
     Other
reserves
$’m
     Retained
earnings
$’m
    

Total

equity
$’m

      

Balance at 1 January 2014

        0.2         372.9         19.5         1,663.3         2,055.9      

Profit for the period

        -         -         -         39.8         39.8      

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of income tax

        -         -         5.3         -         5.3      
     

 

 

    

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

        -         -         5.3         39.8         45.1      
     

 

 

    

 

Share-based compensation

        -         -         -         9.3         9.3      

Deferred tax in relation to share options

        -         -         -         0.6         0.6      

New share capital

     12         -         1.4         -         -         1.4      
     

 

 

    

 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

        -         1.4         -         9.9         11.3      
     

 

 

    

 

Balance at 31 March 2014

        0.2         374.3         24.8         1,713.0         2,112.3      
     

 

 

    

 

 

            Equity attributable to holders of the Company                
     Note      Share
capital
         $’m
     Share
premium
$’m
     Other
reserves
$’m
     Retained
earnings
$’m
     Total
$’m
     Non-
controlling
interest
$’m
     Total  
equity  
$’m  
 

Balance at 1 January 2013

        0.2         297.0         16.3         1,423.0         1,736.5         193.2         1,929.7   

Profit for the period

        -         -         -         50.7         50.7         7.6         58.3   

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of income tax

        -         -         (43.8)         (1.9)         (45.7)         0.5         (45.2)   
     

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

        -         -         (43.8)         48.8         5.0         8.1         13.1   
     

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

        -         -         -         1.9         1.9         -         1.9   

Deferred tax in relation to share options

        -         -         -         (0.1)         (0.1)         -         (0.1)   

New share capital

     12         -         0.3         -         -         0.3         -         0.3   
     

 

 

 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

        -         0.3         -         1.8         2.1         -         2.1   
     

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2013

        0.2         297.3         (27.5)         1,473.6         1,743.6         201.3         1,944.9   
     

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-7 to F-20 form part of the consolidated interim financial information.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

         

Three
months
ended

31 March
2013

     Three
months
ended
31 March
2014
 
     Note    $’m      $’m  

Profit before income tax

        79.1         55.4   

Adjustment for:

        

Amortization – acquisition related

        12.5         14.2   

Depreciation and amortization – other

        19.8         23.3   

Profit on sale of available-for-sale financial assets

        (4.2)         -   

Fair value gains on derivative financial instruments

        (4.6)         (0.6)   

Share-based compensation

        1.9         9.3   

Finance costs

        5.0         4.4   

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses and other non-cash charges in operating activities

        (8.2)         3.0   

Changes in working capital:

        

Increase in trade and other receivables

        (8.7)         (7.5)   

Decrease in trade and other payables

        (33.7)         (49.1)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

        58.9         52.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Cash generated from operations

        58.9         52.4   

Interest paid

        (1.9)         (2.0)   

Income tax paid

        (11.4)         (9.0)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        45.6         41.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

   14      -         (85.9)   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (11.9)         (6.6)   

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale financial assets

        5.2         -   

Purchases of intangible assets

        (27.5)         (27.5)   

Interest received

        0.1         0.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (34.1)         (119.9)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

   12      0.3         1.4   

Share buy back

   13      (26.0)         (26.3)   

Proceeds from borrowings

   13      -         100.0   

Repayments of borrowings

   13      (22.0)         (30.0)   

Prepaid facility fees

   13      -         (3.9)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

        (47.7)         41.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

        (36.2)         (37.3)   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

        110.2         75.3   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

        (36.2)         (37.3)   

Exchange losses on cash and cash equivalents

        (1.7)         -   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

        72.3         38.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes on pages F-7 to F-20 form part of the consolidated interim financial information.

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

1.

General information

Markit Group Holdings Limited (‘the Company’) is a limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The address of its registered office is 4 th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9LY. The consolidated interim financial information (hereafter “financial information”) comprises the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (hereafter “the Group”).

The financial period represents the three months ended 31 March 2014, with the prior period representing the three months ended 31 March 2013.

Markit Ltd. was incorporated on January 16, 2014 to become the holding company of Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the closing of the initial public offering. Markit Ltd.’s financial statements will be the same as Markit Group Holdings Limited’s financial statements prior to the initial public offering after adjusting retroactively for the Markit Ltd. capital structure.

 

2.

Basis of preparation

The financial information for the three months ended 31 March 2014 has been prepared in accordance with IAS 34, ‘Interim financial reporting’.

The financial information does not amount to full financial statements and does not include all of the information and disclosures required for full annual financial statements. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated annual financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2013, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

3.

Accounting policies

The accounting policies applied by the Group are consistent with those of the year ended 31 December 2013. No changes to accounting standards have come into force that have an impact on the Group.

Income tax

Taxes on income in the interim periods are accrued using the tax rate that would be applicable to expected total annual profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

The preparation of interim financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In preparing these consolidated interim financial statements, the significant judgements made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those that applied to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

4.

Financial risk management

4.1 Financial risk factors

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The financial information does not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

There have been no changes in any risk management policies.

Market risk – Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s principal currency risk is translation risk. Translation risk or exposure arises from the fact that the financial records of some of the Group’s subsidiaries are maintained in their local currency. The Group’s US Dollar-denominated consolidated financial statements can be affected by changes in the relative value of those local currencies against the US Dollar.

In addition, the Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise from transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities. Foreign exchange risk arises from the future settlement of recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the Group entities’ functional currency.

The Group uses financial instruments as hedges to reduce exposure to foreign exchange rate movements on Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee and Singapore Dollar exchange rate risk at a Group level and Canadian Dollar exchange rate risk at a subsidiary level.

For Sterling and Euro foreign exchange risk management, the policy is to hedge a proportion of exposure to forecast consolidated Sterling and Euro revenue on a rolling 15 month basis. For Canadian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Singapore Dollar foreign exchange risk management the policy is to hedge 100% of consolidated operating expenditure exposure for 15 months starting from 1 st  January following the annual budget process.

Liquidity risk

The Group’s management reviews liquidity issues on an ongoing basis and the Group actively maintains a mixture of long term and short term debt finance at competitive interest rates that is designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds for operations. On-going business is cash flow generative and excess liquidity when not being used to reduce debt is invested short term at competitive yields with approved investment grade institutions.

Cash flow forecasting is performed monthly by the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group Treasury on a rolling 12 month basis. Group Treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance sheet ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirements.

4.2 Fair value estimation

Except for foreign currency derivatives and contingent consideration in respect of past acquisitions, the Group holds no financial instruments carried at fair value. The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of these financial instruments:

 

   

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2); or

 

   

Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

Foreign currency derivatives are valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (level 1). The fair value of available-for-sale financial assets and contingent consideration is based on the Group’s estimates (level 3), the inputs for which are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). The movement in contingent consideration is shown in Note 4.3.

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 March 2014:

 

     Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total    
Assets    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m    

Derivatives used for hedging

     1.4           -           -           1.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1.4           -           -           1.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     -           -           36.0           36.0     

Derivatives used for hedging

     8.8           -           -           8.8     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8.8           -           36.0           44.8     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2013:

 

     Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total    
Assets    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m    

Derivatives used for hedging

     1.2           -           -           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1.2           -           -           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     -           -           33.6           33.6     

Derivatives used for hedging

     8.4           -           -           8.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8.4           -           33.6           42.0     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There have been no transfers between levels in the current or comparative period.

4.3 Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

 

     Total       

Total  

 
     $’m        $’m    

Contingent consideration liabilities

     

Balance at 1 January

     72.1           33.6     

Recognized on acquisition of thinkFolio

     -           2.8     

Unwind of discount – recognized within finance costs

     -           0.2     

Settlement

     (0.3)           (0.6)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March

     71.8           36.0     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group had contingent consideration liabilities as at 31 March 2014 of $36.0m (31 December 2013: $33.6m) arising following the acquisitions of:

 

   

thinkFolio Limited (“thinkFolio”) – Contingent consideration is $2.8m (31 December 2013: $nil) relating to the acquisition of thinkFolio January 13, 2014. This is payable subject to the existing customer base of the company at acquisition being maintained until 30 June 2015 (see note 14). Any deviation in run rate revenues, on existing clients, up to this date will be adjusted by a multiple of 7.5. All customers existing at acquisition are expected to be maintained.

 

   

Storm, ClearPar and LoanSERV – Contingent consideration is $12.6m (31 December 2013: $12.5m). The remaining $12.6m is payable based on future revenue, of which a 5% change in forecast revenue would cause an increase of $0.7m in contingent consideration. As a result, there is not expected to be any significant change in estimate based on a change in key assumptions.

 

   

Securities Hub – Contingent consideration relating to the 2009 acquisition of $20.6m (31 December 2013: $21.1m) reflects future discounts against an annual subscription to the Securities Hub service together with a capped revenue share agreement payable as new customers are signed up to the service.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

The Group’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There have been no transfers between levels in the period.

There were no changes in valuation techniques during the period.

4.4 Group’s valuation process

The Group’s finance department performs the valuations of financial assets required for financial reporting purposes, including level 3 fair values. These valuations are reviewed by the Group Finance Director.

At each reporting period the Group revalues its contingent consideration payment obligations relating to past business acquisitions. The main level 3 inputs in calculating these fair values are business performance of acquirees and discount rates. The actual performance of relevant acquirees is discounted to its present value at a discount rate which is dependent on a market participant cost of debt. The resultant present values form the bases of the contingent consideration due. Changes in fair values are analyzed at each reporting date by the business.

The Group’s only derivatives are forward foreign exchange contracts. These contracts are initially recognised at fair value, which is equal to the contract value based on the forward rate at the time of entering into the contract. Subsequently, each contract is revalued to its fair value on a monthly basis, based on the difference between the spot rate and the forward rate. These valuations are provided by the respective hedge counterparties, which are large financial institutions.

The fair values of all financial assets and liabilities held at amortized cost were not materially different from their carrying values.

 

5.

Operating segment information

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. Management has determined the operating segments based on the information received by the CEO for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

The CEO considers the performance of the business primarily from the perspective of groups of similar products.

The CEO assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses – net and stock compensation charge (Adjusted EBITDA).

This measure excludes the effects of charges or income from the operating segments such as restructuring costs, legal expenses and goodwill impairments when those items result from an isolated event. The measure also excludes the effects of equity-settled share based payments and foreign exchange gains / losses.

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Finance costs are not allocated to segments as this type of activity is driven by Group Treasury which manages the financing position of the Group.

Central costs are allocated to segments based on various metrics, including revenue and headcount, reflecting the nature of the costs incurred.

Our operating segments are as follows:

Information : Our Information division provides global financial information comprising indices, pricing, reference data and analytics across asset classes and markets. Our information products and services are used for independent valuations, trading, liquidity, and risk assessments allowing our customers to comply with relevant regulatory, reporting, and risk management requirements. Revenues are generated from a combination of licence fees and fees for services provided including consultancy.

Processing : Our Processing division, offers a global trade processing solution for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives across multiple asset classes and syndicated loans. Our processing services enable buy-side and sell-side financial institutions to optimize workflow efficiency and comply with regulations. Revenue is principally generated via transaction based fees.

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Solutions : Our Solutions division provides customized front-to-back technology platforms and managed services, delivering complex functions with simplicity and dependability. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services participants, help capture and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. Revenue is largely generated via term based subscription or licence fees.

 

    

Three
Months

ended
31 March

2013

    Three
months
ended
31 March
2014
 
     $’m     $’m  
Revenue     

- Information

     111.6        117.7   

- Processing

     65.2        72.2   

- Solutions

     50.6        69.5   
  

 

 

 

Total

     227.4        259.4   
  

 

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA 1     

- Information

     51.4        55.2   

- Processing

     34.7        39.2   

- Solutions

     16.2        22.3   

- Non-controlling interests

     (11.5     -   
  

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA 1

     90.8        116.7   

Reconciliation to the consolidated income statement:

    

- Exceptional items

     3.1        (11.1

- Acquisition related items

     -        (2.8

- Amortization – acquisition related

     (12.5     (14.2

- Depreciation and amortization – other

     (19.8     (23.3

- Share based compensation

     (1.9     (3.0

- Other gains/(losses) – net

     12.9        (2.5

- Finance costs

     (5.0     (4.4

- Non-controlling interests

     11.5        -   
  

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

     79.1        55.4   
  

 

 

 

1 Represents segment earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses – net, share-based compensation and less Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Geographical

 

    

Three  
months  

ended  

31 March  

2013  

     Three  
months  
ended  
31 March  
2014  
 
     $’m        $’m    
Revenue – by geography      
- United States of America      111.0           123.5     
- European Union      95.7           106.1     
- Other      20.7           29.8     
  

 

 

 
     227.4           259.4     
  

 

 

 

 

    

31 December  

2013  

     31 March  
2014  
 
Non-current assets – by geography      
- United States of America      996.4           994.4     
- European Union      1,714.9           1,819.1     
- Other      69.1           69.4     
  

 

 

 
             2,780.4                   2,882.9     
  

 

 

 

No individual customer accounts for more than 10% of Group revenue.

 

6.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

 

           

Three  
months  

ended  

31 March  

2013  

    

Three  

months  

ended  
31 March  
2014  

 
Profit attributable to equity holders      $’m                             50.7                               39.8     
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic      M         17.1           17.7     
     

 

 

 
Basic earnings per share      $’s         2.96           2.25     
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has one category of dilutive potential ordinary shares, namely stock options. A calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average market share price of the Company’s outstanding shares for the period) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the stock options. The number of shares calculated above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the stock options.

 

           

Three  
months  

ended  

31 March  

2013  

     Three  
months  
ended  
31 March  
2014  
 
Profit attributable to equity holders      $’m         50.7           39.8     
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic      M         17.1           17.7     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Adjustments for:         
Share based payments         
  -  dilutive share options      M         0.1           0.1     
  -  dilutive restricted shares      M         0.1           0.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Weighted number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share      M         17.3           17.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
Diluted earnings per share      $’s         2.93           2.22     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Exceptional items

 

    

Three  
months  
ended  

31 March  
2013  

     Three  
months  
ended  
31 March  
2014  
 
     $’m        $’m    

Exceptional items:

     

- Legal advisory costs

     (1.1)           (1.1)     

- Profit on disposal of available for sale financial asset

     4.2           -     

- IPO preparation costs

     -           (3.7)     

- Accelerated IFRS 2 charges

     -           (6.3)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3.1           (11.1)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Legal advisory costs are associated with ongoing anti-trust investigations by both the US Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits relating to the credit derivatives and related markets. These costs have been classified as exceptional due to the complexity and individual nature of these related cases along with the size of the costs being incurred. These costs represent an industry wide issue and are consequently not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

IPO preparation costs are legal and professional costs associated with preparing the Group for a potential listing. These costs are one off in nature and not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

The completion of an IPO will result in a non-recurring acceleration of vesting for options granted prior to August 2013. The accelerated IFRS 2 charge reflects the impact of the ongoing IPO process.

 

8.

Acquisition related items

 

     Three months  
ended  
31 March  
2013  
    

Three  
months  
ended  

31 March  
2014  

 
     $’m        $’m    

Acquisition related:

     

- Acquisition costs

     -           (1.0)     

- Remuneration on acquisition

     -           (1.8)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     -           (2.8)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition costs primarily relate to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to completed acquisitions.

Remuneration on acquisition relates to amounts paid into escrow and payable to a number of the vendors of thinkFolio dependent on future performance and the employment of key staff within the Group. This is charged over the life of the retention period as an acquisition related expense (see note 14).

 

9.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense is recognised based on management’s estimate of the weighted average annual income tax rate expected for the period by jurisdiction. The weighted estimated average annual tax rate used for the period to 31 March 2014 is 28.2% (31 March 2013: 26.2%).

 

10.

Property, plant and equipment

 

     31 March   
2014   
 
     $’m     
COST   
Balance at start of period      152.9      
Acquisitions      0.1      
Additions      6.6      
Effect of movements in exchange rates      0.2      
  

 

 

 
Balance at end of period      159.8      
  

 

 

 
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION   
Balance at start of period      (90.6)      
Depreciation for the period      (6.3)      
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (0.1)      
  

 

 

 
Balance at end of period      (97.0)      
  

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE   
At 31 December 2013      62.3      
  

 

 

 
At 31 March 2014      62.8      
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

11.

Intangible assets

 

     Goodwill         Acquired   
intangibles -   
Customer   
relationships   
     Acquired   
intangibles -   
Other   
     Internally   
developed   
intangibles   
     Other   
intangible   
assets   
     Total     
     $’m         $’m         $’m         $’m         $’m         $’m     
COST                  

Balance at 31 December 2013

     2,220.0            464.0            148.8            257.3            132.4            3,222.5      

Acquisitions

     57.8            27.9            15.5            -            -            101.2      

Additions

     -            -            -            22.5            4.5            27.0      

Effects of movements in exchange rates

     3.2            1.4            0.6            0.5            0.4            6.1      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2014

     2,281.0            493.3            164.9            280.3            137.3            3,356.8      
  

 

 

 
ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION AND IMPAIRMENT                  

Balance at 31 December 2013

     (88.7)            (111.4)            (56.6)            (140.7)            (107.3)            (504.7)      

Amortization

     -            (9.8)            (4.4)            (14.4)            (2.6)            (31.2)      

Effects of movements in exchange rates

     -            (0.1)            (0.1)            (0.2)            (0.4)            (0.8)      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2014

     (88.7)            (121.3)            (61.1)            (155.3)            (110.3)            (536.7)      
  

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE                  

At 31 December 2013

     2,131.3            352.6            92.2            116.6            25.1            2,717.8      
  

 

 

 

At 31 March 2014

     2,192.3            372.0            103.8            125.0            27.0            2,820.1      
  

 

 

 

 

 

12.

Share capital and premium

 

     Number of
$0.01 shares
    

Share

capital

     Share
premium
     Total     
            $’m      $’m      $’m     
Issued and fully paid            

Balance at 31 December 2013

     17,683,602         0.2         372.9         373.1      

Shares issued

     106,343         -         1.4         1.4      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2014

     17,789,945         0.2         374.3         374.5      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The shares issued during the period relates to the exercise of share options and the grant of restricted shares. The nominal value of these shares was $1,063 with the consideration received being $1.4m.

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

13.

Borrowings

 

     31 December        31 March    
     2013        2014    
     $’m        $’m    

Non-current

     

Bank borrowings

     268.0           334.2     

Share buyback

     204.7           184.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     472.7           519.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     

Share buyback

     101.9           97.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     101.9           97.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     574.6           616.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014  
Reconciliation of movement in borrowings    $’m  
Balance at 1 January 2014      574.6   
Proceeds of bank borrowings      100.0   
Repayments of bank borrowings      (30.0)   
Capitalized facility fees      (3.9)   
Repayments of other borrowings      (26.3)   
Unwind of discount      2.3   
  

 

 

 
Balance at 31 March 2014      616.7   
  

 

 

 

 

a)

Bank borrowings

During 2012 the Group took out a new multi-revolving club facility agreement of $800m, repayable in July 2016. This facility carried interest at a margin of between 1.25% and 2.50% over LIBOR and a commitment fee at 35% of margin on any undrawn balance. The previous facility was fully repaid during 2012 and subsequently cancelled.

On 21 March 2014 the Company increased its multi-revolving club facility agreement to $1,050m from $800m and extended the term to March 2019. The facility carries interest at a margin of between 0.75% and 1.75% over LIBOR and a commitment fee at 35% of margin on any undrawn balance. No significant changes have otherwise occurred to the terms of the borrowing.

The bank borrowings had an annual equivalent average interest rate for the period ended 31 March 2014 of 1.3% (year ended 31 December 2013: 1.5%).

 

b)

Share buyback

In August 2012 the Group purchased 2,193,948 shares for a consideration of $495.1m. The consideration is payable in quarterly instalments through to May 2017. The carrying value of the liability at 31 March 2014 amounted to $282.5m (31 December 2013: $306.6m). The carrying value is calculated using cash flows discounted at a rate based on an average borrowing rate of 3.1%.

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

14.

Business Combinations

On 13 January 2014 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of thinkFolio Limited and its subsidiaries, a portfolio management software company, which will expand the Group’s footprint as a software solutions provider to front office professionals.

Consideration comprises cash of £55.0m ($90.1m) and up to £1.7m ($2.8m) of contingent consideration dependant on future performance (see note 4.3). A further £5.8m ($9.5m) has been paid into escrow and is contingent on future performance and employment with the Group. This amount has been treated as remuneration and will be charged to the income statement over the performance period from acquisition to 30 June 2015. The amount payable is also variable dependent on the level of customer retention maintained in the business over the performance period. This and other transaction costs of $1.0m have been classified as acquisition related items (see note 8).

The thinkFolio Group contributed a profit of $0.3m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $3.9m. Had the thinkFolio Group been consolidated from 1 January 2014 the contributed results would not be materially different to those for the period to date.

Details of net assets acquired and intangible assets related to the acquisition are as follows:

 

     Total  
     $’m  
Consideration at date of acquisition   
Cash      90.1   
Fair value of contingent consideration      2.8   
  

 

 

 
Total consideration      92.9   
  

 

 

 
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed   
Intangible assets      43.4   
Property, plant and equipment      0.1   
Trade receivables      0.9   
Other receivables      0.8   
Cash and cash equivalents      4.2   
Trade and other payables      (5.2)   
Deferred tax liabilities      (9.1)   
  

 

 

 
Total identifiable net assets      35.1   
  

 

 

 
Goodwill      57.8   
  

 

 

 
Total      92.9   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition of thinkFolio arises predominantly from synergies with the Group’s existing enterprise data management business and expansion of client reach from selling new products to the Group’s existing customer base.

 

15.

Contingencies

The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The Group is currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations,

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DoJ”) and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States. These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to substantial uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. The Group reviews these matters in consultation with internal and external legal counsel to make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether a loss from each of these matters is probable, possible or remote.

The Group considers it remote that a liability will arise from the anti-trust investigations by the DoJ. Whilst it is possible that remedies that may be sought by the DoJ may include changes in business practice or structure that could have an indirect financial impact on the Group, it is not expected that any such remedy would involve direct financial liability. The Group considers it possible that liabilities will arise from the EC investigation and the class action lawsuits in the United States. It is not considered practicable to estimate the financial effect of either the EC investigation, which remains ongoing, or the class actions which are at an early stage.

Given this, the Group has recorded no provision for any of the three incidents of investigations or lawsuits described above.

The Group considers that it is remote that any material liabilities will arise from any other contingent liabilities.

 

16.

Related party transactions

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel comprise all directors, executive and non-executive.

Key management were awarded 44,370 restricted shares (31 March 2013: nil), and were awarded no options (31 March 2013: 23,775) during the period.

There were no other material transactions or balances between the Group and its key management personnel or members of their close family.

17. Subsequent Events

On May 30, 2014 the Company entered in to an agreement, subject to certain terms and conditions, to acquire 54.25% of Compliance Technologies International LLP (CTI). CTI provides compliance support to financial institutions and multi-national corporations with respect to cross border payments.

The initial consideration payable by the Company is $43.4 million, and further consideration of up to $19.0 million may be payable by the Company by way of an earn-out, dependent upon certain revenue targets being achieved. The transaction is expected to be completed in July 2014.

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011, and the statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 13, 2014

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

 

 

         

Year to  
31 December  
2011  

    

Year to  
31 December  
2012  

    

Year to  
31 December  
2013  

 
            Note           $’m        $’m        $’m    
Revenue    5      762.5         860.6         947.9   
Operating expenses    8      (403.0)         (454.0)         (515.1)   
Exceptional items    6      (11.6)         (40.3)         (60.6)   
Acquisition related items    7      (4.8)         (0.9)         1.4   
Amortization – acquisition related    14      (34.4)         (46.2)         (50.1)   
Depreciation and Amortization – other    13 / 14      (62.7)         (66.7)         (86.0)   
Share-based compensation    21      (11.7)         (16.2)         (8.1)   
Other (losses) / gains – net    9      (4.6)         (11.6)         0.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Operating profit         229.7         224.7         230.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Finance costs – net    10      (22.9)         (28.9)         (19.4)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit before income tax         206.8         195.8         210.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Income tax expense    11      (50.6)         (42.7)         (63.7)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit for the year from continuing operations         156.2         153.1         147.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit attributable to:            
Equity holders         125.8         125.0         139.4   
Non-controlling interests         30.4         28.1         7.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        156.2         153.1         147.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
          $        $        $    
Earnings per share – basic    12      7.03         7.03         8.02   
Earnings per share – diluted    12      6.92         6.94         7.94   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

            Year to  
31 December  
2011  
     Year to  
31 December  
2012  
    

Year to  
31 December  

2013  

 
     Note      $’m        $’m        $’m    
Profit for the year         156.2           153.1         147.0   
Other comprehensive income            

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

           

Available for sale financial assets:

           

- gains arising during the year

     16         -            1.8         2.4   

- reclassification adjustment for sale of available for sale financial asset

     6         -           -           (4.2)   

Cash flow hedges

        -           -           (7.8)   

Currency translation differences

     23         2.8           24.8         11.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

        2.8           26.6         1.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        159.0           179.7         148.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Equity holders

        128.6           151.6         140.8   

Non-controlling interests

        30.4           28.1         8.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        159.0           179.7         148.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of a tax credit of $2.0m (2012: charge of $1.4m, 2011: charge of $0.1m).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

          31 December        31 December        31 December    
          2011        2012        2013    
Assets    Note      $’m           $’m           $’m     
Non-current assets            
Property, plant and equipment    13      40.9           49.8           62.3     
Intangible assets    14      2,285.5           2,760.5           2,717.8     
Deferred income tax assets    26      35.0            35.4           108.5     
Derivative financial instruments    17      -           -           0.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current assets         2,361.4           2,845.7           2,888.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current assets            
Available for sale financial assets    16      1.0            2.8           -     
Trade and other receivables    18      133.9            190.6           231.2     
Derivative financial instruments    17      0.4            0.1           0.9     
Current income tax receivables         3.3            1.9           3.6     
Cash and cash equivalents    19      148.3            110.2           75.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current assets         286.9           305.6           311.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total assets         2,648.3           3,151.3           3,199.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity            
Capital and reserves            
Share capital    20      0.2           0.2           0.2     
Share premium    20      16.4           297.0           372.9     
Other reserves    23      (13.4)           16.3           19.5     
Retained earnings    22      1,837.6           1,423.0           1,663.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent         1,840.8           1,736.5           2,055.9     
Non-controlling interests    30      190.6           193.2           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity         2,031.4           1,929.7           2,055.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities            
Non-current liabilities            
Borrowings    25      13.3           536.6           472.7     
Trade and other payables    24      74.8           36.1           29.6     
Derivative financial instruments    17      -           0.2           0.3     
Deferred income tax liabilities    26      97.2           144.5           140.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current liabilities         185.3           717.4           643.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current liabilities            
Borrowings    25      208.9           117.1           101.9     
Trade and other payables    24      127.8           205.3           198.6     
Deferred income         88.4           167.3           177.9     
Current income tax liabilities         6.3           13.3           14.3     
Derivative financial instruments    17      0.2           1.2           8.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current liabilities         431.6           504.2           500.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total liabilities         616.9           1,221.6           1,144.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity and liabilities         2,648.3           3,151.3                 3,199.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013  
   

Note  

 

   

Share  
capital  
$’m  

   

Share  
premium  
$’m  

   

Other  
reserves  
$’m  

   

Retained  
earnings  
$’m  

   

Equity  
attributable  
to equity  
holders of  
the  
Company  

$’m  

   

Non-  
controlling  
interest  
$’m  

   

Total  
equity  
$’m  

 
Balance at 1 January 2013       0.2          297.0          16.3          1,423.0        1,736.5        193.2        1,929.7   
Profit for the year       -          -          -          139.4        139.4        7.6        147.0   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -          -          3.2          (1.8)        1.4        0.5        1.9   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -          -          3.2          137.6        140.8        8.1        148.9   
   

 

 

 
Share-based compensation     22        -          -          -          8.1        8.1        -          8.1   
Current tax in relation to share options     11        -          -          -          2.7        2.7        -          2.7   
Deferred tax in relation to share options     26        -          -          -          (0.4)        (0.4)        -          (0.4)   

Shares issued

    20        -          75.9          -          -          75.9        -          75.9   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the parent       -          75.9          -          10.4        86.3        -          86.3   
   

 

 

 

Tax arising on transactions with non-controlling interests

    11        -          -          -          69.4        69.4        -          69.4   

Elimination of non-controlling interests

    30        -          -          -          22.9        22.9        (201.3)        (178.4)   
   

 

 

 
Total Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control       -          -          -          92.3        92.3        (201.3)        (109.0)   
   

 

 

 
Total transactions with owners       -          75.9          -          102.7        178.6        (201.3)        (22.7)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2013       0.2          372.9          19.5          1,663.3        2,055.9        -          2,055.9   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2012                                          
    Note   Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company
   

Non-

controlling
interest

    Total  
equity  
 
                 $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    
Balance at 1 January 2012       0.2        16.4        (13.4)        1,837.6        1,840.8        190.6        2,031.4   
Profit for the year       -        -        -          125.0        125.0        28.1        153.1   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -        -        24.8        1.8        26.6        -          26.6   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -        -        24.8        126.8        151.6        28.1        179.7   
Share-based compensation   22     -        -        -          16.2        16.2        -          16.2   
Dividends to non-controlling interests       -        -        -          -          -          (25.5)        (25.5)   
Deferred tax in relation to share options   22     -        -        -          (8.7)        (8.7)        -          (8.7)   
Other reserve movements   22     -        -        -          (3.7)        (3.7)        -          (3.7)   
Shares held in escrow       -        -        13.0        -          13.0        -          13.0   
Transfer between reserves   22     -        -        (8.1)        8.1        -          -          -     
Shares issued   20     -        280.6        -          -          280.6        -          280.6   
Repurchase of shares   20     -        -        -          (553.3)        (553.3)        -          (553.3)   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners       -        280.6        4.9        (541.4)        (255.9)        (25.5)        (281.4)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012       0.2        297.0        16.3        1,423.0        1,736.5        193.2        1,929.7   
   

 

 

 
Year ended 31 December 2011                                          
    Note   Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company
   

Non-

controlling
interest

    Total  
equity  
 
                 $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    
Balance at 1 January 2011       0.2        3.9        (16.2)        1,728.5        1,716.4        190.9        1,907.3   
Profit for the year       -        -        -          125.8        125.8        30.4        156.2   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -        -        2.8        -          2.8        -          2.8   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -        -        2.8        125.8        128.6        30.4        159.0   
Share-based compensation   22     -        -        -          11.7        11.7        -          11.7   
Dividends to non-controlling interests       -        -        -          -          -          (30.7)        (30.7)   
Current tax in relation to share options       -        -        -          2.7        2.7        -          2.7   
Deferred tax in relation to share options   22     -        -        -          0.7        0.7        -          0.7   
Shares issued   20     -        12.5        -          -          12.5        -          12.5   
Repurchase of shares / options   20/21     -        -        -          (31.8)        (31.8)        -          (31.8)   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners       -        12.5        -          (16.7)        (4.2)        (30.7)        (34.9)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011       0.2        16.4        (13.4)        1,837.6        1,840.8        190.6        2,031.4   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

For the year ended 31 December

       

Year ended 31 December  

 
                 2011              2012                2013    
    Note   $’m     $’m       $’m    

Cash generated from operations

       

Profit before income tax

      206.8        195.8        210.7   

Adjustment for:

       

Amortization – acquisition related

  14     34.4        46.2        50.1   

Depreciation and amortization – other

  13 /14     62.7        66.7        86.0   

Impairment of intangible assets

  14     -          8.9        53.5   

(Profit) / loss on disposal of non-current assets

      (2.3)        0.4        -     

Fair value (gains) / losses on derivative financial instruments

  9     (1.0)        1.5        (3.9)   

Fair value adjustments on contingent consideration

  7     2.2        (2.7)        (1.8)   

Profit on sale of available for sale financial assets

  16     -          -          (4.2)   

Share-based compensation

      11.7        16.2        8.1   

Finance costs – net

  10     22.9        28.9        19.4   

Foreign exchange losses and other non-cash charges in

operating activities

      4.4        5.2        3.2   

Changes in working capital:

       

Decrease / (increase) in trade and other receivables

      1.0        (37.8)        (36.0)   

Increase in trade and other payables

      11.4        72.8        28.7   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

      354.2        402.1        413.8   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Cash generated from operations

      354.2        402.1        413.8   

Interest paid

      (12.6)        (21.4)        (7.3)   

Income tax paid

      (19.4)        (40.1)        (66.7)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

      322.2        340.6        339.8   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

  29     (66.7)        (380.8)        (12.5)   

Settlement of contingent consideration

      -           -          (33.1)   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

      (13.9)        (28.8)        (35.0)   

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

      3.8        -          -     

Proceeds from sale of available for sale financial asset

  16     -           -          5.2   

Purchases of intangible assets

      (61.1)        (70.2)        (95.5)   

Interest received

      0.1        0.2        0.3   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

      (137.8)        (479.6)        (170.6)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

  20     10.2        43.1        57.4   

Share buy back

      -          (69.8)        (102.9)   

Other purchase of shares

      (31.8)        (88.9)        -     

Transactions with non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

      -          -          (178.4)   

Proceeds from borrowings

      15.0        240.5        177.0   

Repayments of finance leases

      (6.0)        -          -     

Repayments of borrowings

      (120.0)        -          (157.0)   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

      (30.7)        (25.5)        -     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) / generated from financing activities

      (163.3)        99.4        (203.9)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      21.1        (39.6)        (34.7)   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  19     127.6        148.3        110.2   

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      21.1        (39.6)        (34.7)   

Exchange (losses) / gains on cash and cash equivalents

      (0.4)        1.5        (0.2)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  19     148.3        110.2        75.3   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1.

General information

Markit Group Holdings Limited (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) sell financial information services to provide price transparency and to reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. The Group has operations around the world and sells mainly within the United Kingdom, the United States of America and Europe. The Group acquired a number of businesses in the three years ended 31 December 2013 as disclosed in note 29.

The principal activities of the Group consist of:

 

   

Collection, processing and redistribution of market prices for credit derivatives, cash credit instruments, loans to and from financial institutions, as well as providing other credit data;

   

Provision of valuations for OTC (over the counter) derivative instruments including equity derivatives, foreign exchange derivatives, interest rate derivatives, credit derivatives and commodities derivatives to financial institutions;

   

Provision of dividend forecasting as well as index constituents information services to financial institutions;

   

Provision of a trade processing platform for OTC derivatives focusing on capture, ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) confirmations and life cycle events for financial institutions;

   

Provision of portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants;

   

Provision of design, development and hosting of customer websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry;

   

Provision of risk management solutions for the financial markets, specializing in the provision of software to calculate market and credit risk exposures;

   

Provision of post-trade connectivity, workflow and straight through processing for the foreign exchange market;

   

Provision of data, analysis and insight into short-selling and institutional fund flow across the global markets; and

   

Provision of enterprise data management software.

Markit Group Holdings Limited is a limited company incorporated and domiciled in England & Wales. The address of its registered office is 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9LY.

The financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on 13 March 2014.

Markit Ltd. was incorporated on January 16, 2014 to become the holding company of Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the closing of the initial public offering. Markit Ltd.’s financial statements will be the same as Markit Group Holdings Limited’s financial statements prior to the initial public offering after adjusting retroactively for the Markit Ltd. capital structure.

 

2.

Summary of significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied in preparing the financial statements as of 31 December 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three years ended 31 December 2013, unless otherwise stated.

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

2.1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations, collectively ‘IFRSs’. The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified to include the fair value of certain financial instruments in accordance with IFRS.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 4.

2.2 Consolidation

(a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the fair value of any equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred (see note 7).

If the business combination is achieved in stages, at the acquisition date for which control is obtained, the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value with any resulting gain or loss recorded in the consolidated income statement.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Gains and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

recognized in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(b) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions – that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

2.3 Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US Dollars ($), which is the Group’s presentation currency. The exchange rates used for the translation of the income statement and the balance sheet are as follows:

 

     2011    

2012

    2013  

STERLING

      

Income statement

     1.6034        1.5852        1.5642   

Balance sheet

     1.5541        1.6255        1.6563   

EURO

      

Income statement

     1.3918        1.2860        1.3283   

Balance sheet

     1.2981        1.3184        1.3280   

(b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income statement within ‘finance costs – net’. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within ‘other losses – net’.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign currency classified as available for sale are analyzed between translation differences resulting from changes in the amortized cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation differences related to changes in amortized cost are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and other changes in carrying amount are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets, such as equities classified as available for sale, are included in other comprehensive income.

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(c) Group companies

The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i) assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

(ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in equity.

2.4 Property, plant and equipment

All property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation.

Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to bring the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements

  -    Over the period of the lease or 5 years   

Computer equipment

  -   

3 years

  

Fixtures, fittings and equipment

  -    4 years   

Other

  -    4 years   

Assets under construction

  -   

Not depreciated

  

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within ‘other losses – net’ in the consolidated income statement.

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.5 Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interest in the acquiree.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’), or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of the CGU is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment is first allocated to goodwill. All goodwill impairment is recognized immediately as expense and not reversed subsequently.

(b) Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks

Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks comprise intellectual property, and software licenses and customer relationships acquired separately or in business combinations.

Separately acquired trademarks, technology and licenses are shown at historical cost.

Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Customer relationships acquired through business combinations are evaluated on a case by case basis, evaluating the terms of contracts such as fixed fee arrangements or flexible contracts with revenues based on transactions and volume, to determine the useful lives of each relevant asset. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of licenses over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Customer relationships

   -            10 – 18 years

Software licenses and technology

   -            2 – 12 years

Trademarks

   -            10 – 20 years

Other intangible assets

   -            3 – 20 years

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(c) Development costs

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of software products used internally and for providing services to customers are recognized as intangible assets once the project has progressed beyond the research phase and to that of application development. Intangible assets are recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

   

it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;

   

management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;

   

there is an ability to use or sell the software product;

   

it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;

   

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are available; and

   

the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of a software product include the software development employee costs, and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads and the costs of external subcontractors.

Software development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which is three years.

2.6 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

2.7 Financial assets

2.7.1 Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss (which includes derivatives held for trading), loans and receivables, and available for sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(a) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include all derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. The Group has no other financial assets held for trading.

Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within 12 months; otherwise, they are classified as non-current.

(b) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise ‘trade and other receivables’ and ‘cash and cash equivalents’ in the balance sheet (see notes 2.11 and 2.12).

(c) Available for sale financial assets

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or the Group intends to dispose of it within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

2.7.2 Recognition and measurement

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date – the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Available for sale financial assets and derivatives held for trading are subsequently carried at fair value. Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available for sale are recognized in other comprehensive income.

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity are included in the consolidated income statement.

Dividends on available for sale equity instruments are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

2.8 Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.9 Impairment of financial assets

a) Loans and receivables

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement. If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.

a) Loans and receivables (continued)

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement.

b) Assets classified as available for sale

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets classified as available for sale is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in the consolidated income statement – is removed from equity and recognized in the consolidated income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the consolidated income statement.

2.10 Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value.

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Derivatives are classified as a current or non-current asset or liability. The accounting policy for derivatives designated as hedging instruments is set out in note 2.24. The gain or loss on the revaluation of other derivatives is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement within ‘other losses - net’. The fair values of derivative instruments are disclosed in note 17.

2.11 Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business and are classified within current assets as collection is expected in one year or less.

Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

2.12 Cash and cash equivalents

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. In the consolidated balance sheet, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

2.13 Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company issues share capital which is held in escrow to settle future potential contingent consideration on past acquisitions the nominal value is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

2.14 Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Company comprise convertible loan notes that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, and the number of shares to be issued does not vary with changes in their fair value.

The liability component of a compound financial instrument is recognized initially at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is recognized initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not re-measured subsequent to initial recognition.

2.15 Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.

Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.16 Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

The share buy-back liability arising on the repurchase of shares during the year is carried at amortized cost and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method (see note 25).

2.17 Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the consolidated income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. The Group periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of temporary differences is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.18 Employee benefits

The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses, based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

2.19 Share-based payments

The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options and restricted shares) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted.

The fair value of the options or restricted shares granted is determined using trinomial option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the dividend expected on the shares, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors.

Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognized in the consolidated income statement reflects the number of vested shares or share options.

At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.20 Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue is mainly derived from selling financial data and providing pre and post-trade processing technology services. The Group also provides financial data web solutions development and maintenance services and sells software licenses and related services for risk management, enterprise data management, and pricing and financial analytics. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and when the following general revenue recognition principles are met: the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, the receipt of economic benefits are probable, costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably and where relevant, the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer.

In addition to the general principles outlined above, the following specific policies are applied:

a) Financial data, pre and post-trade processing services and development and maintenance of web solutions services

Customers are invoiced on either a subscription or volume usage basis.

For subscription invoiced arrangements, revenue is recognized over the period of the subscription on a straight line basis and once the general revenue recognition principles have been met. Subscription revenues are invoiced in advance, often on an annual or quarterly basis. Where payments are received from customers in advance, the amounts are recorded as deferred income and released when the services are rendered.

For volume usage arrangements, revenue is recognized in line with the usage in the period and when the general revenue recognition principles are met. Customers are invoiced on a monthly basis to reflect actual usage. Where amounts are invoiced in arrears, revenue is accrued accordingly.

Revenue generated from the sale of third party financial data products or services is recorded net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor and recorded gross when the Group is considered the principal in the transaction.

b) Software

The Group licenses its software on term licenses in multiple element transactions with related support services and at times, professional services. The elements of the transactions are considered to be separately identifiable if the product or service has standalone value to the customer. The amount allocated to each component is based on their relative fair value to the arrangement as a whole or based on the difference between the total arrangement value and the fair value of the undelivered component. Fair values are determined based on prices regularly charged for a component when sold separately, or, when a component is not sold separately, based on internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

The Company determines that delivery of software licenses occurs upon electronic shipment of the license key to the end user and when all the other general principles have been met.

Support services consist of software maintenance support. The Group renders software maintenance support services over the contract period, which typically ranges from 3 to 7 years.

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Professional services constitute installation and do not generally involve significant production, modification or customization of the related software. Revenue is recognized as the services are performed. Occasionally, when customization is requested by a customer, revenue is recognized for software and customization services together using the percentage-of-completion method based on contract costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated contract costs required to complete the development work. The Company assess the recoverability of these contracts on an ongoing basis.

Support services are recognized upon customer acceptance and when all the other general principles have been met.

2.21 Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets. Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance costs, are included in other long-term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated or amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

2.22 Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

2.23 Exceptional items

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the consolidated financial statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence.

In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the trading results of the group.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.24 Hedge Accounting

During the period the Group commenced hedge accounting for its Euro and Sterling forward foreign exchange contracts under the provisions of IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the contract date and are subsequently measured at their fair value at each balance sheet date. The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and the nature of the item being hedged.

At the inception of a hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and subsequently on an ongoing basis, of the effectiveness of the hedge in offsetting movements in the cash flows of the hedged items.

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow hedge, to the extent the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument arising from the hedged risk are recognized directly in equity rather than in the income statement. When the hedged item is recognized in the financial statements, the accumulated gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income are either recycled to the income statement, or if the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, are recognized as adjustments to its initial carrying amount.

During the period, all of the Group’s cash flow hedges were highly effective and there is therefore no ineffective portion recognized in profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within Other (losses)/gains – net.

The full fair value of hedging derivatives is classified as current when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

2.25 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

New and amended standards adopted by the group

The following standards have been adopted by the group for the first time for the financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and have a material impact on the Group:

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 7 - ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’, on asset and liability offsetting. This amendment includes new disclosures to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare IFRS financial statements to those that prepare financial statements in accordance with US GAAP.

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

IFRS 10 - ‘Consolidated financial statements’ builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where this is difficult to assess.

 

 

IFRS 13 - ‘Fair value measurement’, aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRSs. The requirements, which are largely aligned between IFRSs and US GAAP, do not extend the use of fair value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within IFRSs.

 

 

Amendments to IAS 36 - ‘Impairment of assets’, on the recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets. This amendment removed certain disclosures of the recoverable amount of CGUs which had been included in IAS 36 by the issue of IFRS 13. The amendment is not mandatory for the group until 1 January 2014, however the Group has decided to early adopt the amendment as of 1 January 2013.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2013, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except the following set out below:

 

 

IFRS 9 - ‘Financial instruments’, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. IFRS 9 was issued in November 2009 and October 2010. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured as at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. IFRS 9 was amended in November 2013 for hedge accounting - the classification and measurement requirements remain unchanged. The Group is yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact. The Group will also consider the impact of the remaining phases of IFRS 9 when completed by the Board.

 

 

IFRIC 21 - ‘Levies’, sets out the accounting for an obligation to pay a levy that is not income tax. The interpretation addresses what the obligating event is that gives rise to pay a levy and when should a liability be recognized. The Group is not currently subjected to significant levies so the impact on the Group is not material.

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

3.

Financial risk management

3.1 Financial risk factors

The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risks (including foreign exchange risk, market price risk and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has procedures in place that seek to limit the adverse effects on the financial performance and stability of the Group by monitoring relevant indicators.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the economic impact of certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (‘Group Treasury’) under policies approved by the directors and governed by the Chief Executive Officer. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer hedges the identified financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units.

Group Treasury provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments and investment of excess liquidity which are presented to the Chief Executive Officer for approval before their implementation.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s principal currency risk is translation risk. Translation risk or exposure arises from the fact that the financial records of certain Group subsidiaries are maintained in local currency. The Group’s US Dollar-denominated consolidated financial statements can be affected by changes in the relative value of those local currencies against the US Dollar.

In addition, the Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise from transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities. Foreign exchange risk arises from the future settlement of recognized assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entities’ functional currency.

The approved foreign exchange risk policy is to hedge Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar exchange rate risk at a Group level using a mixture of forward foreign exchange contracts and plain vanilla derivative contracts.

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

For Sterling and Euro foreign exchange risk management, the policy is to hedge a proportion of exposure to forecast consolidated Sterling and Euro revenue (2012: 90% of EBITDA) on a rolling 15 month basis. For Canadian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Singapore Dollar foreign exchange risk management the policy is to hedge 100% of consolidated operating expenditure exposure for 15 months starting from 1 January following the annual budget process.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is not hedged as the Group has no current intentions to reduce its investments in any overseas entities.

At 31 December 2013, if the Euro had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $1.6m higher/lower (2012: $10.5m, 2011: $7.7m). The impact on equity would have been $5.5m higher/lower (2012: $5.6m, 2011: $4.2m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

At 31 December 2013, if Sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $8.2m higher/lower (2012: $7.4m, 2011: $5.7m). The impact on equity would have been $1.6m higher/lower (2012: $0.7m, 2011: $1.7m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

Changes to exchange rate fluctuations in respect of other currencies would not significantly impact the Group’s results.

(ii) Market price risk

The Group is not exposed to significant market price risk as it holds no listed investments, and has no investment trading activity.

(iii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk (see note 25).

As at 31 December 2013 the Group held borrowings with a floating rate of interest totaling $268.0m (2012: $240.5m, 2011:$nil). If interest rates on floating rate borrowings had been 100 basis points higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the year would have been $3.2m lower/higher (2012: $2.8m, 2011: $0.7m).

As at 31 December 2013 the Group held no borrowings (2012: $nil, 2011: $210m of convertible loan notes) with a fixed rate of interest.

Any future potential interest rate risk exposure as a result of new long-term borrowings will be assessed for the impact of a shift in interest rates over the expected term of the borrowings and if considered material a potential exposure to interest rate movement will be hedged using the appropriate financial instruments approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Credit risk

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The directors believe that such risk is limited, as the Group’s customer base primarily consists of large financial institutions. The amount of exposure to any individual counterparty is actively monitored and assessed by management.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only government backed institutions or independently rated parties with a minimum long term investment grade rating of single ‘A’ are accepted. At 31 December 2013 cash and cash equivalents were held with three (2012: two, 2011: two) independent financial institutions. For customers, the Group assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal ratings in accordance with limits approved by the Management Committee.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings (if available) or to historical information about counterparty default rates. As at 31 December 2013 52% (2012: 53%, 2011: 53%) of the Group’s counterparty risk is with larger institutions which have an external credit rating of investment grade or better. The remaining counterparties are closely monitored and have strict trading limits. Of these counterparties 78% (2012: 80%, 2011: 90%) are with customers with whom the Group has a trading relationship for more than 12 months and with no significant history of default. The credit quality of financial assets in the comparative periods was not significantly different from the current period.

(c) Liquidity risk

The Group’s management reviews liquidity issues on an ongoing basis and the Group actively maintains a mixture of long term and short term debt finance at competitive interest rates that is designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds for operations. On-going business is cash flow generative and excess liquidity when not being used to reduce debt is invested short term at competitive yields with approved investment grade institutions.

Cash flow forecasting is performed monthly by the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group Treasury on a rolling 12 month basis. Group Treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance sheet ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirements.

Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above the balance required for working capital management are transferred to Group Treasury. Group Treasury invests surplus cash in interest bearing current accounts, time deposits, money market deposits choosing appropriate maturities or

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient headroom as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts. At the reporting date, the Group held short term deposits and cash of $75.3m (2012: $110.2m, 2011: $148.3m) that are expected to readily generate cash for managing liquidity risk.

The table below analyzes the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, except for derivatives for which fair values are disclosed:

 

As at 31 December 2013

   Less than 6
months
     Between 6
months and
1 year
     Between 1
and 5 years
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m  

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     51.5         51.5         487.5   

Finance lease liabilities

     -         -         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     3.9         4.2         0.3   

Trade and other payables

     194.6         4.0         29.6   

 

As at 31 December 2012

  

Less than 6
months

$’m

    

Between 6
months and
1 year

$’m

     Between 1
and 5 years
$’m
 

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     66.5         51.5         563.0   

Finance lease liabilities

     -         -         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     0.8         0.4         0.2   

Trade and other payables

     167.1         38.2         36.1   

 

As at 31 December 2011

  

Less than 6
months

$’m

    

Between 6
months and
1 year

$’m

     Between 1
and 5 years
$’m
 

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     210.0         -         15.0   

Finance lease liabilities

     0.4         0.4         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     0.1         0.1         -   

Trade and other payables

     122.1         5.7         74.8   

The Group does not anticipate any significant liquidity risks to arise from the repayments scheduled above.

3.2 Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including ‘current

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

and non-current borrowings’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratio as at 31 December 2013 was 20% (2012: 22%, 2011: 4%).

The Group considered that the gearing ratio is appropriate to the current requirements of the Group.

3.3 Fair value estimation

Except for foreign currency derivatives, available for sale financial assets and contingent consideration in respect of past acquisitions the Group holds no financial instruments carried at fair value. Foreign currency derivatives are valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1). The fair value of available for sale financial assets and contingent consideration is based on the Group’s estimates (Level 3), the inputs for which are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). There have been no reclassifications between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the current or prior years.

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2013:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
Assets    $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Available for sale financial assets

     -         -         -         -   

Derivatives used for hedging

     1.2         -         -         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1.2         -         -         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     -         -         33.6         33.6   

Derivatives used for hedging

     8.4         -         -         8.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8.4         -         33.6         42.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.4 Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

 

     2013  
     $’m  

Balance at 1 January

     72.1   

Fair value gains on contingent consideration - recognized within acquisition related items

     (1.8)   

Unwind of discount – recognized within finance costs

  

Settlement

     (37.7)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

     33.6   
  

 

 

 

The Group had contingent consideration as at 31 December 2013 of $33.6m (2012: $72.1m) arising following the acquisitions of:

 

   

Storm, ClearPar and LoanSERV – Contingent consideration is $12.5m (2012: $48.1m) which is payable based on future revenue, of which a 5% change in forecast revenue would cause an

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

increase of $0.7m in contingent consideration. As a result, there is not expected to be any significant change in estimate based on a change in key assumptions.

 

   

Securities Hub – Contingent consideration relating to the 2009 acquisition of $21.1m (2012: $22.4m) reflects future discounts against an annual subscription to the Securities Hub service together with a capped revenue share agreement payable as new customers are signed up to the service.

 

   

Logicscope Limited – Contingent consideration at 31 December 2013 is based on 2013 revenue. Based on actual 2013 revenue, no contingent consideration is expected to be paid (2012: $1.6m).

 

4.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

(a) Business combinations

The Group is highly acquisitive and accordingly there are a number specific areas in which the Group relies on estimates and is required to exercise judgment. Specifically these include:

(i) Valuation of contingent consideration

Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the acquired businesses, including revenue and EBITDA. The best estimate of the amount payable is assessed at the time of acquisition. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed at each reporting date to reflect current forecasts and estimates. Determining the fair value requires estimates of the future performance metrics of the businesses acquired. See note 3.4 for further detail.

(ii) Valuation of intangible assets on acquisition

The identification and valuation of separable intangible assets acquired as part of the business combination requires judgment and the use of estimates to determine the expected future cash flows from the separately identified intangible assets (see note 2.5b).

(iii) Goodwill impairment testing

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates as described in note 14. The impact of changes in assumptions used in testing for impairment of goodwill is disclosed in note 14.

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Internally developed intangibles

The Group has applied its judgment in determining which development projects meet the criteria for capitalization in IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ (see note 2.5c) and the point at which capitalization should commence on those development projects. The carrying value of development costs capitalized is disclosed in note 14, as ‘Internally developed intangibles’.

The Group has applied its judgment in determining and reviewing the useful economic lives of these assets on a regular basis. The basis of these estimates includes the timing of technological obsolescence, competitive pressures, historical experience and internal business plans for the software. Future results could be affected if management’s current assessment of its software projects differs from actual performance.

(c) Revenue recognition

As described in note 2.20, the Company exercises judgment in determining whether the components of multiple element transactions are identifiable products or services that have standalone value to the customer. In this determination, management considers the transaction from the customer’s perspective and among other factors; management assesses whether the service or good is sold separately by the Company in the normal course of business or whether the customer could purchase the service or good separately.

The Company also uses estimates and exercises judgment in its determination of the fair value of each component in a multiple element transaction in order to allocate the arrangement value to the components. As evidence of the component’s fair value, management looks to the price regularly charged for the component when sold separately, or when a component is not sold separately, management looks to internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

(d) Valuation of Company’s shares

The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its shares have historically been performed on a quarterly basis with the assistance of an external valuation firm based on information provided to them by the Company. The Company’s shares are valued using a combination of capitalized earnings approach, more commonly known as price-earnings, based on peer company multiples, a discounted cash flow valuation based on the Group’s expectations of future performance and the price at which the Company’s shares have most recently been transacted in an arms’ length transaction.

The Company considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair values of the Company’s shares including, but not limited to, recent business performance and, where relevant, revisions to future business performance, the market performance of comparable companies based on equivalent size and industry and their relative price-earnings multiples. The Company also considers the relative illiquidity of the Company’s shares given they are not publicly traded and accordingly applies a discount to the valuation to take into consideration this illiquidity.

The valuation of the Company’s shares is relevant to the calculation of the Group’s share-based compensation (see note 21).

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(e) Income taxes

The Company calculates an income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. However, actual amounts of income tax expense only become final upon filing and acceptance of the tax return by the relevant authorities, which occurs subsequent to the issuance of the financial statements. Additionally, estimation of income taxes includes evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the ability to use the underlying future tax deductions before they expire against future taxable income. The assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of future taxable income. To the extent estimates differ from the final tax return, earnings would be affected in a subsequent period.

The Company’s 2013 effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 30.2% (2012: 21.8%, 2011: 24.5%). A 1% increase in the effective income tax rate would have increased 2013 income tax expense by approximately $2.1m (2012: $2.0m, 2011: $2.1m).

 

5.

Operating segmental information

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. Management has determined the operating segments based on the information received by the CEO for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

The CEO considers the performance of the business primarily from the perspective of groups of similar products.

The CEO assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses - net and stock compensation charge (Adjusted EBITDA).

This measure excludes the effects of charges or income from the operating segments such as restructuring costs, legal expenses and goodwill impairments when those items result from an isolated event. The measure also excludes the effects of equity-settled share-based payments and foreign exchange gains / losses.

Finance costs are not allocated to segments as this type of activity is driven by the Group treasury function which manages the financing position of the Group.

Central costs are allocated to segments based on various metrics, including revenue and headcount, reflecting the nature of the costs incurred.

Our operating segments are as follows:

Information : Our Information division provides global financial information comprising indices, pricing, reference data and analytics across asset classes and markets. Our information products and services are used for independent valuations, trading, liquidity, and risk assessments allowing our customers to comply with relevant regulatory, reporting, and risk management requirements. Revenues are generated from a combination of license fees and fees for services provided including consultancy.

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Processing : Our Processing division, offers a global trade processing solution for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives across multiple asset classes and syndicated loans. Our processing services enable buy-side and sell-side financial institutions to optimize workflow efficiency and comply with regulations. Revenue is principally generated via transaction based fees.

Solutions : Our Solutions division provides customized front-to-back technology platforms and managed services, delivering complex functions with simplicity and dependability. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services participants, help capture and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. Revenue is largely generated via term based subscription or license fees.

Segmental

     Note   

Year ended

31

December

2011

    

Year ended

31

December

2012

    

Year ended

31
December
2013

 
                           
          $’m         $m         $’m     
Revenue            

- Information

        373.4            431.3            459.6      

- Processing

        227.3            238.8            265.3      

- Solutions

        161.8            190.5            223.0      
     

 

 

 

Total

                    762.5            860.6            947.9      
     

 

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA 1            

- Information

        174.5            214.5            217.2      

- Processing

        128.8            124.5            138.1      

- Solutions

        56.2            67.6            77.5      

- Non-controlling interests

        (54.5)           (48.4)           (11.5)     
     

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA 1

        305.0            358.2            421.3      

Reconciliation to the consolidated income statement:

           

- Exceptional items

   6      (11.6)           (40.3)           (60.6)     

- Acquisition related items

   7      (4.8)           (0.9)           1.4      

- Depreciation and amortization

   13/14      (62.7)           (66.7)           (86.0)     

- Amortization – acquisition related

   14      (34.4)           (46.2)           (50.1)     

- Share-based compensation

        (11.7)           (16.2)           (8.1)     

- Other gains/(losses) – net

   9      (4.6)           (11.6)           0.7      

- Finance Costs

   10      (22.9)           (28.9)           (19.4)     

- Non-controlling interests

        54.5            48.4            11.5      
     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

        206.8            195.8            210.7      
     

 

 

 

1 Represents segment earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses – net, share-based compensation and less Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Geographical

    

Year ended  

31 December  

2011  

    

Year ended  

31 December  
2012  

    

Year ended  

31 December  
2013  

 
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Revenue – by geography

        

- United States of America

     360.8           414.2           473.4     

- European Union

     341.8           371.5           382.1     

- Other

     59.9           74.9           92.4     
  

 

 

 
     762.5           860.6           947.9     
  

 

 

 

Non-current assets – by geography

        

- United States of America

     1,062.2           1,028.3           996.4     

- European Union

     1,201.0           1,715.9           1,714.9     

- Other

     63.2           66.1           69.1     
  

 

 

 
             2,326.4                   2,810.3           2,780.4     
  

 

 

 

No individual customer accounts for more than 10% of group revenue.

 

6.

Exceptional items

 

    

Year ended  

31 December  

    

Year ended  

31 December  

    

Year ended  

31 December  

 
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    
        

Impairment of intangible assets

     -           8.9           53.5     

Legal advisory costs

     6.1           6.4           6.3     

Indirect taxes

     -           -           5.0     

Profit on disposal of available for sale financial asset

     -           -           (4.2)    

Platform migration

     -           21.4           -     

IFRS conversion costs

     -           1.8           -     

Restructuring costs

     7.8           1.8           -     

Fair value gains on disposal

     (2.3)           -           -     
  

 

 

 
                 11.6                       40.3                       60.6     

Exceptional items are considered by management to constitute items that are significant either because of their size, nature or incidence of occurrence and are presented on the face of the income statement. The separate reporting of exceptional items is set out below to provide an understanding of the Group’s underlying performance.

Impairment of intangible assets includes the goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment charges in 2013 which arose in the BOAT, Markit Hub and MOD CGU’s (see note 14). A goodwill impairment charge of $8.9m in 2012 arose in the Data Analytics & Research CGU. Impairments are considered exceptional on the basis of size and their infrequent occurrence.

Legal advisory costs are associated with ongoing anti-trust investigations by both the US Department of Justice, European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits relating to the credit derivatives and related markets. These costs have been classified as exceptional due to the complexity

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

and individual nature of these related cases along with the size of the costs being incurred. These cases represent an industry wide issue and consequently are not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

Indirect taxes represent the anticipated cost in connection with the settlement of a one time indirect tax exposure.

The profit on disposal of available for sale financial assets relates to the gain realized on the sale of an investment (see note 16), which due to its size and one off occurrence has been classified as exceptional.

Platform migration relates to significant one off costs incurred in migrating customers of ClearPar, Storm and LoanServ to an integrated platform enabling loan settlement and transaction processing.

The IFRS conversion costs relates to audit, advisory and tax fees associated with the conversion of the Group’s 2011 financial statements as the Group transitioned from UK GAAP as of 1 January 2009.

Restructuring costs comprise costs associated with a review of the Group’s global cost structure including an employee reduction program completed in 2011, together with premises exit costs following a global property review. The breadth and size of these specific reviews mean they have been classified as exceptional.

Fair value gains on disposal represents the profit on disposal of certain assets made in June 2011, which due to its size and one time occurrence has been classified as exceptional.

 

7.

Acquisition related items

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Acquisition costs

     2.6           3.6           0.4     

Fair value gains on contingent consideration

     2.2           (2.7)          (1.8)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
              4.8                    0.9           (1.4)    
        
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition costs primarily relate to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to completed acquisitions.

Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration relates to the re-assessment of the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions (see note 3.4).

 

8.

Operating expenses

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Personnel costs

     242.1           272.1           307.3     

Operating lease payments

     12.8           14.4           15.5     

Technology costs

     66.7           79.6           86.2     

Subcontractors and professional fees

     38.3           39.6           40.1     

Other expenses

     43.1           48.3           66.0     
  

 

 

 
              403.0                    454.0           515.1     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The operating expenses above exclude exceptional items (see note 6), acquisition related items (see note 7), other losses – net (see note 9), share-based compensation, depreciation on property, plant and equipment (see note 13) and amortization of intangible assets (see note 14).

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Services provided by the Company’s auditor:

        
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements      0.1           0.2           0.3     

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services to the Group

        

- The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

     1.1           1.2           1.2     
  

 

 

 

Total audit fees

     1.2           1.4           1.5     

Audit related assurance services

     -           -           0.1     

Other services

     0.1           1.3           0.8     
  

 

 

 
     1.3           2.7           2.4     
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Other (losses)/gains - net

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Foreign exchange forward contracts:

        

- Held for trading (see note 17)

     1.0           (1.5)           3.9     

Net foreign exchange losses

     (5.6)          (10.1)           (3.2)    
  

 

 

 

Other (losses)/gains - net

     (4.6)          (11.6)           0.7     
  

 

 

 

The Group holds forward exchange contracts to economically hedge the foreign exchange risk of certain future payables and receivables.

 

10.

Finance costs - net

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Finance costs:

        

- Interest on bank borrowings

     3.1           5.1           6.5     

- Interest on convertible loan notes

     10.5           5.2           -     

- Unwind of discount

     8.9           9.3           12.4     

- Interest on finance lease liabilities

     0.2           -           -     

- Other

     0.3           9.5           0.8     
  

 

 

 
     23.0           29.1           19.7     
  

 

 

 

Finance income:

        

- Interest income on short-term bank deposits

     (0.1)           (0.2)           (0.3)     
  

 

 

 
     (0.1)           (0.2)           (0.3)     
  

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

 

Finance costs

     22.9           28.9           19.4     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Other finance costs in 2012 include an $8.2m issue cost associated with the Group’s new $800m four-year multi-revolving club facility and includes arrangement and legal fees.

 

11.

Income tax expense

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                   2012                   2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Current tax:

        

Current tax on profits for the year

     35.3            50.8            78.1      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (6.0)           (2.0)           (2.7)     
  

 

 

 

Total current tax

     29.3            48.8            75.4      
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax:

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     18.1            (4.6)           (1.1)     

Impact of change in tax rate

     1.1            (1.6)           (5.0)     

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     2.1            0.1            (5.6)     
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax

     21.3            (6.1)           (11.7)     
  

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     50.6            42.7                     63.7      
  

 

 

 

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard tax rate applicable to profits of the Company as follows:

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                   2012                   2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Profit before income tax

     206.8            195.8            210.7      
        

Tax using the corporate rate of 23.25% (2012: 24.5%, 2011: 26.5%)

     54.8            48.0            49.0      

Tax effect of non-deductible items and exempt income

     (4.6)           (13.2)           9.0      

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

     3.2            8.9            19.0      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (3.9)           (1.9)           (8.3)     

Deferred tax not recognized

     -            2.5            -      

Effect of change in tax rates on deferred tax balances

     1.1            (1.6)           (5.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     50.6            42.7                     63.7      
  

 

 

 

The UK corporation tax rate changed from 24% to 23% from 1 April 2013. Accordingly the Group’s profits for 2013 are taxed at an effective rate of 23.25%. The reductions in the UK corporation tax rate to 21% from 1 April 2014 and to 20% from 1 April 2015 were substantively enacted on 2 July 2013 and have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax at the year end.

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The income tax charged/(credited) directly to equity during the year is as follows:

 

     Year ended 31 December    
     2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Current tax recognized directly in equity on share-based compensation

     (2.7)           -           (2.7)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on share-based compensation

     (0.7)           8.7           0.4     

Current tax recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests

     -           -           (4.5)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests

     -           -           (64.9)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on derivative financial instruments

     -           -           (2.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total tax recognized directly in equity

     (3.4)           8.7           (73.7)     
  

 

 

 

The tax credit recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests of $64.9m relates to the initial recognition of a deferred tax asset on goodwill arising on the acquisition of the remaining 50% membership interest in MarkitSERV, LLC (see note 30).

 

12.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

 

     Year ended 31 December    
     2011                         2012                         2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Profit attributable to equity holders

     125.8           125.0           139.4     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic

     17,892,921           17,771,624           17,387,598     
  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     7.03           7.03           8.02     
  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has one category of dilutive potential ordinary shares, namely share-based compensation. A calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the appraised value of the Company’s outstanding shares for the period) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the stock options. The number of shares calculated above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the stock options.

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

     Year ended 31 December    
                     2011                        2012                        2013    
                      

Profit attributable to equity holders

     125.8           125.0           139.4     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic

     17,892,921           17,771,624           17,387,598     
  

 

 

 

Adjustments for:

        

Share-based compensation

        

  -  Dilutive share options

     155,073           131,577           103,209     

  -  Dilutive restricted shares

     125,089           98,811           64,269     
  

 

 

 

Weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding - diluted

     18,173,083           18,002,012           17,555,076     
        
  

 

 

 
Diluted earnings per share    $ 6.92           6.94           7.94     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

13.

Property, plant and equipment

 

    Leasehold   
     improvements   
    Computer   
 equipment   
    Fixtures,   
 fittings and   
equipment   
    Assets   
under   
construction   
              Total     
    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     
COST          

Balance at 1 January 2011

    6.6           46.6           6.3           14.9           74.4      

Acquisitions

    0.3           0.5           0.2           -           1.0      

Additions

    0.4           11.7           0.2           5.6           17.9      

Transfer

    15.1           0.6           3.9           (19.6)          -      

Disposals

    -           -           (0.3)          -           (0.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           (0.6)          -           (0.1)          (0.7)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     22.4           58.8           10.3           0.8           92.3      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    22.4           58.8           10.3           0.8           92.3      

Acquisitions

    0.2           0.2           -           -           0.4      

Additions

    1.5           14.6           0.9           10.9           27.9      

Transfer

    7.2           0.9           0.9           (9.0)          -      

Disposals

    (0.3)          (0.1)          -           -           (0.4)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     0.1           0.8           -           (0.1)          0.8      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     31.1           75.2           12.1           2.6           121.0      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    31.1           75.2           12.1           2.6           121.0      

Additions

    1.2           23.5           0.9           9.4           35.0      

Transfer

    7.1           0.5           2.2           (9.8)          -      

Disposals

    (2.6)          (0.9)          (0.2)          -           (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    (0.3)          0.9           -           -           0.6      

Balance at 31 December 2013

    36.5           99.2           15.0           2.2           152.9      
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION          

Balance at 1 January 2011

    2.5           27.3           3.8           -           33.6      

Depreciation for the year

    2.4           14.3           2.0           -           18.7      

Disposals

    -           -           (0.3)          -           (0.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           (0.6)          -           -           (0.6)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     4.9           41.0           5.5           -           51.4      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

    Leasehold   
     improvements   
    Computer   
 equipment   
    Fixtures,   
 fittings and   
equipment   
    Assets   
under   
construction   
              Total     
    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January 2012

    4.9           41.0           5.5           -           51.4      

Depreciation for the year

    3.0           14.1           2.2           -           19.3      

Disposals

    (0.1)          -           -           -           (0.1)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           0.6           -           -           0.6      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     7.8           55.7           7.7           -           71.2      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    7.8           55.7           7.7           -           71.2      

Depreciation for the year

    4.0           15.6           2.6           -           22.2      

Disposals

    (2.6)          (0.9)          (0.2)          -           (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    0.1           0.7           0.1           -           0.9      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    9.3           71.1           10.2           -           90.6      
 

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE          

At 31 December 2011

    17.5           17.8           4.8           0.8           40.9      

At 31 December 2012

    23.3           19.5           4.4           2.6           49.8      
 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

    27.2           28.1           4.8           2.2           62.3      
 

 

 

 

Assets under construction mainly represent leasehold improvements.

Computer equipment, fixtures, fittings and equipment and other includes $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $0.4m) where the Group is a lessee under a finance lease. Previously the Group leased certain equipment under non-cancellable finance lease agreements. The lease terms are between one and four years, and ownership of the assets lie within the Group.

The depreciation charge to the consolidated income statement in the year in respect of such assets amounted to $nil (2012: $0.4m, 2011: $2.4m).

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

14.

Intangible assets

 

     Goodwill       

Acquired   

intangibles -   
Customer   
relationships   

   

Acquired   

 intangibles   

 - Other   

    Internally   
developed   
 intangibles   
    Other   
intangible   
assets   
           Total     
COST   $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January 2011

    1,835.3           276.6           75.4           60.5           97.0           2,344.8      

Additions

    -           -           -           56.2           8.2           64.4      

Acquisitions

    63.5           33.8           15.0           -           -           112.3      

Disposals

    -           -           -           -           (4.9)          (4.9)     
Effects of movements in exchange rates     (0.6)          -           (1.3)          (0.4)          0.5           (1.8)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     1,898.2           310.4           89.1           116.3           100.8           2,514.8      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    1,898.2           310.4           89.1           116.3           100.8           2,514.8      

Additions

    -           -           -           58.2           9.3           67.5      

Acquisitions

    302.8           137.1           54.0           -           -           493.9      
Effects of movements in exchange rates     9.6           4.7           1.7           1.0           1.7           18.7      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     2,210.6           452.2           144.8           175.5           111.8           3,094.9      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    2,210.6           452.2           144.8           175.5           111.8           3,094.9      

Additions

    -           -           -           80.3           20.2           100.5      

Acquisitions

    3.2           9.1           1.7           -           -           14.0      

Disposals

    -           -           -           (0.8)          (0.1)          (0.9)     

Effects of movements in exchange rates

    6.2           2.7           2.3           2.3           0.5           14.0      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    2,220.0           464.0           148.8           257.3           132.4           3,222.5      
 

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION AND IMPAIRMENT

           

Balance at 1 January 2011

    28.7           21.8           13.8           25.5           65.6           155.4      

Amortization

    -           20.9           12.2           23.1           22.2           78.4      

Impairment

    -           -           -           -           (3.3)          (3.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           -           -           (0.3)          (0.9)          (1.2)     
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

    28.7           42.7           26.0           48.3           83.6           229.3      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    28.7           42.7           26.0           48.3           83.6           229.3      

Amortization

    -           30.9           15.3           37.4           10.0           93.6      

Impairment

    8.9           -           -           -           -           8.9      
Effect of movements in exchange rates     0.1           -           -           0.1           2.4           2.6      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     37.7           73.6           41.3           85.8           96.0           334.4      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    37.7           73.6           41.3           85.8           96.0           334.4      

Amortization

    -           35.1           15.0           53.8           10.0           113.9      

Impairment

    51.1           1.8           -           0.4           0.2           53.5      

Disposals

    -           -           -           (0.8)          (0.1)          (0.9)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    (0.1)          0.9           0.3           1.5           1.2           3.8      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    88.7           111.4           56.6           140.7           107.3           504.7      
 

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE            

At 31 December 2011

    1,869.5           267.7           63.1           68.0           17.2           2,285.5      

At 31 December 2012

    2,172.9           378.6           103.5           89.7           15.8           2,760.5      
 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

    2,131.3           352.6           92.2           116.6           25.1           2,717.8      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Finance lease agreements

Included within intangible assets is $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $2.7m) relating to assets held under finance lease agreements. The amortization charged to the financial statements in the year in respect of such assets amounted to $nil (2012: $2.7m, 2011: $2.3m).

Impairment tests for goodwill

The Group reviews the business performance based on cash generating units (‘CGUs’) or groups of CGUs which are based on product types. Goodwill is monitored by the Group at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

Goodwill considered significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of such assets has been allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs as follows:

 

CGU group   Segment    

31  

    December  
2012  

        Additions         Impairment       Foreign  
    Exchange  
   

31  

    December  
2013  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -           -           950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -           -           113.2     

EDM

    Solutions        145.1          -          -           2.8           147.9     

MarkitClear

    Processing        82.4          -          -           -           82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        140.4          -          -           0.2           140.6     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          (20.0)          -           84.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        31.9          -          -           -           31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -           -           91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -           -           215.0     

Securities Finance

    Information        168.3          -          -           3.3           171.6     

Other

    Various        130.5          3.2          (31.1)          -           102.6     
   

 

 

 

Total

      2,172.9          3.2          (51.1)          6.3           2,131.3     
   

 

 

 
CGU group   Segment    

31  

December  
2011  

    Additions       Impairment       Foreign  
Exchange  
   

31  

December  
2012  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -           -           950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -           -           113.2     

EDM

    Solutions        -          137.4          -           7.7           145.1     

MarkitClear

    Processing        82.4          -          -           -           82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        140.4          -          -           -           140.4     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          -           -           104.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        31.9          -          -           -           31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -           -           91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -           -           215.0     

Securities Finance

    Information        -          165.4          -           2.9           168.3     

Other

    Various        140.5          -          (8.9)          (1.1)          130.5     
   

 

 

 

Total

      1,869.5          302.8          (8.9)          9.5           2,172.9     
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

CGU group   Segment    

31  

    December  
2010  

        Additions         Impairment       Foreign  
    Exchange  
   

31  

    December  
2011  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -          -          950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -          -          113.2     

MarkitClear

    Processing        72.3          10.1          -          -          82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        127.8          12.6          -          -          140.4     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          -          -          104.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        -          31.9          -          -          31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -          -          91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -          -          215.0     

Other

    Various        132.2          8.9          -          (0.6)          140.5     
   

 

 

 

Total

      1,806.6          63.5          -          (0.6)          1,869.5     
   

 

 

 

The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations.

These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. As required by IAS 36, the growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for similar business in which the CGU operates.

Management determined budgeted margin based on past performance and its expectations of market development.

The key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations are as follows:

 

        2011     2012     2013  
CGU group   Segment       Discount  
rate  
        Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
        Discount  
rate  
    Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
        Discount  
rate  
    Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
 

Core information

  Information     13%          1.2%          12%          1.3%          11%          1.2%     

Indices

  Information     15%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

EDM

  Information     -          -          14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%     

MarkitClear

  Processing     16%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          14%          2.5%     

MarkitSERV

  Processing     14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

MOD

  Solutions     17%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          13%          2.5%     

Risk Analytics

  Solutions     17%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

Core solutions

  Solutions     14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          11%          2.5%     

WSO solutions

  Solutions     15%          2.5%          14%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

Securities Finance

  Solutions     -          -          12%          2.5%          11%          2.5%     

Other

  Various     15%          2.5%          14%          2.3%          13%          2.5%     

The perpetual growth rates used are consistent with economic reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant CGU.

Certain goodwill balances have been apportioned across multiple CGU’s, specifically the acquisitions of Markit Group Limited in 2007 (Core) and WSO in 2008. This reflects the allocation of identified CGU’s acquired in these transactions to different segments. The allocation of goodwill has been made based upon forecast cash flows at the date of acquisition. The goodwill recognized upon the acquisition of Markit Group Limited was $1,046.6m, which has been allocated across the following

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

CGUs: Core Information ($950.1m), Core Solutions ($91.7m) and Other ($4.8m). The goodwill recognized upon the acquisition of WSO was $267.5m, which has been allocated to the following CGUs: WSO Solutions ($215.0m) and Other ($52.5m).

Impairment charge arising in 2013

An impairment charge was recognized in the BOAT CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and servicing a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform). Following the decision to close the business, management have concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $12.7m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.2m was recognized in the Markit Hub CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and providing a centralized interface for managing research content). Taking account of a reduced commercial outlook for this product, management have concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $18.4m and of other intangibles assets of $1.8m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.0m was recognized in the MOD CGU group to write down carrying value to its value in use. This reflects higher costs being incurred in developing and delivering solutions to clients due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, which has reduced expectations for improvements in profit margins. A 1% increase in the discount rate would have the effect of increasing the impairment recorded by $12.6m. MOD provides web design, development and hosting services in the Solutions operating segment.

Impairment review

The value in use for all other CGU or CGU groups was in excess of its carrying value. The excess ranged from 30% to 1,800% of the carrying value of the applicable CGU or CGU group.

The principal assumption underlying the value in use calculations is considered to be pre-tax cash flows, given this, sensitivity analysis has been performed to calculate the reduction in pre-tax cash flows which would eliminate the headroom. This analysis identified:

 

   

In MarkitSERV, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 32%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 24% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

   

In Risk Analytics, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 51%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 34% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

   

In Securities Finance, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 30%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 23% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

Based on sensitivity analysis of the other assumptions of the value in use calculations for these CGUs no other reasonably possible assumption would cause the carrying value of the CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. Across the remaining CGUs there is no factor which is considered reasonably possible that would lead to an excess of carrying value over recoverable amount.

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

15.

Financial instruments by category

 

Balance at 31 December 2013                            
     Loans and
receivables
    

Assets at fair
value through

the profit and
loss

     Available for
sale
         Total    
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    

Assets as per balance sheet

           

Derivative financial instruments

     -         1.2         -         1.2     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

     156.7         -         -         156.7     

Cash and cash equivalents

     75.3         -         -         75.3     
  

 

 

 
     232.0         1.2         -         233.2     
  

 

 

 
           

Liabilities at

fair value

through the

profit and loss

    

Other financial
liabilities at
amortized

cost

         Total    
            $’m      $’m      $’m    

Liabilities as per balance sheet

           

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

        -         574.6         574.6     

Derivative financial instruments

        8.4         -         8.4     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

        33.6         194.6         228.2     
     

 

 

 
        42.0         769.2         811.2     
     

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012                          
    Loans and
receivables
    Assets at fair
value through
the profit and
loss
     Available for
sale
         Total    
    $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m    
Assets as per balance sheet          

Available for sale financial assets

    -        -         2.8         2.8     

Derivative financial instruments

    -        0.1         -         0.1     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

    134.6        -         -         134.6     

Cash and cash equivalents

    110.2        -         -         110.2     
 

 

 

 
    244.8        0.1         2.8         247.7     
 

 

 

 
          Liabilities at
fair value
through the
profit and loss
     Other
financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
     Total    
          $’m      $’m      $’m    
Liabilities as per balance sheet          

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

      -         653.7         653.7     

Derivative financial instruments

      1.4         -         1.4     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

      72.1         169.3         241.4     
   

 

 

 
      73.5         823.0         896.5     
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011           
    Loans and
receivables
     Assets at fair
value through
the profit and
loss
     Available for
sale
         Total    
    $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    
Assets as per balance sheet           

Available for sale financial assets

    -        -         1.0         1.0     

Derivative financial instruments

    -        0.4         -         0.4     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

    122.6         3.9         -         126.5     

Cash and cash equivalents

    148.3         -         -         148.3     
 

 

 

 
    270.9         4.3         1.0         276.2     
 

 

 

 
           Liabilities at
fair value
through the
profit and loss
     Other
financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
     Total    
           $’m      $’m      $’m    
Liabilities as per balance sheet           

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

       -         221.4         221.4     

Finance lease liabilities

       -         0.8         0.8     

Derivative financial instruments

       0.2         -         0.2     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

       78.6         124.0         202.6     
    

 

 

 
       78.8         346.2         425.0     
    

 

 

 

The following financial assets are subject to offsetting:

 

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets
set-off in
the balance
sheet

    

Net
amounts
of
financial
assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet

    

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

        
              Financial
instruments
     Cash
collateral
received
     Net
amount
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Trade receivables

                 

At 31 December 2013

     153.0         (3.6)         149.4         -         -         149.4   

At 31 December 2012

     140.0         (3.3)         136.7         -         -         136.7   

At 31 December 2011

     82.9         (2.0)         80.9         -         -         80.9   

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The following financial liabilities are subject to offsetting:

 

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities
set-off in
the
balance
sheet

    

Net
amounts of
financial
liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet

    

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

        
              Financial
instruments
     Cash
collateral
received
     Net
amount
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Trade payables

                 

At 31 December 2013

     (13.0)         3.6         (9.4)         -         -         (9.4)   

At 31 December 2012

     (11.9)         3.3         (8.6)         -         -         (8.6)   

At 31 December 2011

     (3.4)         2.0         (1.4)         -         -         (1.4)   

 

16.

Available for sale financial assets

 

     Balance at 31 December       
     2011        2012        2013     
     $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January

     1.0           1.0           2.8      

Fair value gain

     -           1.8           2.4      

Disposal

     -           -           (5.2)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

     1.0           2.8           -      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale financial assets comprised unlisted securities and were all denominated in US Dollars.

 

17.

Derivative financial instruments

 

     Balance at 31 December      
Assets    2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     0.4           0.1           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.4           0.1           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: non-current portion

     -           -           0.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     0.4           0.1           0.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2011        2012        2013    
Liabilities    $’m        $’m        $’m    

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     0.2           1.4           8.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.2           1.4           8.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: non-current portion

     -           0.2           0.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     0.2           1.2           8.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trading derivatives are classified as an asset or liability. The movement in fair value which is recognized in the consolidated income statement amounts to a gain of $3.9m (2012: loss of $1.5m, 2011: gain of $1.0m) (see note 9).

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts were:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011         2012         2013     
Currency    $’m         $’m         $’m     

Sterling (sold forward)

     (63.5)           (82.5)           (130.5)     

Euro (sold forward)

     (13.3)           (20.5)           (27.1)     

Indian Rupee bought forward

     8.1            13.3            18.7      

Singapore Dollar bought forward

     8.0            11.7            16.3      

Canadian Dollar bought forward

     11.8            13.5            12.1      

 

18.

Trade and other receivables

 

     Balance at 31 December     
     2011         2012         2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Trade receivables

     80.9            136.7            149.4      

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

     (2.8)           (2.1)           (4.0)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables - net

     78.1            134.6            145.4      

Prepayments and accrued income

     45.4            51.4            74.5      

Other receivables

     10.4            4.6            11.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133.9            190.6            231.2      

Less: non-current portion

     -            -            -      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     133.9            190.6            231.2      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 the fair value of trade and other receivables is not materially different from their book values.

As of 31 December 2013, trade receivables of $57.8m (2012: $52.1m, 2011: $33.5m) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

0 - 30 days

     21.4           26.2           30.1     

31 - 60 days

     9.1           11.1           11.0     

61 - 90 days

     2.7           7.8           7.1     

Greater than 90 days

     0.3           7.0           9.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33.5           52.1           57.8     

Receivables not past due

     44.6           82.5           87.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade receivables - net

     78.1           134.6           145.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2013, trade receivables of $4.0m (2012: $2.1m, 2011: $2.8m) were impaired and fully provided. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to individual small counterparties.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

US Dollar

     91.9           110.8           154.2     

Euro

     8.2           16.3           15.1     

Sterling

     32.3           61.2           58.8     

Other

     1.5           2.3           3.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133.9           190.6           231.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December     
                 2011                     2012                     2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     
                      

At 1 January

     2.4            2.8            2.1      

Amounts provided

     1.0            0.8            2.3      

Utilized

     (0.6)           (1.1)           (0.2)     

Released unutilized

     -            (0.4)           (0.2)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     2.8            2.1            4.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in ‘operating expenses’ in the consolidated income statement.

Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off, when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The maximum credit exposure to trade and other receivables is the carrying value.

 

19.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     Balance at 31 December    
                 2011                    2012                    2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    
                      

Cash at bank and on hand

     98.3           77.7           43.5     

Short term bank deposits

     50.0           32.5           31.8     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the statement of cash flows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
                 2011                    2012                    2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Cash and cash equivalents

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20.

Share capital and premium

 

Issued and fully paid   

Number of

$0.01

shares

       Share
capital
       Share
premium
       Total    
              $’m        $’m        $’m    
                                   

Balance at 1 January 2011

     18,052,638            0.2           3.9           4.1     

Shares issued

     184,873            -           12.5           12.5     

Shares purchased

     (62,601)           -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

     18,174,910            0.2           16.4           16.6     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

     18,174,910            0.2           16.4           16.6     

Shares issued

     1,695,307            -           280.6           280.6     

Shares purchased

       (2,758,717)           -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

     17,111,500            0.2           297.0           297.2     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

     17,111,500            0.2           297.0           297.2     

Shares issued

     572,102            -           75.9           75.9     

Shares purchased

               -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

     17,683,602            0.2           372.9           373.1     
  

 

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid                        2011     

2012

     2013    
Number of shares                     

Ordinary voting shares of $0.01 each

     13,777,659         13,409,868         13,458,551     

Ordinary non-voting shares of $0.01 each

     4,397,251         3,701,632         4,225,051     
  

 

 

 

Total

     18,174,910         17,111,500         17,683,602     
  

 

 

 
Nominal value of shares    $      $      $    

Ordinary voting shares of $0.01 each

     137,777         134,099         134,586     

Ordinary non-voting shares of $0.01 each

     43,973         37,016         42,250     
  

 

 

 

Total

     181,750         171,115         176,836     
  

 

 

 

During the year 554,083 shares were issued for cash and the settlement of interest free promissory notes (2012 for cash and the conversion of convertible loan notes: 1,573,259, 2011: 172,371) (see note 25). The nominal value of these shares was $5,541 (2012: $15,733, 2011: $1,724) and the consideration received was $71.5m (2012: $253.1m, 2011: $10.3m).

During the year 18,019 (2012: 122,048, 2011: 12,502) ordinary shares were issued in respect of historic acquisitions of subsidiaries (see note 29). The nominal value of these shares was $180 (2012:

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

$1,220, 2011: $125). The fair value of the shares issued was $4.4m (2012: $27.5m, 2011: $2.2m). The fair value of shares is determined by the Board, with the assistance of an external valuation firm.

During the year no (2012: 2,758,717, 2011: 62,601) ordinary shares were repurchased and cancelled for a total consideration including costs of $nil (2012: $553.3m, 2011: $13.5m). Transaction costs incurred, and charged to equity, were $nil (2012: $0.9m, 2011: $0.7m) which related only to the purchase of ordinary shares.

The $553.3m of consideration in 2012 includes $463.6m relating to the share buyback (see note 25e) completed in August 2012 with the balance of $89.7m attributable to the purchase of shares from other employees and institutional investors. The $463.6m reflects the present value of the initial liability as at 31 August 2012. At 31 December 2013 the present value is $306.6m reflecting cash payments of $172.7m offset by the unwinding of discount of $15.7m. The $89.7m of other share purchases was fully paid in 2012.

The rights relating to each class of shares in issue at 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

  a)

The ordinary voting shares carry one vote per share. They entitle the holder to share equally in a distribution of the profits or assets of the Company by dividend with all other holders of ordinary shares, (which for the purposes of this note includes the ordinary voting shares and ordinary non-voting shares) in proportion to the holder’s aggregate holding of all ordinary shares.

  b)

The ordinary non-voting shares carry no entitlement to vote. They entitle the holder to share equally in all distribution of the profits or assets of the Company by dividend with all other holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the holder’s aggregate holding of all ordinary shares.

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21.

Share-based compensation

The Group operates share schemes for employees throughout the Group. The current schemes are:

 

Description    Year of
grant
      

Exercise
price

($)

       Exercise
period
 

2011

No. of

options

      

2012

No. of
options

      

2013  

No. of  
options  

 

2004 Markit Loans option plan

     2004           2.50         2005 to 2013     6,539           -           -     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           11.57         2006 to 2015     20,000           18,742           -     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           15.42         2006 to 2015     12,733           9,833           6,250     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           35.62         2006 to 2015     4,164           4,164           4,164     

2006 Share option plan

     2006           51.83         2007 to 2016     11,758           8,550           7,000     

2006 Share option plan

     2006           58.74         2007 to 2016     2,500           2,500           -     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           9.00         2007 to 2016     13,493           11,662           9,012     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           14.11         2007 to 2016     4,530           2,307           562     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           30.34         2007 to 2016     56           -           -     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           49.82         2007 to 2016     220           -           -     

2006 MarketXS Share option plan

     2006           74.25         2007 to 2016     15,528           12,667           700     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           74.25         2008 to 2016     3,000           -           -     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           75.14         2008 to 2016     3,500           3,500           3,200     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           81.97         2008 to 2016     50,067           37,191           9,308     

2008 Markit Share option plan

     2008           81.97         2009 to 2017     89,538           57,091           5,938     

2008 Markit Share option plan

     2008           128.31         2009 to 2017     411,816           380,597           285,676     

2008 Additional Share option plan (Swapswire)

     2008           128.31         2009 to 2018     75,433           51,750           50,601     

2008 Additional Share option plan (FCS)

     2008           148.96         2009 to 2015     135,070           106,770           64,125     
2009 Markit Share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)      2008           148.96         2009 to 2015     153,358           137,240           122,240     

2009 Markit Share option plan

     2009           158.91         2010 to 2015     537,303           456,007           373,825     

2009 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2009           158.91         2010 to 2016     54,705           42,770           35,985     

2010 Markit Share option plan

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     286,420           237,676           206,875     

2010 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     30,219           27,348           23,178     

2010 Option plan WSOD

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     156,061           150,886           83,189     

2011 Option plan QUIC

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     72,200           68,870           67,780     

2011 Markit option plan

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     949,528           893,227           782,022     

2011 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     53,242           49,212           43,219     

2012 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

     2012           225.65         2012 to 2015     -           79,556           81,649     

2012 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

     2012           225.65         2012 to 2017     -           883,900           823,324     

2013 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

     2013           244.59         2014 to 2017     -           -           142,699     

2013 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

     2013           244.59         2014 to 2020     -           -           476,362     

2013 Markit mid-year option plan 5 year vesting

     2013           267.00         2014 to 2020     -           -           255,400     

Key Employee Incentive Programs

     2013           267.00         2016 to 2020     -           -           2,591,000     
              

 

 

 

Total share option plans

                 3,152,981           3,734,016           6,555,283     
              

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Description   

Year

of

grant

    

Vesting

period

 

2011

No. of

Shares

      

2012  

No. of  
Shares  

      

2013  

No. of  
Shares  

 
                                     

2009 restricted share plan

     2009       2010 to 2012     9,770           -             -     

2010 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2010       2010 to 2013             114,639                   57,238             -     

2010 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

     2010           2010 to 2014     27,775           19,934             12,698     

2011 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2011       2012 to 2014     36,396           24,267             12,138     

2011 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

     2011       2012 to 2016     3,327           2,663             1,999     

2012 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2012       2013 to 2015     -           33,412             22,275     

2013 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2013       2014 to 2016     -           -             28,380     
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total restricted share plans

          191,907           137,514             77,490     
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

2004 Markit Loans option plan

This plan was approved on 21 January 2004 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant was $2.50 and the options are exercisable in three equal tranches annually. The options will lapse on 22 April 2014.

2004 Markit additional option plan

This plan was approved on 22 November 2004 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The 2004 Additional Plan issued various grants over Markit Group Holdings Limited non-voting shares. These grants have various exercise prices and are exercisable in 36 equal tranches. The options will lapse 10 years after the date of grant.

2006 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 25 January 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal parts. Initially the options were to lapse on 31 December 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to 31 December 2016.

2006 Markit share option plan – Communicator

Following the acquisition of Communicator, this plan was approved on 26 April 2006 and the options are granted to certain Communicator employees only. As a result of the Markit group restructuring in 2007, the options were granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted on 11 May 2006 with various exercise prices. The majority of the options were exercisable immediately on the date of grant and lapse at various dates.

2006 MarketXS share option plan

Following the acquisition of MarketXS, this plan was approved on 1 August 2006 and the options are granted to certain MarketXS employees only. As a result of the Markit group restructuring in 2007, the

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant was $74.25 and the options are exercisable in three equal tranches annually. Initially the options are to lapse on 31 December 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to 31 December 2016.

2007 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 5 December 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches and lapse in 31 December 2016.

2008 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 28 November 2007. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on 31 December 2017.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (Swapswire)

Following the acquisition of Swapswire, this plan was approved by the Board on 20 February 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $128.31. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is 1 May 2008.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (FCS)

Following the acquisition of FCS, this plan was approved on 25 June 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $148.96. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is 1st September 2008.

2009 Markit share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)

This plan was approved on 8 December 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $148.96. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The dates of grant of the options are varied due to new joiners in mid-2008.

2009 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 8 December 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2009 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

This plan was approved in 2009. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $158.91. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The date of grant of the options is 1st October 2009. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2010 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2010 and the plan rules are part of the 2010 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan (WSOD)

Following the acquisition of WSOD, the allocation was approved in 2010 and granted in July 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and the vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan (QUIC)

The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2011. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2011 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2011 and the plan rules are part of the 2011 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2012 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2012. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $225.65. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2013 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $244.59. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

Although the various share option plans described above typically have a vesting period of one to five years, to the extent there is a qualifying event, including an initial public offering or change of control, all options will vest and be immediately exercisable.

2013 Markit mid-year option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $267.00. The options become exercisable annually in five equal tranches. This vesting period lasts five years from the effective date of the option. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the option.

Key Employee Incentive Program

The program was approved in 2013. Options in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares were granted on 19 August 2013 with an exercise price of $267.00. The options have a seven year life and vest in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the Company’s shares. If an IPO does not occur within 24 months of the date of grant the option will lapse.

2009 Restricted shares plan

The restricted shares plan was approved on 8 December 2008 and is granted to certain employees. The restricted shares are restricted for a period of 3 years. The restricted shares will become

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three equal tranches annually from 7 May 2009. The restricted shares are issued in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares.

2010 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on 25 March 2010. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three or five equal tranches annually on 1 January.

2011 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on 13 June 2011. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three or five equal tranches annually on 1 January.

2012 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2012 and granted to designated employees on 15 May 2012. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three tranches annually on 1 January.

2013 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2013. Shares were granted to designated employees on 21 March 2013 and on 10 June 2013. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three tranches annually on each anniversary of the date of grant.

Calculation of the fair value of share-based payments

The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:

 

    2011     2012       2013    
                   
   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of

options

   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of  

options  

   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of  

options  

 
    $           $           $        

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

    136.44        2,551,275        161.95        3,152,981          180.09        3,734,016     

Granted during the year

    202.29        1,240,010        225.65        1,101,140          262.91        3,556,491     

Forfeited during the year

    153.90        (505,656)        209.32        (209,115)          223.85        (240,107)     

Exercised during the year

    78.96        (132,648)        138.74        (310,990)          135.12        (495,117)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

    161.95        3,152,981        180.09        3,734,016          226.84        6,555,283     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

      1,831,627          1,384,082            1,669,717     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

During the year no options (2012: nil, 2011: 191,742) were purchased for a total consideration including costs of $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $18.3m). In 2011 the Company purchased vested options from employees as a constituent part of the Company’s share buyback in 2011. The options were repurchased at their intrinsic value and therefore resulted in the issue of no additional shares. No options (2012: nil, 2011: nil) expired during the year.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options was $195.77 (2012: $206.34, 2011: $127.31).

The options outstanding at the year-end have an exercise price in the range of $9.00 to $267.00 and a weighted average contractual life of 4.4 years (2012: 4.2 years, 2011: 5.2 years).

The number of restricted shares is as follows:

 

       2011      2012      2013    
                        
      

Number of

shares

    

Number of

shares

    

Number of  

shares  

 
                        

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

       193,527          191,907          137,514     

Granted during the year

       39,723          33,412          29,198     

Vested during the year

       (41,343)         (87,805)         (89,222)    
    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

       191,907          137,514          77,490     
    

 

 

 

The restricted shares outstanding at the year-end have a weighted average contractual life of 1.39 years (2012: 1.62 years, 2011: 1.65 years).

On 19 August 2013, 2,656,000 options were granted under the Key Employee Incentive Program subject to a non-market vesting condition. These options will lapse if there is no IPO within 24 months of the date of grant of the options. As at 31 December 2013, Management did not consider it probable that there will be an IPO in this timeframe and consequently none are expected to vest.

The other options were valued using the Monte Carlo option pricing model. There are no market or non-market performance conditions attached to any of the option schemes other than the Key Employee Incentive Program, and as such, no performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value of the ordinary shares has been determined by an independent valuation consultant. Consistent assumptions have been used for annual share price volatility at 25% (2012: 25%, 2011: 25%), dividends expected on shares at 0% (2012: 0%, 2011: 0%) and employee exercise multiple at two times (2012: two times, 2011: two times) across all schemes. Employee exit rate has been assumed at 15% on options and 0% on restricted shares (2012: 15% on options and 0% on restricted shares, 2011: 15% on options and 15% on restricted shares).

The Company’s shares are not quoted, therefore the expected volatility parameter was assessed based on the volatilities of certain quoted companies that were considered to offer some degree of comparability to the Company. These volatilities were assessed based on a measurement period of the past 10 years. The fair value of the Company’s shares were valued using a combination of price-earnings multiple based on comparable company multiples, a discounted cash flow valuation reflecting anticipated group performance and with reference to recent equity transactions (see note 4(d)).

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The remaining assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

 

Options                     

Grant date

   Appraisal
value at
date of
grant
     Risk free
rate 1
     Exercise
price of
option
 
     $      %      $  

16/10/2012

     118.44         1.14         225.65   

01/01/2013
(3 year vesting)

     110.38         0.72         244.59   

01/01/2013
(5 year vesting)

     110.38         1.18         244.59   

Restricted shares

 

Grant date    Appraisal
value at date
of grant
     Risk free
rate 1
 
     $      %  

21/03/2013 (1 year vesting)

     110.38         0.13   

21/03/2013 (2 year vesting)

     110.38         0.25   

21/03/2013 (3 year vesting)

     110.38         0.37   

10/06/2013 (1 year vesting)

     117.70         0.12   

10/06/2013 (2 year vesting)

     117.70         0.31   

10/06/2013 (3 year vesting)

     117.70         0.53   

1 Risk free rate is based on the yield of US Government bonds for a period consistent with the life of the equity instrument.

 

22.

Retained earnings

 

            Balance at 31 December    
     Note      2011           2012           2013   
            $’m           $’m           $’m   

Balance at 1 January

          1,728.5              1,837.6              1,423.0    

Profit for the year

          125.8              125.0              139.4    

Share-based compensation

   21        11.7              16.2              8.1    

Deferred tax in relation to share options

   11        0.7              (8.7)             (0.4)   

Current tax in relation to share options

   11        2.7              -              2.7    

Current tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

   11        -              -              4.5    

Deferred tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

   11        -              -              64.9    

Revaluation of available for sale assets

   16        -              1.8              2.4    

Reclassification relating to available for sale asset disposal

          -              -              (4.2)   

Other reserve movements

          -              (3.7)               

Transfer from other reserves

          -              8.1                

Elimination of non-controlling interests

          -              -              22.9    

Repurchase of shares

          (31.8)             (553.3)               
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

          1,837.6              1,423.0              1,663.3    
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The transfer from other reserves in 2012 relates to the equity component of the $210.0m of convertible loan notes issued in 2010 (see note 25(c)) which has been transferred to retained earnings upon the conversion of these loan notes.

 

23.

Other reserves

 

     Convertible  
loan notes  
     Hedging  
reserve  
     Translation  
reserve  
     Other  
reserves  
       Total    
     $’m               $’m        $’m          $’m    

Balance at 1 January 2011

     8.1            -            (24.3)           -              (16.2)     

Currency translation differences

     -            -            2.8            -              2.8      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

     8.1            -            (21.5)           -              (13.4)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

     8.1            -            (21.5)           -              (13.4)     

Currency translation differences

     -            -            24.8            -              24.8      

Conversion of convertible loan notes

     (8.1)           -            -            -              (8.1)     

Shares to be issued

     -            -            -            13.0              13.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

     -            -            3.3            13.0              16.3      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

     -            -            3.3            13.0              16.3      

Currency translation differences

     -            -            11.0            -              11.0      

Cash flow hedges:

                

- fair value losses arising during the year

     -            (12.1)           -            -              (12.1)     

- transfers to Other (losses)/gains - net

     -            2.3            -            -              2.3      

- deferred tax credit

     -            2.0            -            -              2.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

     -            (7.8)           14.3            13.0              19.5      
  

 

 

 

The hedging reserve represents the movement in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts following the adoption of hedge accounting (see note 2.24).

As a part of the acquisition of Cadis Software Limited 57,436 shares were held in escrow not issued. These are held within other reserves and will be issued upon satisfaction of certain restrictions agreed on the purchase of the business.

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

24.

Trade and other payables

 

          Balance at 31 December    
                      2011                  2012        2013    
     Note      $’m        $’m        $’m    
Non-current            

Contingent consideration

   3.3        72.9           33.9           29.6     

Other payables

        1.9           2.2           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        74.8           36.1           29.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
Current            

Trade payables

        1.4           8.6           9.4     

Social security and other taxes

        10.1           10.4           10.3     

Other payables

        17.6           26.0           38.9     
           

Contingent consideration

   3.3        5.7           38.2           4.0     

Accrued expenses – platform migration

   6      -           21.4           -     

Accrued expenses – other

        93.0           100.7           136.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        127.8           205.3           198.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables

        202.6           241.4           228.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 the fair value of trade and other payables is not materially different from their book values. Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the businesses (Level 3 as per note 3.3), including revenue and EBITDA. At the time of acquisition the best estimate of the amount payable is assessed. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed and updated at each reporting date to reflect the current forecasts and estimates.

Other payables (current) principally relates to deferred income for landlord contributions and rent free periods.

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

25.

Borrowings

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Non-current

        

Bank borrowings

     -           240.5           268.0     

Interest free promissory notes

     13.3           -           -     

Share buyback

     -           296.1           204.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13.3           536.6           472.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

        

Convertible loan notes

     208.1           -           -     

Share buyback

     -           102.6           101.9     

Interest free promissory note

     -           14.5           -     

Finance lease liabilities

     0.8           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     208.9           117.1           101.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     222.2           653.7           574.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the non-current borrowings are not significantly different to the carrying value. Bank borrowings are at floating interest rates and, for the share buyback, commercial rates of borrowing have not changed during the year.

All borrowings are denominated in US Dollars.

 

a)

Bank borrowings

During 2012 the Group took out a new multi-revolving club facility agreement of $800m with the option to increase the total commitment by a further $400m up to a total of $1,200m repayable in July 2016. This facility carries interest at a margin of between 1.25% and 2.50% over LIBOR and a commitment fee at 35% of margin on any undrawn balance. The previous facility was fully repaid during 2012 and subsequently cancelled.

The bank borrowings had an average interest rate of 1.5% annually (2012: 2.2%, 2011: 2.5%).

 

b)

Interest free promissory notes

On 5 January 2011, the Company issued $15.0m interest free promissory notes in relation to the acquisition of LoanSERV. These were interest free and were payable at the earlier of the date of earn out payments specified in the LoanSERV purchase agreement or on 30 October 2013 through the issue of shares in the Company.

The fair value of the liability as at the 5 January 2011 issue date was $12.4m and was calculated using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond.

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The interest free promissory notes matured in July 2013, with $7.5m settled through a cash payment and $7.5 settled through an issue of shares. The fair value of the interest free promissory notes at 31 December 2013 is $nil (2012: $14.5m, 2011: $13.3m). The present value was calculated using cash flows discounted using an effective interest rate of 7%.

 

c)

Convertible loan notes

The loan notes were issued under a $275.0m convertible loan note instrument, of which $210.0m was issued during 2010, carrying a 5% coupon rate. The convertible loan notes were fully repaid on maturity on 30 June 2012 via the issue of 1,229,511 shares.

The discounting was unwound to the consolidated income statement to the point of maturity. During 2012, $1.9m (2011: $3.6m) was charged to the consolidated income statement.

 

d)

Finance lease liabilities

There is no future commitment under finance lease agreements. Prior year commitments are as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Amounts payable within 1 year

     0.8           -           -     

Amounts payable between 2 to 5 years

     -           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross payable

     0.8           -           -     

Less finance charges included above

     -           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.8           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease liabilities were effectively secured as the rights to the leased asset would have reverted to the lessor in the event of default.

 

e)

Share buyback

In August 2012 the Group purchased 2,193,948 shares for a consideration of $495.1m which equated to a present value of $463.6m, the consideration being payable in quarterly instalments through to May 2017. The present value of the liability at 31 December 2013 amounted to $306.6m (2012: $398.7m, 2011: $nil). The present value is calculated using cash flows discounted at a rate based on an average borrowing rate of 3.1%.

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

26.

Deferred income tax

The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Deferred tax assets:

        

Deferred tax assets

     35.0           35.4           108.5     

Deferred tax liabilities:

        

Deferred tax liabilities

     (97.2)          (144.5)          (140.6)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities - net

     (62.2)          (109.1)          (32.1)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Materially all the deferred tax balance is non-current. The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2013

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    13.6        3.0        (0.8     64.9        -        0.4        81.1     

Tax losses

    5.4        -        2.7        -        -        -        8.1     
Share-based compensation     3.7        -        (0.5     (0.4     -        -        2.8     
Other short term timing differences     12.7        -        1.8        2.0        -        -        16.5     
 

 

 

 

Total

    35.4        3.0        3.2        66.5        -        0.4        108.5     
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2012

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    11.6        -        2.0        -        -        -        13.6     

Tax losses

    2.6        0.8        1.8        -        -        0.2        5.4     
Share-based compensation     12.6        -        (0.2     (8.7)        -        -        3.7     
Other short term timing differences     8.2        -        4.5        -        -        -        12.7     
 

 

 

 

Total

    35.0        0.8        8.1        (8.7)        -        0.2        35.4     
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2011

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    7.4        4.7        (0.5)        -        -        -        11.6     

Tax losses

    5.8        0.8        (4.0)        -        -        -        2.6     
Share-based compensation     12.2        -        (0.3)        0.7        -        -        12.6     
Other short term timing differences     7.3        1.5        (0.8)        -        -        0.2        8.2     
 

 

 

 

Total

    32.7        7.0        (5.6)        0.7        -        0.2        35.0     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities –

2013

   1 January      Acquired in
business
combination
     Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m    

Intangibles

     (94.6)         (4.5)         14.4        -         -         (0.1     (84.8)     

Goodwill

     (20.2)         -         (5.0     -         -         0.1        (25.1)     

Development costs

     (23.3)         -         (3.4     -         -         -        (26.7)     
Other short term timing differences      (6.4)         -         2.4        -         -         -        (4.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (144.5)         (4.5)         8.4        -         -         -        (140.6)     
  

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities -

2012

   1 January      Acquired in
business
combination
     Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
    

31  

December  

 
     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    

Intangibles

     (59.6)         (43.9)         10.3        -         -         (1.4)         (94.6)     

Goodwill

     (14.2)         -         (6.0     -         -         -         (20.2)     

Development costs

     (15.8)         -         (7.5     -         -         -         (23.3)     
Other short term timing differences      (7.6)         -         1.2        -         -         -         (6.4)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (97.2)         (43.9)         (2.0     -         -         (1.4)         (144.5)     
  

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities -

2011

   1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m    

Intangibles

     (51.3     (14.0     5.8        -         -         (0.1     (59.6)     

Goodwill

     (4.5     -        (9.7     -         -         -        (14.2)     

Development costs

     (8.8     -        (7.0     -         -         -        (15.8)     
Other short term timing differences      (1.7     (1.1     (4.8     -         -         -        (7.6)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (66.3     (15.1     (15.7     -         -         (0.1     (97.2)     
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets have been recognized on the basis that there are expected to be sufficient taxable profits in the future to enable these to be utilized.

At the balance sheet date the aggregate amount of the temporary differences for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized was $24.9m (2012: $25.0m, 2011: $10.3m). These unrecognized deferred tax liabilities relate to undistributed profits from overseas entities which would give rise to a tax liability if they were to be distributed. No liability has been recognized in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future as the expectation is for these undistributed profits to be permanently reinvested.

 

27.

Contingencies

The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DoJ”) and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States.

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to substantial uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. The Company reviews these matters in consultation with internal and external legal counsel to make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether a loss from each of these matters is probable, possible or remote.

The Group considers it remote that a liability will arise from the antitrust investigations by the DoJ. Whilst it is possible that remedies that may be sought by the DoJ may include changes in business practice or structure that could have an indirect financial impact on the Group, it is not expected that any such remedy would involve direct financial liability. The Group considers it possible that liabilities will arise from the EC investigation and the class action lawsuits in the United States. It is not considered practicable to estimate the financial effect of either the EC investigation, which remains ongoing, or the class actions, which are at an early stage.

Given this, the Group has recorded no provision for any of the three incidents of investigations or lawsuits described above.

The Group considers that it is remote that any material liabilities will arise from any other contingent liabilities.

 

28.

Commitments

(a) Capital commitments

The Group has no significant capital expenditure contracted for at the end of each reporting period but not yet incurred.

(b) Operating lease commitments – Group company as lessee

The Group leases various equipment and intangible assets under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are no longer than 15 years, and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate. The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 8. The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

Balance at 31 December    2011      2012      2013  
     Land and  
Buildings  
     Other        Land and  
Buildings  
     Other        Land and  
Buildings  
     Other    
     $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m    

No later than 1 year

     10.4           0.5           13.4           0.2           17.8           3.0     

Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years

     44.1           0.2           59.5           0.3           57.2           0.5     

Later than 5 years

     64.9           -           66.2           -           61.9           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
               119.4                           0.7                     139.1                       0.5                     136.9                       3.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at 31 December 2013 is $6.7m (2012: $7.5m, 2011: $8.1m).

 

 

 

F-85


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

29.

Business combinations

Acquisitions in the year

On 1 July 2013 the Group acquired Global Corporate Actions Validation Service (“GCA”), a business operated by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, for $12.5m. GCA is a provider of high quality, validated corporate actions data for multiple asset classes and expands the breadth and depth of the Group’s corporate actions offering.

The revenue included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income since 1 July 2013 contributed by GCA was $5.5m and the loss for the period was $0.5m.

The revenue and profit or loss had GCA been consolidated from 1 January 2013 has not been disclosed; the business purchase did not have separately identifiable pre-acquisition revenues and profits.

Details of net assets acquired and goodwill related to acquisitions in the year are as follows:

 

Year ended 31 December 2013    Total     
     $’m     
Consideration at date of acquisition   
Cash      12.5      
  

 

 

 
Total consideration      12.5      
  

 

 

 
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed   
Intangible assets      10.8      
Deferred tax assets      3.0      
Deferred tax liabilities      (4.5)     
  

 

 

 
Total identifiable net assets      9.3      
Goodwill      3.2      
  

 

 

 
Total      12.5      
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition of GCA arises predominantly from synergies with the Group’s technology and staff.

Acquisitions in 2012

On 2 April 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of the Data Explorers Group, a global provider of securities lending data. As a result of the acquisition the Group expects to be the leading provider of securities lending data increasing its overall position in the data sector.

The Data Explorers Group contributed a profit of $5.9m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $31.8m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the Data Explorers Group been consolidated from 1 January 2012, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $10.2m and profit of $2.1m.

 

 

 

F-86


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

On 1 June 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of the Cadis Group, a global provider of enterprise data management software. As a result of the acquisition the Group expects to be a key provider of data solutions enhancing its current data offering.

The Cadis Group contributed a profit of $6.5m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $18.0m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the Cadis Group been consolidated from 1 January 2012, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $11.2m and profit of $4.2m.

Acquisitions in 2011

On 5 January 2011, the Group acquired the trade and certain assets and liabilities of DTCC Loan/Serv LLC (“LoanServ”). LoanServ is a messaging portal, providing the end-to-end delivery of FpML messages in the loan industry and further complements the Group’s loans processing functionality. LoanServ contributed no profit and no revenues in the period prior to or subsequent to the acquisition.

On 12 January 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of QuIC Financial Technologies Inc (“QuIC”). QuIC is a leading global provider of risk management solutions for the financial markets, specializing in the provision of software to enable its clients to calculate market and credit risk exposures. The acquisition introduces the Group to the enterprise risk and analytics space. QuIC contributed a loss of $1.7m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $25.6m in the period subsequent to the transaction. The revenue and operating profit or loss of QuIC prior to the date of acquisition was negligible.

On 30 September 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of DynamicIT Management Services Limited and its trading subsidiary Logiscope Limited, together (“DITMS Group”). MarkitSERV FX Limited is a market leader in streamlining post-trade connectivity, workflow and straight through processing for the foreign exchange market and expanded the Group into the FX post-trade processing markets. MarkitSERV FX Limited contributed a loss of $0.5m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $1.2m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the DITMS Group have been consolidated from 1 January 2011, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $5.3m and a profit of $0.3m.

On 2 November 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the members’ interest in Quantitative Services Group LLC (“QSG”), a Delaware Corporation. Quantitative Services Group is a leading provider of independent equity research, advanced trading analytics and investment consulting services. The acquisition facilitates the Group providing quantitative research and trading analytics as an additional service particularly relevant to the Group’s equity, indices, ETF and economic data customers. QSG contributed a loss of $0.3m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $0.8m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had QSG been consolidated from 1 January 2011, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $5.7m and a loss of $0.1m.

In the opinion of the Group the assets and liabilities acquired are stated at their fair value at the date of acquisition following a review of the subsidiaries’ management accounts including fair value adjustments where appropriate. Acquisition costs related to these acquisitions have been expensed as incurred and are disclosed in note 7.

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

30.

Transactions with owners of non-controlling interests

On 2 April 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the membership interest of MarkitSERV, LLC. The Group now holds 100% of the equity share capital of MarkitSERV, LLC.

 

31.

Related party transactions

(a) Key management compensation

Key management comprises all directors (executive and non-executive) and key group executives. The compensation paid or payable to key management in respect of qualifying services is shown below:

 

     2011      2012      2013    
     $’m      $’m      $’m    

Salary and other short term employee benefits

     3.5         2.8         6.3     

Share-based compensation

     4.3         3.5         3.3     
  

 

 

 
                   7.8         6.3         9.6     
  

 

 

 

Two key management personnel have exercised 54,386 options (2012: nil, 2011: 30,000) during the year with a fair value of $0.7m (2012: $nil, 2011: $1.3m). Key management were awarded 29,198 restricted shares (2012: 29,722, 2011: 30,043) and 889,477 options (2012: 21,120, 2011: 69,326) during the year.

 

(b) Emoluments of highest paid director    2011      2012      2013  
     $’m      $’m      $’m  

Total emoluments

     2.2         1.8         2.4   

The highest paid director exercised no options during the year (2012: nil, 2011: nil). The highest paid director was awarded 28,380 (2012: 29,722, 2011: 18,467) restricted shares and 380,000 options (2012: nil, 2011: 57,526) during the year.

 

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

32.

Events after the reporting period

On 13 January 2014 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of thinkFolio Limited for cash consideration of £55.0m and up to £7.5m of deferred consideration and remuneration dependent on future performance. At this stage the acquisition accounting is incomplete. thinkFolio Limited provides software solutions with portfolio modelling and trade management capabilities.

 

33.

Principal subsidiaries

The Company has investments in the following subsidiary undertakings, which principally affected the profits or net assets of the Group, as follows:

 

Entity name    Holding*      Country of incorporation and operation

Markit Group Limited*

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Indices Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Economics Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Valuations Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Equities Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Group (UK) Limited

     100%       England & Wales

BOAT Services Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit EDM Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit EDM Hub Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit on Demand Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit North America Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit WSO Corporation

     100%       USA

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit Analytics Incorporated

     100%       Canada

MarkitSERV Limited

     100%       England & Wales

MarkitSERV FX Limited

     100%       England & Wales

MarkitSERV, LLC

     100%       USA

* Held directly by Markit Group Holdings Limited

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Entity name    Principal activity
Markit Group Limited*    Providing a range of data and financial services to the financial market
Markit Indices Limited    Providing credit derivative, fixed income and FX index services
Markit Economics Limited    Providing global macro-economic indicators
Markit Valuations Limited    Providing valuation services to the OTC derivatives markets
Markit Equities Limited    Providing dividends forecasting services to the financial markets
Markit Group (UK) Limited    Providing trade compression services for the credit derivative markets
BOAT Services Limited    Providing services of a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited   

Providing advice and organizes forums for institutions in the securities finance industry

Markit Securities Finance

Analytics Limited

   Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market
Markit EDM Limited    Providing enterprise data management software
Markit EDM Hub Limited    Providing business to business e-document exchange with suppliers and customers
Markit on Demand Incorporated   

Providing design, development and hosting of custom websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry

Markit North America

Incorporated

  

Providing data, pricing and valuations services across the financial services industry, including pricing services and electronic trade processing and settlement services for the loan market

Markit WSO Corporation    Providing portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants

Markit Securities Finance

Analytics Incorporated

  

Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market

Markit Analytics Incorporated    Providing risk management solutions for the financial services industry
MarkitSERV Limited    Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivative markets
MarkitSERV FX Limited    Providing post-trade connectivity, workflow and STP for the foreign exchange market
MarkitSERV, LLC    Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivatives market

All subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Until                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.        Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose.

 

Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding all securities issued by Markit Ltd.’s predecessor, Markit Group Holdings Limited, without registration under the Securities Act since January 1, 2011. The information presented below does not give effect to our corporate reorganization or the 10-for-1 share split of our common shares as described in the prospectus.

In June 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 1,229,511 shares to DB UK Holdings Limited, General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. and Labmorgan Corporation as payment in full for the $210 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured convertible notes, carrying a 5% coupon rate, issued to such parties in 2010 pursuant to the terms of a convertible note agreement. The shares were issued with a restrictive legend and in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 240,669 shares in connection with the acquisition of certain companies or their assets and as consideration to individuals and entities who were former service providers and/or shareholders of such companies. The shares were issued with a restrictive legend and in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued 195,892 restricted shares to its employees and consultants under its employee compensation plans and 2,318 restricted shares to certain of its directors. The shares were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued and sold, to its employees and consultants, an aggregate of 952,217 shares in connection with the exercise of options granted under

 

II-1


Table of Contents

its equity compensation plans, at exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $244.59 per share. The shares were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited granted, to its employees and consultants, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,406,137 shares under its equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $165.35 to $267.00 per share. The shares were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
number
     Description of document
  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1      Certificate of Incorporation**
  3.2      Memorandum of Association
  3.3      Bye-laws
  4.1      Form of certificate of common shares
  5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited as to the validity of the common shares*
  8.1      Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as to U.S. tax matters***
10.1      2004 Markit Additional Share Option Plan**
10.2      Markit 2006 Share Option Plan**
10.3      Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan**
10.4      Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan**
10.5      Markit 2007 Share Option Plan**
10.6      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.7      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.8      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.9      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.10      Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan**
10.11      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.12      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.13      Markit 2010 Share Plan**
10.14      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan**
10.15      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.16      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.17      2011 Markit Share Plan**
10.18      2011 Markit Share Option Plan**

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description of document
10.19      2012 Markit Share Plan**
10.20      2012 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.21      2013 Markit Share Plan**
10.22      2013 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.23      2013 Markit Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013)**
10.24      2014 Markit Share Plan**
10.25      2014 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.26      Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)**
10.27      Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan***
10.28      Form of Restricted Share Agreement***
10.29      Form of Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement***
10.30      Lease relating to premises on Level 3, Ropemaker Place†**
10.31      Lease relating to premises on Level 4, Ropemaker Place†**
10.32      Lease relating to premises on Level 5, Ropemaker Place†**
10.33      Lease Deed relating to premises at Noida Green Boulevard†**
10.34      Indenture of Lease relating to premises at 620 Eighth Avenue†**
10.35      Office Lease relating to premises at Three Lincoln Centre†**
10.36      Commercial Lease relating to premises at Central Avenue†**
10.37      Office Lease Agreement relating to premises at Flatiron Parkway†**
10.38      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of March 23, 2012**
10.39      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of August 30, 2012**
10.40      Deriv/SERV Support Agreement by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and MarkitSERV, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2013†**
10.41      Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated March 21, 2014**
10.42
     Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy***
10.43      Form of Director Nomination Agreement between Markit Ltd. and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
10.44      Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Markit Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto
10.45      Form of Transfer Restriction Letter Agreement among Markit Ltd., Lance Uggla and Pan Praewood 1
21.1      List of subsidiaries**
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3      Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)***
24.1      Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)**
99.1      Registrant’s application for waiver of requirements of Form 20-F, Item 8.A.4**
99.2      Consent of Zar Amrolia, as director nominee**
99.3      Consent of Jill Denham, as director nominee**
99.4      Consent of Dinyar Devitre, as director nominee**
99.5      Consent of William E. Ford, as director nominee**

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description of document
99.6      Consent of Timothy Frost, as director nominee**
99.7      Consent of Robert Kelly, as director nominee**
99.8      Consent of Robert-Jan Markwick, as director nominee**
99.9      Consent of James A. Rosenthal, as director nominee**
99.10      Consent of Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr., as director nominee**
99.11      Consent of Dr. Sung Cheng Chih, as director nominee**
99.12      Consent of Anne Walker, as director nominee**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed as part of the registration statement on Form F-1 as filed on May 5, 2014.
*** Previously filed as part of the registration statement on Form F-1 as filed on May 15, 2014.
Filed in redacted form subject to a Request for Confidential Treatment.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

Item 9.    Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of London on June 3, 2014.

 

Markit Ltd.
By:    

/s/ Lance Uggla

  Name: Lance Uggla
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on June 3, 2014 in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Lance Uggla

  

Chief Executive Officer

  June 3, 2014

Lance Uggla

  

(principal executive officer)

 

/s/ Jeff Gooch

  

Chief Financial Officer

  June 3, 2014

Jeff Gooch

  

(principal financial officer and principal

 
  

accounting officer)

 

/s/ Lance Uggla

   Director   June 3, 2014

Lance Uggla

    

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

Colleen A. De Vries

   Authorized Representative in the United
States
  June 3, 2014

SVP of National Corporate Research, Ltd.

    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
number
     Description of document
  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1      Certificate of Incorporation**
  3.2      Memorandum of Association
  3.3      Bye-laws
  4.1      Form of certificate of common shares
  5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited as to the validity of the common shares*
  8.1      Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as to U.S. tax matters***
10.1      2004 Markit Additional Share Option Plan**
10.2      Markit 2006 Share Option Plan**
10.3      Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan**
10.4      Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan**
10.5      Markit 2007 Share Option Plan**
10.6      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.7      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.8      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.9      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.10      Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan**
10.11      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.12      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.13      Markit 2010 Share Plan**
10.14      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan**
10.15      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)**
10.16      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)**
10.17      2011 Markit Share Plan**
10.18      2011 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.19      2012 Markit Share Plan**
10.20      2012 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.21      2013 Markit Share Plan**
10.22      2013 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.23      2013 Markit Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013)**
10.24      2014 Markit Share Plan**
10.25      2014 Markit Share Option Plan**
10.26      Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)**
10.27      Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan***
10.28      Form of Restricted Share Agreement***
10.29      Form of Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement***
10.30      Lease relating to premises on Level 3, Ropemaker Place†**
10.31      Lease relating to premises on Level 4, Ropemaker Place†**
10.32      Lease relating to premises on Level 5, Ropemaker Place†**


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description of document
10.33      Lease Deed relating to premises at Noida Green Boulevard†**
10.34      Indenture of Lease relating to premises at 620 Eighth Avenue†**
10.35      Office Lease relating to premises at Three Lincoln Centre†**
10.36      Commercial Lease relating to premises at Central Avenue†**
10.37      Office Lease Agreement relating to premises at Flatiron Parkway†**
10.38      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of March 23, 2012**
10.39      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of August 30, 2012**
10.40      Deriv/SERV Support Agreement by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and MarkitSERV, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2013†**
10.41      Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated March 21, 2014**
10.42      Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy***
10.43      Form of Director Nomination Agreement between Markit Ltd. and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
10.44      Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Markit Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto
10.45      Form of Transfer Restriction Letter Agreement among Markit Ltd., Lance Uggla and Pan Praewood 1
21.1      List of subsidiaries**
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3      Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)***
24.1      Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)**
99.1      Registrant’s application for waiver of requirements of Form 20-F, Item 8.A.4**
99.2      Consent of Zar Amrolia, as director nominee**
99.3      Consent of Jill Denham, as director nominee**
99.4      Consent of Dinyar Devitre, as director nominee**
99.5      Consent of William E. Ford, as director nominee**
99.6      Consent of Timothy Frost, as director nominee**
99.7      Consent of Robert Kelly, as director nominee**
99.8      Consent of Robert-Jan Markwick, as director nominee**
99.9      Consent of James A. Rosenthal, as director nominee**
99.10      Consent of Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr., as director nominee**
99.11      Consent of Dr. Sung Cheng Chih, as director nominee**
99.12      Consent of Anne Walker, as director nominee**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed as part of the registration statement on Form F-1 as filed on May 5, 2014.
*** Previously filed as part of the registration statement on Form F-1 as filed on May 15, 2014.
Filed in redacted form subject to a Request for Confidential Treatment.

Exhibit 1.1

[ ] Shares

MARKIT LTD.

COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2014


[ ], 2014

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

    Incorporated

Barclays Capital Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

UBS Securities LLC

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

Jefferies LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

RBS Securities Inc.

TD Securities (USA) LLC

c/o [ ]

[ ]

New York, New York [ ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Certain shareholders of Markit Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”), named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Selling Shareholders ”) severally (and not jointly) propose to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [ ] common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule I hereto.

The Selling Shareholders also propose to sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [ ] common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”), with each such Selling Shareholder selling up to the number of Additional Shares set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule I hereto, if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering (the “ Managers ”), shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such Additional Shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The issued and outstanding common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Shares .”

On or prior to the Closing Date (as defined herein), pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization (the “ Corporate Reorganization ”), the Company will acquire all of the outstanding interests of Markit Group Holdings Limited, a company formed pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, in exchange for common shares of the Company that will become the Common Shares, as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Corporate Reorganization.”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Common Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.


For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness, together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, and orally communicated pricing information identified in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters and each Selling Shareholder that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) as of its date and the Closing Date, the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act.

(d) Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(e) The Company was duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, results of operations or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

2


(f) Each “ significant subsidiary ” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (to the extent the concept of “good standing” is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction), has the power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent the concept of “good standing” is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) All of the issued share capital of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly and validly authorized and issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(i) The Corporate Reorganization has been duly authorized by the Company.

(j) As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will conform as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(k) As of the Closing Date, the issued and outstanding Common Shares (including the Shares) will have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(l) The Shares are freely transferable by the Selling Shareholders to the Underwriters and there are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Shares under the laws of Bermuda, provided that shares of the Company remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NASDAQ Global Market (“Nasdaq”). No holder of the Shares is or will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.

(m) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the memorandum of association or the bye-laws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except for any contravention in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and that would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(n) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(o) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(p) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect and that would not have a material

 

3


adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects.

(q) There are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

(r) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(s) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(t) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(w) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, directors or executive officers or, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries, has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage. The Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in material compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

(x) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering

 

4


Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(y) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department or any similar sanctions imposed by any other body, governmental or other, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject.

(z) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding share capital, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its share capital; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the share capital, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries. Any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(bb) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or, to the knowledge of the Company, can acquire on reasonable terms, sufficient rights to use all patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing.

(cc) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

(dd) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for the refusal of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(ee) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and

 

5


neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(ff) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“ IFRS ”) and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, (i) the Company has no reason to believe that there has been any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(gg) The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with IFRS applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly the information shown thereby.

(hh) Except as described in the Registration Statement or the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any Common Shares during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued in connection with the Corporate Reorganization or pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(ii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries (to the extent not included in the consolidated tax returns of the Company in the ordinary course of business) have filed all tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to pay would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or except as currently being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves under IFRS have been created in the financial statements of the Company). Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

(jj) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication

 

6


means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(kk) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Managers with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Managers to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Managers have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule IV hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, does not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(ll) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(mm) As of the Closing Date, the Company will have filed all notices, reports, documents or other information required to be filed by it pursuant to, and will have obtained any and all authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, licenses, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications required to be obtained under, and will have otherwise complied with all requirements of, all applicable laws in connection with the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, except in each case where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect and would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(nn) The Corporate Reorganization will be legal, effective and valid and in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and the laws of the United Kingdom.

(oo) The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

(pp) The Company believes that it is not currently a passive foreign investment company within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and does not expect to become one in the foreseeable future.

(qq) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has issued any securities that have been accorded a rating by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

(rr) No stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the government of Bermuda, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, in connection with (i) the sale and delivery by the Selling Shareholders of the Shares to or for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters; or (ii) the sale and delivery by the several Underwriters of the Shares to the initial purchasers thereof in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7


2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, and only as to itself, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Shareholder and Computershare Inc., as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder (the “ Custody Agreement ”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Shareholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “ Power of Attorney ”) will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other constituent documents of such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a legal entity), (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) for such contravention that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Shareholder to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Shareholder, except (A) such as may be required by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or (B) such others as have been obtained in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(d) Such Selling Shareholder has (or, upon the exercise of vested stock options into Common Shares, will have on or prior to the Closing Date), and on the Closing Date will have, (i) valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and (ii) the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

(e) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to such documents (if applicable), constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Selling Shareholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity and (ii) enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision that may be limited under the federal and state securities laws or other applicable laws of any jurisdiction in which the Selling Shareholder is resident.

(f) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be successfully asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder has assumed that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (w) the Underwriters are purchasing such Shares without notice of any

 

8


adverse claim, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its bye-laws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(g) Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted to sell and transfer its Shares pursuant to this Agreement by any material information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(h) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(h) are limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any broadly available road show, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, as may be updated by such Selling Shareholder in writing in the event such information is not true and correct no less than two business days prior to the Company’s use of such information in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any broadly available road show, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto. It being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by such Selling Shareholder consists of (A) the legal name, address and the number of Common Shares owned by such Selling Shareholder before and after the offering and (B) the other information with respect to such Selling Shareholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Shareholders” (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “ Selling Shareholder Information ”).

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Selling Shareholder at $ [ ] a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to sell to the several Underwriters the number of Additional Shares set forth on Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Selling Shareholder, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [ ] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least three business days (or at least one business day if the purchase date is to be the same as the Closing Date for the Firm Shares) after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the Closing Date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be

 

9


purchased as provided in Section 7 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

4. Company Lock-Up Agreement. (a) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of any two out of three of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “ Lock-Up Release Agents ”) on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any other securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, pledge, sale, transfer or disposition, or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares.

(b) The restrictions contained in Section 4(a) shall not apply to (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance by the Company of Common Shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (3) the grant of options or the issuance of restricted Common Shares or any other securities by the Company to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (4) the filing by the Company of one or more registration statements with the Commission on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (5) the filing by the Company of one or more registration statements with the Commission in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan inherited by the Company in connection with any merger or acquisition and not eligible to be registered on Form S-8, (6) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares in connection with any mergers, acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide products or services, provided that the aggregate number of Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue pursuant to this clause (6) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further that each recipient of Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares pursuant to this clause (6) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (7) the issuance of Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered into on or before the date of this Agreement in connection with mergers, acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide products or services, (8) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Common Shares, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Shares during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Shares may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period, (9) the issuance or reclassification of Common Shares on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Reorganization as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and (10) the repurchase by the Company of one common share of the Company which was originally issued to Pembroke Company Limited in connection with the incorporation of the Company under the laws of Bermuda.

 

10


(c) If any two out of three of the Lock-Up Release Agents, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 8(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least five business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, provided that the provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in the lock-up letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

5. Terms of Public Offering . The Company and the Selling Shareholders are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company and the Selling Shareholders are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $ [ ] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ [ ] a share under the Public Offering Price.

6. [ Qualified Independent Underwriter. The Company and the Selling Shareholders hereby confirm their engagement of Jefferies LLC as, and Jefferies LLC hereby confirms its agreement with the Company and the Selling Shareholders to render services as, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 (“ Rule 5121 ”) of FINRA with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares. Jefferies LLC, in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the “ QIU ”. No compensation will be paid to the QIU for its services.]

7. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder shall be made to such Selling Shareholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [ ] , 2014, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ] , 2014, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder shall be made to such Selling Shareholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than ten business days after your option to purchase the Additional Shares expires, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

8. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Selling Shareholders to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

11


(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an officer of the Company, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special Bermuda counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of the General Counsel of the Company, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit F hereto.

(g) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, special counsel for the Company and certain Selling Shareholders, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit G hereto.

(h) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form mutually agreed upon between the Managers and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.

(i) The Underwriters shall have received a certificate in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto, dated as of each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

(j) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(k) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you, on the one hand, and each of the Selling Shareholders set forth on Schedule I hereto and each officer, director and shareholder of the Company set forth on Schedule V hereto, on the other hand, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of Common Shares or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lock-Up Release Agents named herein shall also be the “Lock-Up Release Agents” as defined in such lock-up agreements, and the prior written consent of any two out of three of the Lock-Up Release Agents shall be required to release or waive the restrictions set forth in such lock-up agreements on behalf of the Underwriters.

(l) As of the Closing Date, all transactions described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Corporate Reorganization” shall have been completed substantially in the manner described therein.

 

12


(m) The Shares have been approved for listing upon notice of issuance on the Nasdaq.

(n) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

9. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you upon request, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the second business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 9(e) or 9(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object in a timely manner, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object in a timely manner.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to

 

13


any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request, provided , however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) The Company will promptly notify the Managers if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 4.

(j) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Managers and will as promptly as practicable amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

10. Covenants of the Selling Shareholders . Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, and for itself and not for any other Selling Shareholder, covenants with each Underwriter that it will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

11. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Shareholders’ obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and Selling Shareholders’ counsel (unless a Selling Shareholder chooses or is required to appoint its own counsel, in which case such Selling Shareholder shall pay such fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel), the Company’s accountants and all other fees or expenses of the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or stamp taxes payable thereon (to the extent not rebated), (iii) all reasonably incurred and documented expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 9(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters, not to exceed $50,000, incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Shares and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the Nasdaq, (vi) the cost of printing any certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the

 

14


Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Selling Shareholders agree to pay, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Underwriters’ discounts and commissions in connection with the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase the Shares, which discounts and commissions are reflected in the Purchase Price for the Shares set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement. It is further understood that except as provided in this Section 11, Section 13 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and Section 15(c) below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, all taxes payable in connection with the sale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

The provisions of this Section 11 shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Shareholders may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

12. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

13. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) [The Company also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the QIU, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or action in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU’s acting as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the QIU.]

(c) Each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement, each Underwriter, each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a

 

15


material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only with reference to the Selling Shareholder Information. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be several and not joint and limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “ Selling Shareholder Net Proceeds ”).

(d) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication.

(e) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(b), 13(c) or 13(d), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be in the reasonable judgment of counsel inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by all of the Managers jointly. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the persons named as attorneys-in-fact

 

16


for the Selling Shareholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 90 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. [Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 13(b) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Jefferies LLC in its capacity as QIU and all persons, if any, who control Jefferies LLC within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of Jefferies LLC within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.]

To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 13(a), 13(b), 13(c) or 13(d) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by the preceding clause 13(e)(i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the preceding clause 13(e)(i) but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and each Selling Shareholder and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. [Benefits received by the QIU shall be deemed to be equal to the compensation received by the QIU for acting in such capacity.] The relative fault of the Company or the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 13 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be several and not joint and limited to an amount equal to the Selling Shareholder Net Proceeds less any amounts that such Selling Shareholder is obligated to pay under Section 13(c) above. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, (i) the maximum aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity agreement contained in Section 13(c) above and the contribution agreement contained in this Section 13(e) shall be limited to an amount equal to the Selling Shareholder Net Proceeds.

(f) The Company and the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 13 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 13(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 13(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13, (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute

 

17


any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, (ii) no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of the amounts by which the Selling Shareholder Net Proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission [and (iii) the QIU, in its capacity as such, shall not be required to contribute an amount in excess of the compensation received by the QIU for acting in such capacity]. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 13 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 13 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

14. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq, (ii) trading of the Common Shares shall have been suspended on the Nasdaq, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by U.S. Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Company shall promptly provide a copy of any such notice to each Selling Shareholder.

15. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

(b) If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 15(b) by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholders. In any such case either you, the Company or the relevant Selling Shareholder shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of

 

18


Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

(c) If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or any Selling Shareholder to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company or any Selling Shareholder shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall not include termination pursuant to Section 14(i), (iii), (iv) or (v) or this Section 15 and, solely with respect to the Selling Shareholders, Section 14(ii), the Company and solely the defaulting Selling Shareholders will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of their outside counsel) reasonably incurred and documented by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder, and the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have no further liability to you except as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof.

16. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

18. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

19. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service; Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”) in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the offering of the Shares. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in a New York Court and any claim that any such suit or proceeding in a New York Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders irrevocably appoint Markit North America, Inc., located at 620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel, as their authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”) in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law in any such suit or proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such Authorized Agent. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders further agree to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such Authorized Agent in full force and effect. The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company or any Selling Shareholder, as applicable. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

19


20. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

21. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing (which shall include facsimile or electronic mail) and effective only upon receipt and (i) if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of (a) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Facsimile: (646) 855 3073, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to: Facsimile: (212) 230-8730, Attention: ECM Legal; (b) Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: (646) 834-8133), with a copy to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019; (c) Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013 (fax no.: (212) 816 7912); (d) Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, Attn: LCD-IBD; (e) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 2nd Floor, New York, N.Y. 10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets – Syndicate Desk (F: 212-797-9344), with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10005, Attention: General Counsel (F: 212-797-4564); (f) Goldman, Sachs & Co., Attention: Registration Department, 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282, facsimile: 212-902-9316; (g) HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, Fax: (646) 366-3409, Attention: ECM Syndicate Desk; (h) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (facsimile: (212) 622-8358); (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and (j) UBS Securities LLC, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate (fax: (212) 713-3371); (ii) if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent in care of Markit North America, Inc., 620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Adam J. Kansler, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel, email address: adam.kansler@markit.com, with a copy to Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., fax number: (212) 701-5674, email address: richard.truesdell@davispolk.com; and (iii) if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to such Selling Shareholder as set forth on Schedule I hereto.

22. USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

20


Very truly yours,
MARKIT LTD.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


The Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I hereto, acting severally

By:  

 

  Attorney-in Fact


Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

Barclays Capital Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

UBS Securities LLC

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

Jefferies LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

RBS Securities Inc.

TD Securities (USA) LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

By:  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Barclays Capital Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


By:   Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   UBS Securities LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


By:   BNP Paribas Securities Corp.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   Jefferies LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   RBC Capital Markets, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   RBS Securities Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:   TD Securities (USA) LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.2

FORM NO. 2

LOGO

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Markit Ltd.

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2. We, the undersigned, namely,

 

NAME   ADDRESS  

BERMUDIAN

STATUS

(Yes/No)

  NATIONALITY  

NUMBER OF

SHARES

SUBSCRIBED

David J. Doyle  

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

  Yes   British   One
Christopher G. Garrod   "   Yes   British   One
Michael B. Ashford   "   Yes   British   One

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.


3. The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981 (the “Act”).

 

4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding              in all, including the following parcels:- N/A

 

5. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000.00 divided into shares of US$0.01 each.

 

6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted.

 

7. The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company –

Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and –

 

  (i) pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed;

 

  (ii) pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and

 

  (iii) pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares.


Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

LOGO     LOGO

 

   

 

LOGO     LOGO

 

   

 

LOGO     LOGO

 

   

 

        

 

   

 

(Subscribers)     (Witnesses)

SUBSCRIBED this 16 January, 2014

Exhibit 3.3

BYE-LAWS

OF

MARKIT LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTERPRETATION      1   
1.    Definitions      1   
SHARES      3   
2.    Power to Issue Shares      3   
3.    Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares      3   
4.    Rights Attaching to Shares      3   
5.    Calls on Shares      6   
6.    Forfeiture of Shares      6   
7.    Share Certificates      7   
8.    Fractional Shares      8   
REGISTRATION OF SHARES      8   
9.    Register of Members      8   
10.    Registered Holder Absolute Owner      9   
11.    Transfer of Registered Shares      9   
12.    Transmission of Registered Shares      10   
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL      12   
13.    Power to Alter Capital      12   
14.    Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares      12   
DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION      12   
15.    Dividends      12   
16.    Power to Set Aside Profits      13   
17.    Method of Payment      13   
18.    Capitalisation      14   
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS      14   
19.    Annual General Meetings      14   
20.    Special General Meetings      14   
21.    Requisitioned General Meetings and Other Business      14   
22.    Notice      16   
23.    Giving Notice and Access      17   
24.    Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting      18   


25.    Electronic Participation and Security in General Meetings      18   
26.    Quorum at General Meetings      18   
27.    Chairman to Preside at General Meetings      19   
28.    Voting on Resolutions      19   
29.    Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll      20   
30.    Voting by Joint Holders of Shares      21   
31.    Instrument of Proxy      21   
32.    Representation of Corporate Member      22   
33.    Adjournment of General Meeting      22   
34.    Written Resolutions      23   
35.    Directors Attendance at General Meetings      23   
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      23   
36.    Election of Directors      23   
37.    Number of Directors      25   
38.    Classes of Directors      25   
39.    Term of Office of Directors      25   
40.    Alternate Directors      26   
41.    Removal of Directors      26   
42.    Vacancy in the Office of Director      26   
43.    Remuneration of Directors      27   
44.    Defect in Appointment      27   
45.    Directors to Manage Business      27   
46.    Powers of the Board of Directors      28   
47.    Register of Directors and Officers      29   
48.    Appointment of Officers      29   
49.    Appointment of Secretary      29   
50.    Duties of Officers      29   
51.    Remuneration of Officers      29   
52.    Conflicts of Interest      30   
53.    Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers      30   
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS      31   
54.    Board Meetings      31   
55.    Notice of Board Meetings      32   
56.    Electronic Participation in Meetings      32   
57.    Quorum at Board Meetings      32   
58.    Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy      32   
59.    Chairman to Preside      32   
60.    Written Resolutions      33   
61.    Validity of Prior Acts of the Board      33   
CORPORATE RECORDS      33   
62.    Minutes      33   


63.    Place Where Corporate Records Kept      33   
64.    Form and Use of Seal      33   
ACCOUNTS      34   
65.    Records of Account      34   
66.    Financial Year End      34   
AUDITS      34   
67.    Annual Audit      34   
68.    Appointment of Auditor      34   
69.    Remuneration of Auditor      35   
70.    Duties of Auditor      35   
71.    Access to Records      35   
72.    Financial Statements and the Auditor’s Report      35   
73.    Vacancy in the Office of Auditor      35   
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS      36   
74.    Business Combinations      36   
VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION      41   
75.    Winding-Up      41   
CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION      42   
76.    Changes to Bye-laws      42   
77.    Changes to the Memorandum of Association      42   
78.    Discontinuance      42   
79.    Exclusive Jurisdiction      42   


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

Act    the Companies Act 1981;
Auditor    includes an individual or partnership;
Board    the board of directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum;
Chairman    the chairman of the Board;
Company    the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;
Director    a director of the Company;
Exchange    the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the U.S. stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Shares are listed;
Member    the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;
notice    written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;
Officer    any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company and includes the Secretary;
Register of Directors and Officers    the register of directors and officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

1


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

Register of Members    the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws;
Resident Representative    any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;
Secretary    the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary; and
Treasury Share    a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.

 

1.2 In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa ;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

  (c) words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d) the words:-

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e) a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof;

 

  (f) the word “corporation” means a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act; and

 

  (g) unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

2


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

1.3 In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

1.4 Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

SHARES

 

2. Power to Issue Shares

 

2.1 Subject to these Bye-laws, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

 

2.2 Without limitation to the provisions of Bye-law 4, subject to the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board or any committee designated thereby (before the issue or conversion of such shares).

 

3. Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

3.1 The Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit.

 

3.2 The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

4. Rights Attaching to Shares

 

4.1 At the date these Bye-laws are adopted, the share capital of the Company is divided into two classes: (i) common shares (the “Common Shares”) and (ii) preference shares (the “Preference Shares”).

 

4.2 The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to these Bye-laws (including, without limitation, the rights attaching to any Preference Shares):

 

  (a) be entitled to one vote per share;

 

  (b) be entitled to such dividends and other distributions as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

3


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

4.3 The Board is authorised to provide for the issuance of the Preference Shares in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to allot and redesignate such portion of the unissued share capital to such series as it shall determine to be appropriate and to fix the terms, including designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each such series (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such matters and the issuance of such Preference Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Common Shares or, subject to the terms of any other series of Preference Shares, to vary the rights attached to any other series of Preference Shares). The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

  (a) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

  (b) the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of the payment of dividends on shares of that series;

 

  (c) whether the series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

 

  (d) whether the series shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion into Common Shares) and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine;

 

  (e) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable or repurchaseable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption or repurchase, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption or repurchase if less than all shares are to be redeemed or repurchased, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption or repurchase, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption or repurchase dates;

 

  (f) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or repurchase of shares of that series and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

 

4


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (g) the right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any issued shares of the Company;

 

  (h) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that series; and

 

  (i) any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.

 

4.4 Any Preference Shares of any series which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of any other class or classes shall have the status of authorised and unissued Preference Shares of the same series and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preference Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preference Shares, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issue of any series of Preference Shares.

 

4.5 At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.

 

4.6 All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

 

5


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

5. Calls on Shares

 

5.1 The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue) and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

5.2 Any amount which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, costs and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.

 

5.3 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof.

 

5.4 The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by such Member, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.

 

6. Forfeiture of Shares

 

6.1 If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

  

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

Markit Ltd. (the “Company”)

  
   You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [date], in respect of the [number] share(s) [number in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [date], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [             ] per annum computed from the said [date] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.   

 

6


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

   Dated this [date]   
   [Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board   

 

6.2 If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Bye-laws and the Act.

 

6.3 A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

6.4 The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

7. Share Certificates

 

7.1 Subject to Bye-law 7.4, every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or the Secretary or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

7.2 The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

7


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

7.3 If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed, the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

7.4 Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

  (a) the Board shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and

 

  (b) unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

8. Fractional Shares

The Company shall not issue its shares in fractional denominations.

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

9. Register of Members

 

9.1 The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

9.2 The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

8


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

10. Registered Holder Absolute Owner

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

11. Transfer of Registered Shares

 

11.1 Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bye-laws, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an appointed stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

 

11.3 An instrument of transfer for shares which may not be transferred pursuant to either Bye-law 11.1 or Bye-law 11.2 shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Board may accept:

Transfer of a Share or Shares

Markit Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                      [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address], [number] shares of the Company.
DATED this [date]
Signed by:      In the presence of:   

 

    

 

  
Transferor      Witness   

 

    

 

  
Transferee      Witness   

 

11.4 Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

9


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

11.5 The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require showing the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

11.6 The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

11.7 The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid up. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained. The Board shall have the authority to request from any Member, and such Member shall provide, such information as the Board may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether the transfer of any share requires such consent, authorisation or permission and whether the same has been obtained. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

12. Transmission of Registered Shares

 

12.1 In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law 12.1, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

12.2

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case, unless the shares may be transferred pursuant to either

 

10


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  Bye-law 11.1 or Bye-law 11.2, the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member

Markit Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.
DATED this [date]
Signed by:      In the presence of:   

 

    

 

  
Transferor      Witness   

 

    

 

  
Transferee      Witness   

 

12.3 On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

12.4 Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

11


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

13. Power to Alter Capital

 

13.1 The Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its authorised share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

13.2 Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.

 

14. Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

15. Dividends

 

15.1 The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets.

 

15.2 The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

15.3 The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

12


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

15.4 The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.

 

15.5 No unpaid dividend, distribution or other monies payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to such share.

 

16. Power to Set Aside Profits

The Board may, before declaring a dividend or distribution, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies, for equalising dividends, securing equality of distribution or for any other purpose.

 

17. Method of Payment

 

17.1 Any dividend, interest, or other monies payable in cash in respect of the shares may be paid by such means as the Board shall determine, including by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members (in the case of joint holders of shares, unless directed in writing otherwise by such joint holders, to the senior joint holder, seniority being determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members). Every such cheque or draft shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to such persons as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or draft shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or draft shall be sent at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one of them can give an effectual receipt for any dividend, distributions or other monies payable in respect of such shares.

 

17.2 The Board may deduct from any dividend, distribution or other monies payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of a share which is not fully paid.

 

17.3 Any dividend, distribution and/or other monies payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for a period of six years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend, distribution or other monies payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

13


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

17.4 The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and drafts by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or draft.

 

18. Capitalisation

 

18.1 The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members.

 

18.2 The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

19. Annual General Meetings

An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place in or outside Bermuda as the Board shall appoint.

 

20. Special General Meetings

The Chairman or a majority of the Directors then in office may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.

 

21. Requisitioned General Meetings and Other Business

 

21.1 The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

21.2

In addition to any rights of Members under the Act or these Bye-laws, business may be brought before any annual general meeting or any special general meeting by any person who: (i) is a Member of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided

 

14


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  for in this Bye-law 21 and on the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of and vote at such meeting; and (ii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 21.

 

21.3 In addition to any other applicable requirements, for other business to be proposed by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 21.2, such Member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.

 

21.4 To be timely, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 21.3 must be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company as set forth in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be so delivered or mailed and received not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made; and (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, not later than 7 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

 

21.5

To be in proper written form, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 21.3 must set forth as to each matter such Member proposed to bring before the general meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the general meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bye-laws of the Company, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the general meeting; (ii) the name and record address of such Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or directly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or

 

15


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  decrease the voting power of, such Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, directly or indirectly, such Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Member and any material interest of such Member or such beneficial owner in such business; and (vii) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to bring such business before the general meeting.

 

21.6 Once business has been properly brought before the general meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bye-law 21, nothing in this Bye-law shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of such business. If the chairman of a general meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Bye-law 21, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

21.7 No business may be transacted at a general meeting, other than business that is either (i) properly brought before the general meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof); or (ii) properly brought before the general meeting by any Member or Members in accordance with the Act or these Bye-laws.

 

22. Notice

 

22.1 At least 14 days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

22.2 At least 10 days’ notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

22.3 The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting.

 

22.4 A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; or (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the general meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

16


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

22.5 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that general meeting.

 

23. Giving Notice and Access

 

23.1 A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

  (a) by delivering it to such Member in person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served upon such delivery; or

 

  (b) by sending it by post to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served five days after the date on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail; or

 

  (c) by sending it by courier to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served two days after the date on which it is deposited, with courier fees paid, with the courier service; or

 

  (d) by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time that it would in the ordinary course be transmitted; or

 

  (e) by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by publication on a website, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the requirements of the Act in that regard have been met.

 

23.2 Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

23.3 In proving service under paragraphs 23.1(b), (c) and (d), it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted or sent by courier, and the time when it was posted, deposited with the courier, or transmitted by electronic means.

 

17


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

24. Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

The Secretary may, and on the instruction of the Chairman, the Secretary shall, postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a general meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed or cancelled meeting shall be given to the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

25. Electronic Participation and Security in General Meetings

 

25.1 The Board may, but shall not be required to, make arrangements permitting Members to participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation by way of such facilities or means in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

25.2 The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction the Board or such chairman considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

26. Quorum at General Meetings

 

26.1 Subject to the rules of the Exchange, at any general meeting two or more persons present at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued shares in the Company entitled to vote at such general meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

26.2 If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the Secretary shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting adjourned. If the Secretary shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

18


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

27. Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman shall act as chairman of the meeting at all general meetings at which such person is present. In the Chairman’s absence a chairman of the meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting and in their absence by a majority of those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

28. Voting on Resolutions

 

28.1 Subject to the Act, these Bye-laws and the rules of the Exchange, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

28.2 No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

 

28.3 At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to these Bye-laws and any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his hand.

 

28.4 In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means permitted by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 25.1, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote in the form of an electronic record or otherwise on a show of hands.

 

28.5 At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

28.6 At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

19


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

29. Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

29.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

  (a) the chairman of such meeting; or

 

  (b) at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

  (c) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

  (d) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

29.2 Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting, including persons present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities, shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands. A person holding multiple shares or holding a proxy in respect of multiple shares need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

29.3 A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll.

 

29.4

Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote, including each person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities, shall record his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken. Each ballot shall be marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion

 

20


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  of the poll, the votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by one or more inspectors of votes or a committee appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose. The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting.

 

30. Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

31. Instrument of Proxy

 

31.1 A Member may appoint a proxy by

 

  (a) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board from time to time; or

 

  (b) an instrument appointing a proxy in writing in substantially the following form or such other form as the Board may determine from time to time:

Proxy

Markit Ltd. (the “Company”)

I/We, [insert names here] , being a Member of the Company with [number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT [name] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of the Members to be held on [date] and at any adjournment thereof. [Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.]

 

   Signed this [date]   
  

 

  
   Member(s)   

 

31.2 The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and an appointment of proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted shall be invalid.

 

21


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

31.3 A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

31.4 The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

32. Representation of Corporate Member

 

32.1 A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any general meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

32.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

33. Adjournment of General Meeting

 

33.1 The chairman of a general meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy) adjourn the meeting.

 

33.2 The chairman of a general meeting may adjourn a meeting to another time and place without the consent or direction of the Members if it appears to him that:

 

  (a) it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

  (b) the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

  (c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

33.3 Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

22


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

34. Written Resolutions

 

34.1 Subject to these Bye-laws, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

 

34.2 A resolution in writing may be signed in any number of counterparts.

 

34.3 A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

34.4 A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

34.5 This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

  (a) a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or

 

  (b) a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.

 

34.6 For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by or on behalf of the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

 

35. Directors Attendance at General Meetings

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

36. Election of Directors

 

36.1

Only persons who are proposed or nominated in accordance with this Bye-law shall be eligible for election as Directors. Any Member or the Board may propose any person for election as a Director. Where any person, other than a Director retiring at the

 

23


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  meeting or a person proposed for re-election or election as a Director by the Board, is to be proposed for election as a Director, notice must be given to the Company of the intention to propose him and of his willingness to serve as a Director. Where a Director is to be elected:

 

  (a) at an annual general meeting, such notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made;

 

  (b) at a special general meeting, such notice must be given not later than 7 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made;

 

  (c)

in the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must set forth: (i) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of the Company owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to applicable laws or regulations or that the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the eligibility of such person to serve as a Director of the Company; (ii) the name and record address of the Member giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is proposed; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or directly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the

 

24


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, directly or indirectly, such Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposed nomination by such Member and any material relationship between such Member or such beneficial owner and the person proposed to be nominated for election; and (vii) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to propose such nomination; and

 

  (d) in the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.

 

36.2 Where persons are validly proposed for re-election or election as a Director, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors, and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a prerequisite to the election of such Directors.

 

36.3 At any general meeting the Members may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting.

 

37. Number of Directors

The Board shall consist of such number of Directors being not less than five Directors or such greater number as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

38. Classes of Directors

The Directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board.

 

39. Term of Office of Directors

At the first annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the Class I Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At the second annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the Class II Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At the third

 

25


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the Class III Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three year term. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any Director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any Director then in office. A Director shall hold office until the annual general meeting for the year in which his term expires, subject to his office being vacated pursuant to Bye-law 42.

 

40. Alternate Directors

The election or appointment of a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to any one or more Directors shall not be permitted.

 

41. Removal of Directors

 

41.1 Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director only with cause, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

41.2 If a Director is removed from the Board under this Bye-law, the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed, provided the nominee for the vacancy is proposed in accordance with Bye-law 36. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.

 

41.3 For the purposes of this Bye-law 41, “cause” shall mean a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings the Director or the Company into disrepute and which results in material financial detriment to the Company.

 

42. Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

42.1 The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

26


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

 

  (d) resigns his office by notice to the Company.

 

42.2 Provided a quorum of Directors remains in office, the Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director or as a result of an increase in the size of the Board.

 

43. Remuneration of Directors

Directors may receive compensation for their services as Director, including compensation for service on any committee appointed by the Board and any additional fees for committee chairs, in amounts, and on such basis, as shall be established from time to time by the Board. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from Board meetings, meetings of any committee appointed by the Board or general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

44. Defect in Appointment

All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, any committee appointed by the Board, any member of any such committee, any person to whom the Board may have delegated any of its powers, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

45. Directors to Manage Business

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.

 

27


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

46. Powers of the Board of Directors

The Board may:

 

  (a) appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

  (b) exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

  (c) appoint one or more persons to the office of chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

 

  (d) appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

  (e) by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;

 

  (f) procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company and listing the shares of the Company;

 

  (g) delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall be subject to the oversight and central control of the Board, shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;

 

  (h) delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit, provided always that the execution of those powers remains subject to the oversight and control of the Board;

 

28


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (i) present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

  (j) in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and

 

  (k) authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

47. Register of Directors and Officers

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

48. Appointment of Officers

The Board may appoint such Officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.

 

49. Appointment of Secretary

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

50. Duties of Officers

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time, provided always that the execution of those powers and the performance of those duties remains subject to the general oversight and central control of the Board.

 

51. Remuneration of Officers

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may determine.

 

29


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

52. Conflicts of Interest

 

52.1 Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or a Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.

 

52.2 A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company (an “Interested Director”) shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

52.3 Following a declaration of interest being made pursuant to Bye-law 52.2, the Interested Director shall be disqualified from participating in the discussion or voting on the matter unless the chairman of the meeting determines that such Interested Director shall not be disqualified as such. In the event the chairman of the meeting makes a declaration under Bye-law 52.2, such determination may be made by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors not having such an interest. In addition, an Interested Director may, but shall not be required to, recuse himself from the discussion or voting on any particular matter because of a possible conflict or for any other reason disclosed to the other Directors. Any Interested Director that is so disqualified or that elects to be recused shall nevertheless be counted toward a quorum for the meeting.

In the event that one or more Interested Directors are disqualified or elect to be recused from voting on a matter, or one or more Directors are later found to have an interest or conflict that should have been declared, the matter shall be approved or stand approved if it is or was approved by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors that do not have an interest or conflict in the matter, even if less than a quorum.

 

53. Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

53.1

The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers, and any person appointed to any committee by the Board in accordance with these Bye-Laws acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators (each of which an “indemnified party”), shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty,

 

30


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any monies or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any monies of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

53.2 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

53.3 The Company may advance monies to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against him.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

54. Board Meetings

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. Subject to these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

31


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

55. Notice of Board Meetings

The Chairman may, and the Secretary on the requisition of the Chairman shall, at any time summon a Board meeting. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

56. Electronic Participation in Meetings

Directors may participate in any Board meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

57. Quorum at Board Meetings

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a Board meeting shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that if there is only one Director for the time being in office the quorum shall be one.

 

58. Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at Board meetings, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

59. Chairman to Preside

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the Chairman shall act as chairman at all Board meetings at which such person is present. In the Chairman’s absence a chairman of the meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting unless otherwise determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

32


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

60. Written Resolutions

A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a Board meeting duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the resolution is signed by the last Director.

 

61. Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

62. Minutes

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each Board meeting and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, Board meetings, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

63. Place Where Corporate Records Kept

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

64. Form and Use of Seal

 

64.1 The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

64.2 A seal may, but need not, be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (i) any Director, or (ii) any Officer, or (iii) the Secretary, or (iv) any person authorised by the Board for that purpose.

 

64.3 A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.

 

33


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS

 

65. Records of Account

 

65.1 The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all amounts of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

65.2 Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

65.3 Such records of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared.

 

66. Financial Year End

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31st December in each year.

AUDITS

 

67. Annual Audit

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

68. Appointment of Auditor

 

68.1 Subject to the Act, the appointment of an auditor of the accounts of the Company for each fiscal year shall be submitted to the Members for their approval at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent general meeting.

 

68.2 The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

34


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

69. Remuneration of Auditor

The remuneration of an Auditor shall be fixed by the Members or by the Board (or a committee appointed by the Board), if it is authorised to do so by the Members, save that the remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws shall be fixed by the Board.

 

70. Duties of Auditor

 

70.1 The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

70.2 The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

71. Access to Records

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

72. Financial Statements and the Auditor’s Report

 

72.1 Subject to the following bye-law, the financial statements and/or the auditor’s report as required by the Act shall:

 

  (a) be laid before the Members at the annual general meeting; or

 

  (b) be received, accepted, adopted, approved or otherwise acknowledged by the Members by written resolution passed in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

72.2 If all Members and Directors shall agree, either in writing or at a meeting, that in respect of a particular interval no financial statements and/or auditor’s report thereon need be made available to the Members, and/or that no auditor shall be appointed, then there shall be no obligation on the Company to do so.

 

73. Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

The Board may fill any casual vacancy in the office of the auditor.

 

35


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

74. Business Combinations

 

74.1 (a) Any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder within a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder must be approved by the Board and authorised at an annual or special general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company that are not owned by the Interested Shareholder unless:

 

  (i) prior to the time that the person became an Interested Shareholder, the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Shareholder; or

 

  (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned shares representing at least 85% of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purposes of determining the number of shares issued and outstanding those shares owned by (A) persons who are Directors and also Officers and (B) employee share plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer.

 

  (b) The restrictions contained in this Bye-law 74.1 shall not apply if:

 

  (i) a Member becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (A) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the Member ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (B) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Company and such Member, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

  (ii)

the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of, and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of, a proposed transaction which (A) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (B) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (C) is

 

36


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by resolution of the Board approved by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

  (1) a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company (except an amalgamation or merger in respect of which, pursuant to the Act, no vote of the shareholders of the Company is required);

 

  (2) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company (other than to the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company; or

 

  (3) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company.

The Company shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in subparagraphs (1) or (2) of the second sentence of this paragraph (ii).

 

  (c) For the purpose of this Bye-law 74 only, the term:

 

  (i) “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person;

 

  (ii)

“associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (A) any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (B) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a

 

37


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (C) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a Director or Officer or a director or officer of any of the Company’s parents or subsidiaries;

 

  (iii) “Business Combination”, when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Shareholder of the Company, means:

 

  (A) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company, wherever incorporated, with (1) the Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (2) with any other company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger, amalgamation or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder;

 

  (B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;

 

  (C)

any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company of any shares of the Company, or any share of such entity, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which securities were issued and outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (2) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which security is distributed, pro rata

 

38


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (3) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of such shares; or (4) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (2)-(4) of this subparagraph (C) shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of any class or series of shares;

 

  (D) any transaction involving the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any repurchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or

 

  (E) any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (A)-(D) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company;

 

  (iv) “control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, such presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;

 

39


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (v) “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Company and any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company) that (A) is the owner of shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company, (B) is an affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder or (C) is an affiliate or associate of any person listed in (A) or (B) above; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company unless such person referred to in this proviso acquires additional voting shares of the Company otherwise than as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the voting shares of the Company deemed to be issued and outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (viii) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

 

  (vi) “person” means any individual, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

 

  (vii) “voting shares” means, with respect to any company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a company, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity;

 

  (viii) “owner”, including the terms “own” and “owned”, when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

  (A) beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or

 

40


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

  (B) has (1) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

 

  (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (2) of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (viii)), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.

 

74.2 In respect of any Business Combination to which the restrictions contained in Bye-law 74.1 do not apply but which the Act requires to be approved by the Members, then (i) for any Business Combination that has been approved by the Board the necessary general meeting quorum and Members’ approval shall be as set out in Bye-laws 26 and 28 respectively; and (ii) for any Business Combination not approved by the Board such Business Combination requires a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution.

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

75. Winding-Up

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any

 

41


Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

76. Changes to Bye-laws

 

76.1 No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made save in accordance with the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.

 

76.2 Bye-laws 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 74 and 76 may not be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made which would have the effect of rescinding, altering or amending the provisions of such Bye-laws, until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the Directors then in office and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

 

77. Changes to the Memorandum of Association

No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association may be made save in accordance with the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.

 

78. Discontinuance

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.

 

79. Exclusive Jurisdiction

In the event that any dispute arises concerning the Act or out of or in connection with these Bye-laws, including any question regarding the existence and scope of any Bye-law and/or whether there has been any breach of the Act or these Bye-laws by an Officer or Director (whether or not such a claim is brought in the name of a shareholder or in the name of the Company), any such dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

 

42

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#
COMMON SHARES
PAR VALUE US $0.01
MARKIT®
COMMON SHARES
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE
IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND
COLLEGE STATION, TX
Certificate
Number
ZQ00000000
MARKIT LTD.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF BERMUDA
Shares
**000000******************
***000000*****************
****000000****************
*****000000***************
******000000**************
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLES & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLES
CUSIP G58249 10 6
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
is the owner of ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE US $0.01 PER SHARE, OF THE SHARE CAPITAL OF
Markit Ltd. (hereinafter called the “Company”), held subject to the memorandum of association and bye-laws of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), and transferable in accordance therewith. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Secretary
MARKIT LTD.
SEAL
2014
Bermuda
DATED DD-MMM-YYYY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
1234567
markit® CUSIP XXXXXX XX X
Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX
Insurance Value 1,000,000.00
Number of Shares 123456
DTC 12345678 123456789012345
PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
MR A SAMPLE Certificate Numbers Num/No. Denom. Total
DESIGNATION (IF ANY) 1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1
ADD 1 1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2
ADD 2 1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3
ADD 3 1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4
ADD 4 1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5
1234567890/1234567890 6 6 6
Total Transaction 7
SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE


 

MARKIT LTD.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED SHARE CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

 

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
   

 

TEN COM

  -   as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    -                                           Custodian                                          
              (Cust)                                             (Minor)              
   

TEN ENT

  -   as tenants by the entireties       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act                                           
              (State)                
   

JT TEN

  -  

as joint tenants with right of survivorship

and not as tenants in common

   UNIF TRF MIN ACT   

-                                           Custodian (until age                          )

(Cust)                                                                        

                                   under Uniform Transfers  to Minors Act               
              (Minor)                                                                       (State)  
   

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

    PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

For value received,                  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

   

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

    

    

    

  Shares
represented by the within Certificate, and such shares are subject to the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company and are transferable in
accordance therewith.
   

 

 

Dated

              20            

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

Signature:

                      

 

Signature:

                      
    Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.       
            
            
 

 

              

LOGO

Exhibit 10.43

                     2014

MARKIT LTD.

CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD

 

 

DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

 

 

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

65 Fleet Street

London EC4Y 1HS


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

     2   

2.

 

NOMINATION OF DIRECTOR APPOINTMENT

     4   

3.

 

TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

     5   

4.

 

NOTICES

     6   

5.

 

AMENDMENT; WAIVER

     6   

6.

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES

     6   

7.

 

ASSIGNMENT

     7   

8.

 

THIRD PARTIES

     7   

9.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     7   

10.

 

JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     7   

11.

 

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

     7   

12.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     8   

13.

 

SEVERABILITY

     8   

14.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS

     8   

15.

 

GRANT OF CONSENT

     8   

16.

 

COUNTERPARTS

     8   

17.

 

EFFECTIVENESS

     8   

18.

 

NO RECOURSE

     8   

 

Page I


THIS AGREEMENT is made on              2014

B ETWEEN :

 

(1) MARKIT LTD. , a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the Company ); and

 

(2) CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD , a federal crown corporation incorporated pursuant to the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board Act 1997 (Canada), of One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto, Ontario M5C 2W5, Canada ( CPPIB ).

W HEREAS :

(A) It is intended that CPPIB shall acquire an interest in the Company at the closing of the IPO (as defined below) (the Investment ).

(B) The Company and CPPIB agree that CPPIB shall have the right to nominate for appointment or election to the Board, and the Company shall be obliged to put forward for election, a CPPIB Director Nominee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

I T IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. I NTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise the following words and expressions shall have the meanings respectively set out opposite them:

Affiliate has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement;

AGM means the annual general meeting of the Company;

Constitutional Documents means the memorandum of association and bye-laws of the Company from time to time;

Board means the board of Directors of the Company from time to time;

Business Day means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are generally open in Toronto, London and New York for business;

Chairman means the chairman of the Board;

Company Group means the Company and each of its subsidiaries from time to time;

Control (including its correlative meanings, Controlled by and under common Control with ) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person;

CPPIB Minimum Investment means an Investment in the amount of US$[    ],000,000;

 

Page 2


CPPIB Director Nominee means a Non-Executive Director nominated for appointment or election by CPPIB in accordance with this Agreement;

Director means a director of the Company;

Executive Director means a Director who is also an employee of the Company;

Nominating and Governance Committee means the nominating and governance committee established by the Board;

Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administration functions of or pertaining to government;

IPO means the initial public offering of the Shares and listing on the Nasdaq Global (or Global Select) Market;

Law means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority;

Proxy Statement means the management proxy circular, proxy statement or similar document distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with Company shareholder meetings;

Non-Executive Director means any Director who is not an Executive Director;

Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organisation, or other form of business organisation, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof;

Purchased Shares means the Shares acquired by CPPIB pursuant to the Investment;

Shareholder means a holder for the time being of Shares;

Shares means common shares each of $0.01 par value of the Company; and

subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of Shares (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability

 

Page 3


company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

1.2 Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for ease of reference only and shall not in any way affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

1.3 References to Clauses are to be construed as references to the Clauses of this Agreement.

1.4 References to any other document or any provision thereof shall be construed as references thereto as it is in force for the time being and as amended or supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties or the consent of a specified party.

1.5 Words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and vice versa and words denoting persons shall include companies.

1.6 References to any Law or provision of any Law include any Law or statutory provision of any Law which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces the same, or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or replaced by the same, and shall include any orders, regulations, instruments or other subordinate legislation made under the relevant Law or provision of any Law.

 

2. N OMINATION OF D IRECTOR

2.1 Conditional upon the CPPIB having acquired Shares in the Investment with a value at the time of the acquisition of at least the CPPIB Minimum Investment, for so long as CPPIB (together with its respective Affiliates) owns Shares equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares, CPPIB will be entitled to nominate for appointment or as a candidate for election to the Board one CPPIB Director Nominee and to nominate another person for appointment or election in that person’s place should that person’s office be vacated.

2.2 CPPIB shall consult with the Nominating and Governance Committee to select a mutually agreeable CPPIB Director Nominee to be nominated by the Nominating and Governance Committee for appointment or election to the Board (such agreement by the Nominating and Governance Committee not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to support the nomination of the CPPIB Director Nominee by the Nominating and Governance Committee. CPPIB agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to select a CPPIB Director Nominee that is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States. In the event that CPPIB’s initial CPPIB Director Nominee is not acceptable to the Nominating and Governance Committee (acting reasonably), CPPIB shall have the right to propose additional CPPIB Director Nominee(s) until a candidate is mutually agreed between CPPIB and the Nominating and Governance Committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Nominating and Governance Committee, in considering any CPPIB Director Nominee, shall have the discretion to consider all relevant factors in evaluating such

 

Page 4


nominee, including, but not limited to, the current composition of the Board, the areas of expertise represented or needed on the Board and the preference for geographic or other diversity of the Board.

2.3 Following mutual agreement of the CPPIB Director Nominee, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to put forward such CPPIB Director Nominee for election at the next applicable AGM or take such other steps as are required to have such CPPIB Director Nominee elected or appointed to the Board. If applicable, the Company shall include the CPPIB Director Nominee in the list of nominees for election in each Proxy Statement following CPPIB’s nomination of such CPPIB Director Nominee in accordance with this Clause 2 and take the same or equivalent steps to support the election of such CPPIB Director Nominee as the Company takes to support all other nominee Non-Executive Directors. Upon the closing of the Investment, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to have the initial CPPIB Director Nominee appointed by the Board as soon as possible to act as Director in Class III of the Board, filling a vacancy in such Class by an increase in the size of the Board.

2.4 If the office of a CPPIB Director Nominee is vacated or he is not re-elected as a CPPIB Director Nominee, CPPIB will be entitled, by giving written notice to the Company, to nominate a replacement CPPIB Director Nominee for appointment or as a candidate for election.

2.5 Unless CPPIB gives written notice to the Company that it does not wish the CPPIB Director Nominee it has appointed to be nominated for re-election at the time that such CPPIB Director Nominee is required to seek re-election pursuant to the Constitutional Documents, the Company shall (subject to the other provisions of this Agreement) use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the CPPIB Director Nominee is recommended as a candidate for re-election.

2.6 In the event that CPPIB (together with its Affiliates) ceases to own Shares equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares, the CPPIB Director Nominee shall offer to resign from the Board. The Board shall, in its sole discretion, decide to accept or decline such resignation (for the avoidance of doubt, the CPPIB Director Nominee shall not be precluded from resigning from the Board in accordance with the Constitutional Documents and applicable law, and the CPPIB Director Nominee shall be subject to removal from the Board in accordance with the Constitutional Documents or applicable law).

2.7 Any nomination for appointment or election of a CPPIB Director Nominee by CPPIB under this Clause 2 shall be by notice in writing delivered to the Company Secretary of the Company and signed on behalf of CPPIB by an authorised signatory.

2.8 CPPIB shall be responsible for the remuneration and expenses owed to the CPPIB Director Nominee in respect of his services rendered to the Board.

 

3. T ERMINATION OF THE A GREEMENT

3.1 This Agreement (other than Clauses 1, 2.6 and Clauses 4 to 18 (inclusive) which shall remain in force) shall terminate, and save in respect of any prior breach or any such specified provisions, no party hereto shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, upon the earlier of:

 

Page 5


(a) such time as CPPIB is no longer entitled to nominate a CPPIB Director Nominee pursuant to Clause 2.1; and

 

(b) upon the delivery of a written notice by CPPIB to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate.

 

4. N OTICES

Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to CPPIB at the address set forth below, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed), delivered personally, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

If to the Company:   Markit Ltd.
  c/o Markit North America, Inc.
  620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10018
Attention:   Adam Kansler, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel
If to CPPIB:   Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
  One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto, Ontario M5C 2W5, Canada
Attention:   Scott Lawrence (VP, Head of Relationship Investments) and John Butler (SVP, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary)

 

5. A MENDMENT ; W AIVER

This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and CPPIB. Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

6. F URTHER A SSURANCES

The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Company shall not

 

Page 6


directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, CPPIB being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7. A SSIGNMENT

This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void, provided, however , that CPPIB shall be entitled to assign its rights hereunder to any of its wholly-owned Affiliates without such prior written consent so long as CPPIB also transfers Shares to any such Affiliate equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares.

 

8. T HIRD P ARTIES

This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any Person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

9. G OVERNING L AW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

10. J URISDICTION ; W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL

In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that any such action, litigation or proceeding may be brought in any such New York state court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Clause 4. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

11. S PECIFIC P ERFORMANCE

Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defence in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at Law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

 

Page 7


12. E NTIRE A GREEMENT

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

13. S EVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14. T ABLE OF C ONTENTS , H EADINGS AND C APTIONS

The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

15. G RANT OF C ONSENT

Any vote, consent or approval of CPPIB hereunder shall be deemed to be given with respect to such entity if such vote, consent or approval is given by members of such entity having a pecuniary interest in a majority of the Shares over which all members of such entity then have a pecuniary interest.

 

16. C OUNTERPARTS

This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

 

17. E FFECTIVENESS

This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of the closing of the Investment. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect if CPPIB does not acquire Shares in the Investment with a value at the time of the acquisition of at least the CPPIB Minimum Investment.

 

18. N O R ECOURSE

This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this

 

Page 8


Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Page 9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED by   )     

 

 
for and on behalf of MARKIT LTD.            )      [Director]  
  )         
  )      Name:  

 

 

 


EXECUTED by       
for and on behalf of CANADA       
PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD              

 

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit 10.44

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

dated as of

[            ], 2014

among

MARKIT LTD.

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS PARTY HERETO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

         P AGE  
ARTICLE 1   
D EFINITIONS   

Section 1.01 .

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.02.

  Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions      5   
ARTICLE 2   
R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER   

Section 2.01.

  General Restrictions on Transfer      6   

Section 2.02.

  Legends      6   

Section 2.03.

  Permitted Transferees      7   

Section 2.04.

  Restrictions on Transfers by the Shareholders      7   

Section 2.05.

  Notice of Transfers      9   
ARTICLE 3   
R EGISTRATION R IGHTS   

Section 3.01.

  Demand Registration      9   

Section 3.02.

  Shelf Registration      13   

Section 3.03.

  Final Shelf Registration      15   

Section 3.04.

  Lock-up Agreements      16   

Section 3.05.

  Registration Procedures      16   

Section 3.06.

  Indemnification by the Company      20   

Section 3.07.

  Indemnification by Participating Shareholders      21   

Section 3.08.

  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings      22   

Section 3.09.

  Contribution      22   

Section 3.10.

  Participation in Public Offering      23   

Section 3.11.

  No Transfer of Registration Rights      23   
ARTICLE 4   
M ISCELLANEOUS   

Section 4.01.

  Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit      24   

Section 4.02.

  Notices      24   

Section 4.03.

  Amendments and Waivers      25   

Section 4.04.

  Governing Law      25   

Section 4.05.

  Jurisdiction      25   

Section 4.06.

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      26   

Section 4.07.

  Specific Enforcement      26   


         P AGE  
Section 4.08.   Counterparts; Effectiveness      26   
Section 4.09.   Entire Agreement      26   
Section 4.10.   Severability      26   
Section 4.11.   Confidentiality      27   
Exhibit A   Joinder Agreement   
Exhibit B   Notice Information for Shareholders   

 

ii


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 2014 (the “ Agreement ”) among Markit Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”), and the Shareholders party hereto as listed on the signature pages, including any Permitted Transferees (collectively, the “ Shareholders ” and individually, a “ Shareholder ”).

In consideration of the mutual promises made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Ownership ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, the total amount of Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act without reference to clause (d)(1) of such Rule) (without duplication) by such Shareholder as of the date of such calculation, calculated on a Fully-Diluted basis.

Bank Shareholders ” means the following Shareholders, including any Affiliates of such Shareholders who “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) Common Shares, and any Permitted Transferees: Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc., ML IBK Positions, Inc., ML UK Capital Holdings, Bank of America NA, Merrill Lynch International, Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation, Barclays Bank plc, BNP PUK Holding Limited, BNP Paribas Arbitrage S.N.C., Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse NEXT Investors LLC, DB UK Holdings Limited, DBR Investments Co. Limited,


Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch), Goldman Sachs International, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., HSBC Bank plc, LabMorgan Corporation, LabMorgan Investment Corporation, Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley UK Group, RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited, and UBS AG.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London are authorized by law to close.

Common Shares ” means the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such Common Shares may thereafter be converted or changed.

CPPIB ” means the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) and any successor thereto.

Fully-Diluted ” means, with respect to the Common Shares, all issued and outstanding Common Shares and all Common Shares issuable in respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Common Shares, all stock appreciation rights, options, warrants and other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Common Shares; provided that, if any of the foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Common Shares are subject to vesting, the Common Shares subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of “Fully-Diluted” only upon and to the extent of such vesting.

Initial Ownership ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, the Aggregate Ownership of Common Shares by such Shareholder immediately after the IPO Closing Date, or, in the case of any Person that shall become a party to this Agreement on a later date, as of such later date, in each case taking into account any share split, share dividend, bonus share issue, reverse share split or similar event. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Shareholder (other than CPPIB), Initial Ownership (a) shall give effect to, and therefore shall not include, any Common Shares sold by such Shareholder in the IPO and (b) shall not include any Common Shares purchased by such Shareholder or any Affiliate thereof as an underwriter in the IPO or purchased by such Shareholder or any Affiliate thereof in an open market transaction following consummation of the IPO. With respect to CPPIB, Initial Ownership shall give effect to and shall include any Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in the IPO, but shall not

 

2


include any Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in open market transactions or otherwise following consummation of the IPO.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Common Shares.

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

“Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds” means the Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds dated as of the respective date of execution between the Company and any Bank Shareholder or an Affiliate of any Bank Shareholder.

PE Shareholders ” means the following Shareholders, including any Affiliates of such Shareholders who “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) Common Shares, and any Permitted Transferees: General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P., Esta Investments Pte Limited and CPPIB.

Permitted Transferee ” means, in the case of any Shareholder, (A) any other Shareholder, (B) any Affiliate of such Shareholder, (C) a trust that is for the exclusive benefit of such Shareholder or its Permitted Transferees under (B) above, or (D) subject to the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), a transferee to which Initial Ownership Common Shares are Transferred pursuant to Section 2.04(g)(ii).

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

Registrable Securities ” means, at any time, any Initial Ownership Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the Shareholders and, in the case of the PE Shareholders, shall also include any Common Shares purchased by the PE Shareholders in open market transactions or otherwise following consummation of the IPO and “beneficially owned” by the PE Shareholders, in either case until (i) such Common Shares have been resold pursuant to a registration statement covering such Common Shares, or (ii) such Common Shares are otherwise Transferred with the consent of the Company and as to which the Company has delivered, or has caused any transfer agent to deliver, a new certificate in book-entry form or other evidence of ownership for such Common Shares not bearing the legend required pursuant to this Agreement and such Common Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

 

3


Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.05(h)), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any qualified independent underwriter, including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (ix) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (x) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, and (xi) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Registration Expenses shall not include any fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Shareholders, and shall not include any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Restriction Termination Date ” means the first anniversary of the IPO Closing Date.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 (or any successor or similar provisions) under the Securities Act.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4


Shelf Registration ” means a registration under a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar rule).

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Common Shares, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

   Section
Agreement    Preamble
Company    Preamble
Damages    3.06
Demand Notice    3.01
Demand Registration    3.01
e-mail    4.02
Indemnified Party    3.08
Indemnifying Party    3.08
Initial Requesting Shareholders    3.01
Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders    3.02
Inspectors    3.05
Lock-Up Period    3.04
Maximum Offering Size    3.01
Notice    4.02
Proceeds Threshold    3.01
Records    3.05
Requesting Shareholders    3.01
Shareholder    Preamble
Shelf Requesting Shareholders    3.02
Underwritten Takedown    3.02

Section 1.02 . Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this

 

5


Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized term used in any Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER

Section 2.01. General Restrictions on Transfer . (a) Each Bank Shareholder and PE Shareholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Initial Ownership Common Shares), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Any attempt by any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder to Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s register of members or branch register to such attempted Transfer.

Section 2.02. Legends. (a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate (whether in book-entry form or otherwise) for Initial Ownership Common Shares issued to any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [            ], 2014, COPIES OF WHICH MAY

 

6


BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM MARKIT LTD. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO;

provided, however , that each certificate for CPPIB’s Initial Ownership Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in the IPO shall not include the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by this Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

(b) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

(c) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

Section 2.03. Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Initial Ownership Common Shares to one or more of its Permitted Transferees without the consent of the Company or any other Shareholder or group of Shareholders so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and (b) the Transfer to such Permitted Transferee is in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

Section 2.04. Restrictions on Transfers by the Shareholders. (a) Without the written consent of the Company, no Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder shall Transfer any of its Initial Ownership Common Shares, except (i) to one or more of its Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 2.03, (ii) after the Restriction Termination Date, in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of its rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 and in accordance with this Section 2.04 or (iii) in accordance with clause (e), (f) or (g) of this Section 2.04.

(b) With respect to a Bank Shareholder, the number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by such Bank Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the

 

7


Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 25% of such Bank Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

(c) With respect to a PE Shareholder, the number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by such PE Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 331/3% of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

(d) If any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder does not Transfer in an offering or sale the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares under Section 2.04(b) or (c), respectively, in any successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, any such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares for such period shall be carried over to the next subsequent 12-month period and available for Transfer in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of such Bank Shareholder’s or PE Shareholder’s rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.04.

(e) In the case of the Bank Shareholders, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held after any Demand Registration effected in accordance with Article 3 subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held on the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(f) In the case of the PE Shareholders, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held after any Demand Registration effected in accordance with Article 3 subsequent to the third anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held on the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(g) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions described in this Agreement shall not apply to any Transfer of Initial Ownership Common Shares that (i) is required by law or a governmental authority or (ii) any Shareholder determines in good faith, based on the advice of legal counsel (which advice may be from internal or external counsel and may be oral or written), would subject it or its Affiliates to material adverse legal, regulatory or compliance consequences as a result of continued ownership of such Initial Ownership Common Shares, provided that in the case of any Transfer pursuant to clause (i) or (ii), such Shareholder shall Transfer no more than the minimum number of Initial Ownership Common Shares as are reasonably necessary to satisfy such legal or governmental authority requirement or to avoid

 

8


such material adverse consequences; and provided further that, in the case of Transfers contemplated by clause (ii) above, the transferee shall be subject to the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and such transferee of such Initial Ownership Common Shares shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

Section 2.05. Notice of Transfers. Each Bank Shareholder and PE Shareholder shall give the Company prompt written notice of any transactions in the Initial Ownership Common Shares in reliance on Section 2.03 or 2.04.

ARTICLE 3

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

Section 3.01. Demand Registration . (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the Restriction Termination Date a request from two (2) or more Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both (in either case, the “ Initial Requesting Shareholders ”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Initial Requesting Shareholders’ Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall give notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) of such requested registration (each such request shall be referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration ”) to the other Shareholders, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of the Demand Notice. Such other Shareholders may, upon notice received by the Company no later than five Business Days after the date of the notice of a Demand Registration, request that the Company also effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such other Shareholders’ Registrable Securities (such other requesting Shareholders, together with the Initial Requesting Shareholders, shall be referred to herein as the “ Requesting Shareholders ”). Thereafter, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and Section 3.01(f), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under this Section 3.01 to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid); provided that the Company shall be permitted to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities other than Registrable Securities (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement) as part of any Demand Registration; provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration (i) unless the aggregate gross proceeds (before the deduction of any discounts or commissions) expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds $100,000,000 (the “ Proceeds Threshold ”),

 

9


provided the Proceeds Threshold shall only apply through the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and (ii) until after the Restriction Termination Date.

(b) If any Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(a) are excluded from such Demand Registration in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Requesting Shareholders may either (i) request that the Company grant a written waiver to permit such Requesting Shareholders to Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws or (ii) request that the Company effect a second Demand Registration under the Securities Act to permit the disposition of such excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. Thereafter, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and, in the case of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, Section 3.01(f), the Company shall either (A) in its sole discretion, grant the waiver request of the Requesting Shareholders, or (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(b)(ii) to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered. If any Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(b)(ii) are excluded from such second Demand Registration in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Requesting Shareholders may, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04, Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws. In no event shall the Company be required to effect (A) more than one Demand Registration within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof except as provided in Section 3.01(b)(ii), (B) a Demand Registration within a period of 90 days after the effective date of any other registration statement relating to any Demand Registration or (C) any Demand Registration if, at the time of such request, four or more Demand Registrations (excluding (x) any Demand Registrations pursuant to Section 3.01(b)(ii) or 3.02(a)(ii)(B)(2), and (y) any Demand Registrations effected (in the Company’s sole discretion) other than the one Demand Registration required pursuant to this Section 3.01(b) within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof) have previously been effected. Notwithstanding the foregoing limit of four Demand Registrations, if, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (A) any PE Shareholder owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares and (B) the Company’s board of directors includes a member nominated by such PE Shareholder, then such PE Shareholder shall be entitled to one additional Demand Registration otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.01 (provided that the Demand Notice required by Section 3.01(a) need only be sent by the Company to any other PE Shareholder that satisfies the same demand requirements as the requesting PE

 

10


Shareholder), which shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the limit of four Demand Registrations have been effected. In addition, if, as of the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, any Shareholder owns more than 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares, then such Shareholder shall be entitled to one additional Demand Registration otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.01 (provided that the Demand Notice required by Section 3.01(a) need only be sent by the Company to any other Shareholder that satisfies the same demand requirements as the requesting Shareholder), which shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the limit of four Demand Registrations have been effected.

(c) At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration request pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(b)(ii), a Shareholder may withdraw from the related registration by providing written notice to the Company. If sufficient Registrable Securities are so withdrawn such that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration do not meet the applicable threshold(s) required for such Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.01(a), the Company may cease all efforts to effect such Demand Registration upon such withdrawal and, upon the Company ceasing all efforts to effect registration, such Demand Registration shall be deemed revoked. Notwithstanding clause (e) below, a request, so revoked, shall be considered to be a Demand Registration unless (i) such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company, (ii) at the time of such withdrawal, the Shareholders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business or prospects of the Company at the time of the related registration request and have promptly withdrawn the request after learning of such information, or (iii) the Requesting Shareholders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) incurred prior to the receipt of such revocation, pro rata among such Requesting Shareholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities of each such Requesting Shareholder that were to be included in the revoked Demand Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a requested registration does not meet the Proceeds Threshold, such requested registration shall not be deemed a Demand Registration or a withdrawn registration and shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the number of Demand Registrations that have been effected.

(d) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration that is effected or, in the case of any Demand Registration that is not effected, where (i) the failure of such Demand Registration to be effected arose out of the fault of the Company or (ii) the Requesting Shareholders do not elect to pay Registration Expenses in accordance with clause (iii) of the last sentence of Section 3.01(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Requesting Shareholders shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition

 

11


thereof) in any other circumstance in connection with any Demand Registration, and, in all circumstances in connection with any Demand Registration, shall be liable for and pay all fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Requesting Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Requesting Shareholders and any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

(e) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred unless the registration statement relating thereto (A) has become effective under the Securities Act and (B) has remained effective for a period of at least 30 days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder).

(f) If a Demand Registration involves a Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Requesting Shareholders that, in its view, the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any securities that the Company proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such shares can be sold (the “ Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by all Requesting Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities held by each such Shareholder); and

(ii) second, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement, with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion).

(g) Upon notice to the Requesting Shareholders, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 3.01 on two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a time period specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days in the aggregate in any period of twelve consecutive months (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company determines that effecting the registration could materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

12


Section 3.02 . Shelf Registration. (a) (i) At any time after the Restriction Termination Date, if the Company is eligible to use Form F-3 or Form S-3, then any two (2) or more Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both (in either case, the “ Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders ”) may request the Company to effect a Shelf Registration of some or all of the Registrable Securities held by such Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders. The Company shall give notice of such requested Shelf Registration to the other Shareholders, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of the request from the Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders. Such other Shareholders may, upon notice received by the Company no later than five Business Days after the date of the notice of a Shelf Registration, request that the Company also effect a registration of some or all of the Registrable Securities held by such other Shareholders (such other requesting Shareholders, together with the Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders, shall be referred to herein as the “ Shelf Requesting Shareholders ”). The Company shall only be required to effectuate one Public Offering from such Shelf Registration (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”) within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, with a minimum period of 90 days between each such Public Offering, and each such offering shall be deemed a Demand Registration for purposes of the Company’s obligation to effect no more than four Demand Registrations in the aggregate as set forth in Section 3.01(b), subject to the additional demand rights as of or following the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date as set forth in such section. For the avoidance of doubt, Registrable Securities registered by the Shelf Requesting Shareholders pursuant to a Shelf Registration may only be offered or sold pursuant to an Underwritten Takedown or otherwise pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.02(a)(ii) (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any Registrable Securities registered as part of a Shelf Registration under Section 3.03 hereof).

(ii) (A) Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a)(i), if any Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested a Shelf Registration are excluded from an Underwritten Takedown in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Shelf Requesting Shareholders may either (1) request that the Company grant a written waiver to permit such Shelf Requesting Shareholders to Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws or (2) request that the Company effect a second Underwritten Takedown to permit the disposition of such excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. (B) Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and, in the case of Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2), subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), the Company shall either (1) in its sole discretion, grant the waiver request of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, or (2) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the Underwritten Takedown of all Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested such Underwritten Takedown under Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2) to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of such

 

13


excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. (C) If any Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested an Underwritten Takedown under Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2) are excluded from such second Underwritten Takedown in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Shelf Requesting Shareholders may, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04, Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(iii) The provisions of Section 3.01 shall apply mutatis mutandis to each Underwritten Takedown, with references to “filing of the registration statement” or “effective date” being deemed references to filing of a prospectus or supplement for such offering and references to “registration” being deemed references to the offering; provided that Requesting Shareholders shall only include Shareholders whose Registrable Securities are included in such Shelf Registration or may be included therein without the need for an amendment to such Shelf Registration (other than an automatically effective amendment). So long as the Shelf Registration is effective, no Shareholder may request any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registrable Securities that are registered on such Shelf Registration but instead shall have the right to request an Underwritten Takedown as set forth above.

(b) If the Company shall receive a request from Shelf Requesting Shareholders that the Company effect a Shelf Registration, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under this Section 3.02 to the extent necessary to permit the registration of the Registrable Securities so to be registered on such Shelf Registration; provided that the Company shall be permitted to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities other than Registrable Securities (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement) as part of any Shelf Registration.

(c) At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Shelf Registration request pursuant to Section 3.02(a), a Shareholder may withdraw from the related registration by providing written notice to the Company. If sufficient Registrable Securities are so withdrawn such that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration do not meet the applicable threshold(s) required for such Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3.02(a), the Company may cease all efforts to effect such Shelf Registration upon such withdrawal and, upon the Company ceasing all efforts to effect registration, such Demand Registration shall be deemed revoked. A request, so revoked, shall be considered to be a Demand Registration unless (i) such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company, (ii) at the time of such withdrawal, the Shareholders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business

 

14


or prospects of the Company at the time of the related registration request and have promptly withdrawn the request after learning of such information or (iii) the Shelf Requesting Shareholders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) incurred prior to the receipt of such revocation, pro rata among such Shelf Requesting Shareholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities of each such Shelf Requesting Shareholder that were to be included in the revoked Shelf Registration.

(d) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Shelf Registration that is effected or, in the case of any Shelf Registration that is not effected, where the failure of such Shelf Registration to be effected arose out of the fault of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shelf Requesting Shareholders shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) in any other circumstance in connection with any Shelf Registration, and, in all circumstances in connection with any Shelf Registration, shall be liable for and pay all fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Shelf Requesting Shareholders and any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Underwritten Takedown.

(e) Upon notice to the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, the Company may postpone effecting a Shelf Registration pursuant to this Section 3.02 or delay any Underwritten Takedown pursuant to such Shelf Registration, as the case may be, on two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a time period specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days in the aggregate in any period of twelve consecutive months (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company determines that effecting the Shelf Registration or any Underwritten Takedown, as the case may be, could materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

Section 3.03 . Final Shelf Registration . If, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (i) all Demand Registrations available to the Shareholders under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 have been effected, (ii) any Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares are not freely saleable in accordance with Rule 144 (without any volume or manner of sale limitations), (iii) such Shareholder owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares, and (iv) such Shareholder has no contractual right and at no time during the preceding 90 days has had any contractual right to nominate any candidate for appointment or election to the Company’s board of directors, then, as of such date, such Shareholder shall be

 

15


entitled to request the Company to effect a Shelf Registration of all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.02, provided, however , that (w) the Company shall only be required to give notice of such requested Shelf Registration to any Shareholder that, as of the date of such notice, owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares, (x) only those Shareholders that satisfy each of the requirements of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.03 shall be permitted to request that the Company also effect a Shelf Registration of all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities, (y) no Shareholder included in the Shelf Registration under this Section 3.03 shall be entitled to request an Underwritten Takedown, and (z) the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 120 days (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder or cease to be Registrable Securities).

Section 3.04 . Lock-up Agreements. If any registration of Registrable Securities shall be effected in connection with a Public Offering after the Restriction Termination Date or any registration of securities to be issued by the Company shall be effected in connection with an underwritten public offering, each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Initial Ownership Common Shares (except as part of such public offering) during the period beginning 14 days prior to the effective date of the applicable registration statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Takedown, 14 days prior to launch of the offering or such later date when the Shareholder receives notice thereof until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) shall agree and (ii) 90 days following the effective date of the applicable registration statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, 90 days following the pricing of the offering, in each case as may be extended for purposes of compliance with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or any successor rule thereto (such period, the “ Lock-Up Period ” for the applicable registration statement). The Company agrees that any lock-up agreement executed for the benefit of the underwriters of any such public offering shall supersede the lock-up agreement contained in this Section 3.04, but only with respect to each Shareholder that executes such underwriter lock-up agreement and only in connection with that particular public offering.

Section 3.05. Registration Procedures . Whenever Shareholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 3.01, or the Company prepares a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3.02 or Section 3.03, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and, in connection with any such request:

 

16


(a) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC within 120 days of such request, or such later date as necessary to comply with applicable law, a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 30 days, or in the case of a Shelf Registration, three years (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholders or the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, as the case may be, included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder or cease to be Registrable Securities).

(b) In connection with sending a Demand Notice, the Company shall furnish to each participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (other than any report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference therein), copies of such registration statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement in the form as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Shareholder and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically requested), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C under the Securities Act as such Shareholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder.

(c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Shareholders thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus, (iii) promptly notify each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and take all commercially reasonable actions to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered and (iv) promptly notify each such Shareholder when any stop order issued by the SEC or any state securities commission has been lifted.

(d) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration

 

17


statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Shareholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests; provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3.05(d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(e) The Company shall as promptly as practicable notify each Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and as promptly as practicable prepare and make available to each such Shareholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

(f) The Requesting Shareholders or Shelf Requesting Shareholders, as applicable, shall have the right to request that any registration be effected as an underwritten offering as the method of disposition, and the Company shall comply with such request. In addition, the Company may determine to effect any registration as an underwritten offering, except any registration effected pursuant to Section 3.03. The Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering resulting from any exercise of a Demand Registration (including any Underwritten Takedown). In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including, if necessary in the judgment of Company counsel, the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.

(g) Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which the Company agrees to negotiate in good faith), the Company shall, in connection with a Public Offering, make available for inspection by any Shareholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.05 and any attorney, accountant or other professional, the retention of which is reasonable under the circumstances, retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable any of the Inspectors to

 

18


exercise its due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Shareholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Common Shares unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. Each Shareholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

(h) In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the managing underwriter(s) of such Public Offering shall reasonably request;

(i) The Company shall otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement or such other document covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement satisfies the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

(j) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Common Shares are then listed or traded.

(k) The Company may require each Shareholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. In connection with a Shelf Registration, any Shareholder that does not provide such information within five Business Days of a request by the Company may have its Registrable Securities excluded from such Shelf Registration.

 

19


(l) The Company shall cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

(m) Each Shareholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.05(e), such Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.05(e), and, if so directed by the Company, such Shareholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Shareholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 3.05(a)) by the number of days in the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 3.05(e) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Shareholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 3.05(e).

(n) Each Shareholder agrees that, in connection with any offering pursuant to this Agreement, it will not prepare or use or refer to, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) without the prior written authorization of the Company, and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration statement hereunder other than the prospectus and any such free writing prospectus so authorized.

Section 3.06. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, its Affiliates, and all officers, directors and employees of the Shareholder and its Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls such Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable and documented expenses of investigation and reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Damages ”) caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged

 

20


untrue statement or omission so made based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use therein; provided that such exception shall not apply if such Shareholder has updated and corrected such information in writing in the event that such previously provided information is not true and correct no less than two Business Days prior to the Company’s use of such information in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Shareholders provided in this Section 3.06.

Section 3.07. Indemnification by Participating Shareholders . (a) Each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity from the Company to such Shareholder provided in Section 3.06, but only with respect to information furnished in writing by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus; provided that this Section 3.07 shall not apply if such Shareholder updates and corrects such information in writing in the event that such previously provided information is not true and correct no less than two Business Days prior to the Company’s use of such information in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. Each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 3.07.

(b) As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 3, the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities.

(c) No Shareholder shall be liable under this Section 3.07 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder to which such Damages relate.

 

21


Section 3.08. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, such Person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all reasonable and documented fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to one local counsel per jurisdiction) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

Section 3.09. Contribution . (a) If the indemnification provided for in Section 3.06 or 3.07 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Parties, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Damages as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue

 

22


statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Damages shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any proceeding to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification provided for in Section 3.06 or 3.07 was available to such party in accordance with its terms.

(b) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.09 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 3.09(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.09, no Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder exceeds the amount of any Damages that such Shareholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, except in the case of fraud by such Shareholder. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Shareholder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 3.09 is several in the proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Shareholder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all such Shareholders and not joint.

Section 3.10. Participation in Public Offering . No Shareholder may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Shareholder (a) agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company and the managing underwriter(s) and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.

Section 3.11. No Transfer of Registration Rights . None of the rights of Shareholders under this Article 3 shall be assignable by any Shareholder to any Person acquiring Common Shares in any Public Offering. Any such assignments in violation of this Section 3.11 shall be null and void.

 

23


ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01 . Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Registrable Securities or otherwise, except that each Shareholder may assign rights hereunder to any Permitted Transferee of such Shareholder acquiring Common Shares pursuant to Section 2.03. Any such Permitted Transferee shall (unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “ Shareholder .”

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 4.02. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications (each, a “ Notice ”) to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (“ e-mail ”) transmission so long as read receipt of such e-mail is requested and received,

if to the Company, in care of:

 

Markit North America, Inc.

620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor

New York, New York 10018

Attention:   Adam J. Kansler
  Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel
E-mail:   adam.kansler@markit.com

with a copy to:

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:   Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.
Facsimile No.:   (212) 701-5674
E-mail:   richard.truesdell@davispolk.com

 

24


if to any Shareholder, at the address for such Shareholder set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise provided to the Company as set forth below.

Any Notice shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, such Notice shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Any Person that becomes a Shareholder after the date hereof shall provide its address, fax number and e-mail address to the Company on the joinder.

Section 4.03. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this Agreement may not be given without the written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided , however, that in no event shall the obligations of any holder of Registrable Securities be increased or the rights of any Shareholder be adversely affected (without similarly increasing or adversely affecting the rights of all Shareholders), except upon the written consent of such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

Section 4.04. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

Section 4.05. Jurisdiction . The parties hereby agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any state or federal court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the

 

25


jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 4.02 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 4.06. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 4.07. Specific Enforcement . Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond or furnishing other security, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

Section 4.08. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile or other electronic image scan transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have executed and delivered this Agreement. Until and unless each party has executed and delivered this Agreement, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

Section 4.09. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided that this Agreement shall have no effect on and shall not supersede the Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds.

Section 4.10. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the

 

26


transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 4.11. Confidentiality . Each Shareholder agrees that any notice received pursuant to this Agreement, including any notice of a proposed underwritten public offering or postponement of an offering or effecting of a registration, is confidential information and that any trading in securities of the Company following receipt of such information may only be done in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Markit Ltd.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ML IBK Positions, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ML UK Capital Holdings
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Bank of America NA
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Merrill Lynch International
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Barclays Bank plc
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

BNP PUK Holding Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

BNP Paribas Arbitrage S.N.C.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Citigroup Financial Products, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Credit Suisse NEXT Investors LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DB UK Holdings Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DBR Investments Co. Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch)
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Goldman Sachs International
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


HSBC Bank plc
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LabMorgan Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LabMorgan Investment Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley UK Group
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
UBS AG
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Esta Investments Pte Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Lance Uggla
 

 

Kevin Gould
 

 


Jeff Gooch
 

 

Adam Kansler
 

 

Shane Akeroyd
 

 

Stephen Wolff
 

 

 

Pan Praewood 1
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of [            ], 2014 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among Markit Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date hereof as a Permitted Transferee of a Shareholder thereto, and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” and a “Permitted Transferee” thereunder as if it had executed the Registration Rights Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 2 thereof).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                  ,         

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Address for Notices:

 

[Address]

[Fax Number]

[E-mail address]


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

ML IBK Positions, Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

ML UK Capital Holdings

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Bank of America NA

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Merrill Lynch International

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:


Barclays Bank plc

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

BNP PUK Holding Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

BNP Paribas Arbitrage S.N.C.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Citigroup Financial Products, Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:


Credit Suisse NEXT Investors LLC

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

DB UK Holdings Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

DBR Investments Co. Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch)

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Goldman Sachs International

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:


HSBC Bank plc

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

LabMorgan Corporation

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

LabMorgan Investment Corporation

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Morgan Stanley

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Morgan Stanley UK Group

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:


RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

UBS AG

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Esta Investments Pte Limited

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Lance Uggla

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:


Kevin Gould

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Jeff Gooch

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Adam Kansler

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Shane Akeroyd

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Stephen Wolff

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Pan Praewood 1

Address:

Fax Number:

E-mail address:

Exhibit 10.45

[            ], 2014

Markit Ltd.

4th Floor, Ropemaker Place,

25 Ropemaker Street

London, England EC2Y 9LY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Each of the undersigned understands that certain underwriters propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement with Markit Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company” ), and certain selling shareholders of the Company, providing for the initial public offering (the “IPO” ) by the several underwriters of common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Shares” ). Each of the undersigned further understands that in connection with the IPO certain existing shareholders (the “Existing Investors” ) and the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board ( “CPPIB” and, together with the Existing Investors, the “Investors” ) shall enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement” ) with the Company, to be dated as of the closing of the IPO (the “IPO Closing Date” ), pursuant to which the Investors shall agree to certain transfer restrictions on their Common Shares. Each of the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms not otherwise defined above have the following meanings:

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Immediate Family” means any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption no more remote than first cousin, and shall include any former spouse.

“Initial Ownership” means 3,000,000 Common Shares (representing approximately one half of the aggregate Common Shares owned collectively by the undersigned immediately after the IPO Closing Date, taking into account the 10-for-1 share split of the Common Shares effected in connection with the IPO).

“Permitted Transferee” means (A) a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned, (B) a beneficiary of the undersigned’s Common Shares who is entitled to receive the Common Shares as a result of the operation of law, contract or estate or intestate succession, (C) any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned, or (D) a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned or a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the


outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

“Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Initial Ownership Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the undersigned, until (i) such Common Shares have been resold pursuant to a registration statement covering such Common Shares, or (ii) such Common Shares are otherwise Transferred with the consent of the Company and as to which the Company has delivered, or has caused any transfer agent to deliver, a new certificate in book-entry form or other evidence of ownership for such Common Shares not bearing the legend required pursuant to this letter agreement and such Common Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

“Restriction Termination Date” means the first anniversary of the IPO Closing Date.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Common Shares, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing, in each case not including such shares being placed into a bond as a part of financial planning matters.

2. General Restrictions on Transfer . Each of the undersigned agrees that he or it shall not Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Initial Ownership Common Shares), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws, and the terms and conditions of this letter agreement. Any attempt by the undersigned to Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares not in compliance with this letter agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s register of members or branch register to such attempted Transfer.

3. Legends . (a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate (whether in book-entry form or otherwise) for Initial Ownership Common Shares issued to the undersigned shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

2


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE LETTER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [            ], 2014, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM MARKIT LTD. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO.

(b) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the undersigned, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to the undersigned a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3(a) endorsed thereon.

(c) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this letter agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the undersigned, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to the undersigned a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3(a) endorsed thereon.

4. Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding anything in this letter agreement to the contrary, each of the undersigned may at any time Transfer any or all of his or its Initial Ownership Common Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees without the consent of the Company so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this letter agreement and (b) the Transfer to such Permitted Transferee is in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

5. Restrictions on Transfers by the Undersigned. (a) Without the written consent of the Company, each of the undersigned shall not Transfer any of his or its Initial Ownership Common Shares, except (i) to one or more Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 4, (ii) after the Restriction Termination Date, in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of his or its rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement and in accordance with this Section 5 or (iii) in accordance with clause (d) or (e) of this Section 5.

(b) The number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by the undersigned pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period

 

3


beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 33  1 3 % of the undersigned’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

(c) If the undersigned does not Transfer in an offering or sale the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares under Section 5(b) in any successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, any such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares for such period shall be carried over to the next subsequent 12-month period and available for Transfer in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of the undersigned’s rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement and otherwise in accordance with this Section 5.

(d) Any Initial Ownership Common Shares held by the undersigned after any registration effected in accordance with Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement subsequent to the third anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held by the undersigned on the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 5(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions described in this letter agreement shall not apply to any Transfer of Initial Ownership Common Shares that is required by law or a governmental authority, provided that in the case of any such Transfer the undersigned shall Transfer no more than the minimum number of Initial Ownership Common Shares as are reasonably necessary to satisfy such legal or governmental authority requirement.

6. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this letter agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this letter agreement may not be given without the written consent of the Company and each of the undersigned.

7. Effectiveness . This letter agreement shall become effective upon the IPO Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, this letter agreement shall be of no force or effect if the Registration Rights Agreement is not executed and effective upon the IPO Closing Date.

 

4


Very truly yours,
   
  Lance Uggla
  Pan Praewood 1
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Acknowledged and agreed.
Markit Ltd.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-195687) of Markit Ltd. of our report dated March 13, 2014 relating to the financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

June 3, 2014